~ .v) oe Zot “ye ara as vi 1
/ vy * Vo ie ; wey “Wee se, Hy te i \ Re
Wy pe yee ee 43 Lv STEN Od g nate eet
fa] wl sit ait / \ w
’ * geal ww Et ny ate J
‘
w ay beg hiy Ve UY Ney
Re Le adi Ned oy Wevevind Nyy we
nod jee edly Fame igre ay yn v iw
v v j ues metic od eadauuteedgangs's ‘f Mh Ada | ede A cai
oo, \ hdd Whip we eer WA) AK} ' vii
v tify gost Otc ceetely REAM ER i cue Chee pieeen wm MAE. AR "dltg oh
Wigetdera tine e-
pli Lei Wovedddddd tog diveogal? ued yall ee yr
4 eh
“padi 4 bh A ght PA w™ ves!
V4
ros wan ww wl
rea wey wey Od ddledtgy sy wey ; hig
OO iy ge FR vee idvg: sdeatddteddd OM gtr ete ghee"! It! hyl! rye i,
Le Ren ae et dda uanannrhee (fi dddlyre ne y sy “
: y
cw! AAD bt td Ste Civgcedtteagteeseed She wm ae fig? ~< ly Vo
ee ae ad i view , did! zee’. iE
“awadu' ser eteed tad yt ddgy ie AE idee
“ee CHER jag og betH Eo fey, ~~ wi” os
f me Zh is, j : Wavdvedtugd ev eag ! it ae ant ee
Mey ye tle, Wr aL! | pd POA treet gyt vee Lb 1 “oo }
PAM | FP btehl PS ath eciacnee wv hay J wo Vil wd,
v8 “yi pub S ESE SER, ey van duad® ddddverg lw i ure
w¥Y J] ‘ Wingy Vere eee ’ b y / j ; ¢ ‘it dvd adit, é¢ va dt’ Hone J
Hpk wy wl “ vevyydsld ay gaat niet! iM ~woaegtye rm Al dae gene Loot) aay
Cee iy er eile AT Ad id AIDA wg! Coy ify te ehey
hdd ¥
é avin RA a dd “Sete tt dg J vy <- BS 4, itt
yr eset Vd We TeWNty vie 5 eS Ww ‘yitw vol! wt aye jeteee i
ease Ne ue \ 4 erento yea is vettty i ty
Noss eee, rere SP II Lg vee , owt
ce HE Mie eye
ddd jyus sng igwage try S, at wy Wyyevvne co oe ae m ey
| iv a) deagetel vege of aid? pis
vw ‘
Fe sctlne Jane w wy I ne dna ~
we we
dé t i scae
Swede age? ce ee hut Pei
7 ve" 5
| addy eet dG ddl ns
Ny Ie
\~ ye at esa
Rte Ae vet Aas c le Cart itste Rte t-4. foot ie ert ee Se, we wT ean oe
ad WM let ea ve | ge: gee EAL Oe 8 ee vero : w Lee’
BNI dddldrT TS MUISOS Wang MUNG Ta tN i MO te
we Vode wile ven Wy" ue vil LAS wee Ge yyy didnd uy
We ude”, j eOG ited AS , ea Sy, "wdvddd sve bined “dogo” ; oY II5Y id bw s A vg LA AMY, we
\ : DN . Bd honed ; :
AI ONES je et | if LAF} , :
ver . yh vy) b TRA Ae Sah Wipes v
f di deM J Wore vey iA Yaya bo hs Ness d wativ We Jog -
ey yy: d Te Nf ig"
pe ae ; y J oY WV 94 vey yw die ane OG eres ea abe teh & yaw yi PAS eee a Wid
ind had wv jd? wis | - Pei AS ey rd H J > ‘ as | : ee DA Pa / w :
ied yw ts dA eddie / 4 tated coo peeee Re Wd 4 yew
’ Pe s! AAs» SS wee wwe wr iA? “a 7,
ete = Sad 9" “suletnty ‘ iting ser Tel Weday ; if Sb ae pe ae
| Se eb; oy ve LE ow a al hs
"A very is EE Vb 4 ven T 7 ad
wi { Sie Bee wey vf ! vv ;
vel Le a) hd w ;
| Wedevgrieds" he ae f | feats val"
ie Oo wey hi * ey, vee Sie dpe
» MAAS - | 4 hep rd PEON vit <4
So Ira od (ie we: wae PP, ddddve? ph ‘wer ¥ ye Pd "
MOT UALL inca sO agiieed see NM yw
| ved Wey ss gadis adda su pathy | par, {Lf geet nei
% St
Or af wal f
-, ’ ‘ AA A)
1 Cy *eE v F z — bes
| Cee Coin wUe S,& | WAN ARALS Ah Prd) prif
HNO. ALCAN neem ea 2 Mgt PPOs eas
oe | A bs be
TSE ce ee Ce CEMPeN CU TEC ETC Wry Wer” aU meee
Wr: dst wv) fs Pag N ae ee vy emg wate & qt Seeme ttre G Uwe?
\ yd UU, ve voy J . gi, Yuvdeee se - = IM Wyk KEL y if; 7 ft
cea ML didn ee aeRO
A 440 - Y
vw
vue °¢
~ giddy ; |
nee) itd dag iesytes vw ~ew MOH o psd
Wey ey, OPP). . ‘a? (seg La . YN hi f (sti nat dt dtd wjyas J
¢ ht Ag \ \~ ¥ AAS | SS! wry wil i é ely
AA J Ni !4 uy, Vege. Me Carer cick 0 et ee Paha Seow ele dl v? ad Cs ,
v Vubyy Se ad OOM ad Oy
Ul oveyvevvery Y Wve TL. he hai AI wy
Wie yet cA
ddd -Ny of
Ji/v 1) vdvyy dadtd J died Hy iid4 ty
‘ VWhuiid om! MUA x. Void ‘add Vdd pede ew wold Sjocts ed : vee”
ve wre | ac pAAD, TAA | pe At a Aa . a. ‘ pa og bl “y he Oe Sas Seater eh de Te ey ‘Cee ~ Cer ane LN yer an erewe. | : “Sa. OY be ‘
t one
RN Tit
Negi
: ae ue my)
Row Sta i,
Bag herp infarc hytan
Coes eee
~~.
el ee Ee es Oe Paes
tte
a
:
wa
*
ak i peat Tas AEA tN Riis it Ra Sal
oo ay pera. re i
»
i N ew York State Museum Bulletin
Entered as second-class matter November 27, 1915, at the Post Office at Albany, New York,
under the act of August 24, 1912 .
Published monthly by The University of the State of New York
No. 187
The University of the State of New Yo
AHsOmiaee iMisiie,
New York State Museum g
Joun M. Ciarke, Director
TWELFTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR O
ALBANY, N. Y.
STATE MUSEUM AND SCIENCE DEPARTMENT
INCLUDING THE ‘SIXTY-N INTH REPORT OF THE STATE
MUSEUM, THE
THIRTY-FIFTH REPORT
OF THE
STATE GEOLOGIST AND THE REPORT OF THE.
STATE PALEONTOLOGIST FOR 1015
PAGE
MPROMUCHIOMS. = .2 sss ha ewes 7
I Legal Status and scope of the
State Museum.......... eC PANT
II Present condition of the Science
yf Geis) Sye ba a ihe = a oer ar ehO
III Condition of the scientific res-
ervations belonging to the ME
Be Te rie wea oe 2 ye 19
IV Department publications. pater oa
V Considerations for future
growth of the Museum........ 26
VI Report on the geological s sur-
HEY) Gas cee Se as er 27
PAGE
IX Report of the Zoology division 50
X Report of the Archeologist.... 52
XI Staff of the Department Of
Nelence ..-.- PE ee sh ofc 60
XII Accessions to the collections” 62
XIII Scientific papers.......... 79.
Landslides in Unconsolidated
Sediments. D. H. NEWLAND.. 79
Albany Molding Sand. D. H.
INEWLAND <255 tec een ee 107
On the Genus Urasterella with De-
scription of a New — Species.
Gi; DupsOn ws. ee 117
Ancient Water Levels of the
VII Report of the State Botanist 40 Crown Point Embayment.
VIII Report of the State Ento- H. Bs BARIGERG cate keen ae 165
mologist ...-.--.....++++ ++. 42. \ Tndesd Re -egs tae paneer er IQI
ALBANY
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
1916
M771r-My16-2000
[ULNA TO EG >
ae
e DEC 16 ee
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK :
Regents of the University
With years when terms expire
aa Puiny T. Sexton LL.B. LL.D. Chancellor — — Pale =
1927 ALBERT VANDER VEER M.D. M.A. Ph.D. LL.D.
Vice Chancellor Albany —
1922 Cuester S. Lorp MA. LL.D. - - — -— — Brooklyn
1918 Witt1am Norrincuam M.A. Ph.D. LL.D. — — Syracuse |
r92t Francis M/ CarpentER> =) —.—° = — ~— <= Munn Kisco”
1923 AsrAm J. Exxus LL.B. D.CL.—- — -—- + —New Yorum
1924 ADELBERT Moor LL.D. = -— “= — —.-—Buffalo
1925 CHARLES B. ALEXANDER M.A. Tee. 1B iBsib
Dita ed B eae = ay Sa
1919 JOHN MoorE — —~ — —~ — —~ ~ ~ — ~Elmira
1928 WaLTER Guest KeLtLocc B.A. — — — — —Ogdensburg .
1917 WitLiAM BERR’ .— — — = = —.— — =Brookiyaeae
1920 JAMES Byrne B.A.LL.B. -— — ._ — — —New York —_
President of the University and Commissioner of Education
Joun H. Frntzy M.A. LL.D. .L.H.D.
Deputy Commissioner and Assistant Commissioner for Elementary Education
Tomas E. Finegan M.A. Pd.D. LL.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Higher Education
Avucustus S. Downine M.A. L.H.D. LLD.
Assistant Commissioner for Secondary Education
Cuarvtes F. WHEEtocK B.S. LL.D.
Director of State Library
James I. Wver, Jr, M.L.S.
Director of Science and State Museum :
-Joun M. Crarxe Ph.D. D.Sc. LL.D.
Chiefs and Directors of Divisions
Administration, GrorceE M. Witey M.A. “
Agricultural and Industrial Education, ARTHUR D. Dean D.Ses.
Director —
Archives and Fietaey. James A. HotpEen BA, Director — a
Attendance, JAMES D. SULLIVAN Sra
Educational Extension, Wir~t1Am R. Watson B.S. |
Examinations and Inspections, HarLan H. eee. M.A., Director
Law, Frank B. Gitpert B.A. rater: oS
Library School, Frank K. Water M.A. M.L.S. :
School Buildings and Grounds, Frank H. Woop M.A.
School Libraries, SHERMAN WitLiaMs Pd.D. ot
Statistics, Hrram C. CasE a, ae
Visual Instruction, ALFRED W. Aprams Ph.B. E33
The University of the State of New York
Science Department, April 13, 1916
Dr John H. Finley
President of the University
Sir: I take this occasion to communicate to you and to recom-
mend for publication as a bulletin of the State Museum the Annual
Report of the Director for the fiscal year ending September 30,
IQI5.
Very respectfully yours
Joun M. CLarkE
Director
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT
Approved for publication this 17th day of April 1916
President of the University
ie
New York State Museu m SBiallegn )
q tion
e At Aaapany, N. Yay
Entered as second-class matter November 27, 1915, at the Post
under the act of August 24, I912
Published monthly by The University of the State of New York
No. 187 ALBANY, Ne ¥- JULY I, 1916
The University of the State of New York
New York State Museum
Joun M. Crarxe, Director
TWELFTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR OF THE
STATE MUSEUM AND SCIENCE DEPARTMENT
TUE ING THE SIXTY-NINTH REPORT OF THE STATE MUSEUM, THE THIRTY-
H REPORT OF THE STATE GEOLOGIST AND THE REPORT OF THE STATE
PALEONTOLOGIST FOR 1I915
Regents committe on the State Museum:
Charles B. Alexander M.A. LL.D. Litt.D., Tuxedo
Francis M. Carpenter, Mount Kisco
Walter Guest Kellogg B.A., Ogdensburg
INTRODUCTION
This report covers all divisions of the scientific operations and
museum work under the supervision of The University of the
State of New York and has reference to the progress made therein
during the fiscal year 1914-15. It constitutes the 69th consecutive
annual report of the State Museum, the 35th annual report of the
State Geologist (consecutive since 1881) and the report of the
State Paleontologist for 1915. It is introductory to all memoirs
and bulletins issued by this Department during the year named.
The subjects presented in this report are considered under the
following captions:
I Legal Status and Scope of the State Museum
II Present Condition of the Science Museum
III Condition of the Scientific Reservations ee eneime to the
Museum
IV Department Publications
V Considerations for Future Growth of the Museum
VI Report of the Geological Survey
8 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
VII Report of the State Botanist
VIII Report of the State Entomologist
IX Report of the Division of Zoology
X Report of the Division of Archeology and Ethnology
XI Staff of the Department
XII Accessions to the Collections
XIII Scientific Papers
XIV Appendixes (to be continued in subsequent volumes)
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 9
I
LEGA SATUS AND SCORE OF THE STATE MUSEUM
The broad scope of the State Museum was clearly and succinctly
defined in the Education Law (as amended in 1910) under article
3, which relates to the objects and functions of the University.
Section 54 of that law reads as follows: “All scientific specimens
and collections, works of art, objects of historic imterest and
similar property appropriate to a general museum, if owned by the
State and not placed in other custody by a specific law, shall con-
stitute the State Museum. . . The State Museum shall include
the work of the State Geologist and Paleontologist, the State
Botanist and the State Entomologist, who, with their assistants,
shall be included in the scientific staff of the State Museum.”
This definition of scope is broad and clear. Ii is the specific
expression of the intent of the people of the State to constitute
and maintain not alone a state museum of science, but a state
museum of art, a state museum of history and a state museum
which may depict any other field of civic and educational concern
which in the judgment of the Regents of the University, would
be justified by public interest. The spirit of the law where its
sentences bear upon the creation of a museum of art and a museum
of history is so obvious as to be constructively a command. The
wish of the people and the desire of the Board in regard to this’
expansion of the actual museum nearer to the ideal of the museum >
expressed in the law have become a matter of record. It is then
to be understood that the existing science museum of the State
represents the development of only one phase of what should be,
and what within the apie intention of the tate is to be, ae
State Museum.
Io NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
TEL
PRESENT CONDITION OF THE SCIENCE MUSEiG@im
COMPLETION OF THE ARCHEOLOGICAL AND ETHNOLOGICAL
COLLECTIONS
The extensive array of cultural relics of the New York Indians
is now nearly completed, the hall containing seventy-seven cases.
No extensive acquisitions, but some important ones, have been
made during the year, among them a great Algonquin pot together
with other relics from the site at Lakeside near Auburn, fuller
reference to which is made in the report of the Archeologist. The
ethnological collection in the west mezzanine is not yet complete,
and though notable in many respects, is not an adequate display in
this field. Herein is where the disastrous Capitol fire of 1g11 did
its greatest damage to the Museum, ancient costumes and other
inflammable historic records, which it is extremely difficult to
replace or substitute in any way, being then destroyed.
The Iroquois wampums. By virtue of the united action of the
Iroquois League in council assembled at the State Capitol, June
29, 1898, The University of the State of New York became the
official custodian of the historic wampums of the Five and the Six
Nations. Since the receipt of these priceless records they have
been kept in safety deposit until proper provision could be made
for their exhibition. They are now gene Crt va strong case
in the west mezzanine with labels explanatory of their significance.
There are nineteen of these belts, among them some of the largest
size and most elaborate workmanship, and of fundamental signifi-
cance to the history of the Iroquois Confederacy.
Iroquois Indian groups. The general plan of the Museum
halls has been completed during the past year by the execution of
the contract for the remodeling of the western mezzanine and
construction of the alcoves for the Iroquois groups. These alcoves
and cases are of steel, concrete and plaster, fully fireproofed, and
become a fixed part of the building. The work consisted in the
construction of four projecting blocks of cases to provide for six
exhibits, these blocks extending. up to a false ceiling covering them
all, and containing all necessary switch boxes and adjustment
doors; also the remodeling of the corridor outside the case blocks.
The construction was executed by W. F. Plass & Bro, at a cost of
ans
"5
w
ul aseo & ut poAeydsip 92
yey Asopouyyze
Je sjjaq osoyy, “Ss}uaAo JURJIOUU puke SMe] SUIPIOII ADeIapazUuo) stonbosy oy} JO szyoq undue \\
ikesaa put
ml
*
gas 4°
ath
ae
eid
Saasaeae eee
ees:
Seupatenns gorse
ES
Asoysiy stonbosy
UI SJUDAD pure sodUeRTTe JULIIOMUI P10d0I SIO. ssoy, ‘Tey Asoyouyzue ut assed JeIoods e ul poXeidsip s}foq windweM stonbosy
Na A earn rie
‘sdnois stonbosy 0} ddueIZUe Ye o}JOUN] [en], “MOSyIT ‘OD praeq Aq ‘stoddrys10oA\ uns oy
5 S — 2
ae ae uae!
Sit) : & sail
~“
es
te
fla
iia
Gite
at
‘QOURISIP OY} Ul [JY seq YUM “ONL, ensrep
e uo poduresus Ayiuey BIQUeS & SjuosoIdel pue saltos jJeyIqey ot} Ut dno1s sty IY} St Sty
SIoJUNFZ BIoUaS 9Y} Fo dmey) oy L
-UPULD) SUIYOO[IOAO OpIsT{Iy
Hn eats
RACH
iG te
‘sJoyeids je AayjeA YMEYOT 9Y} SI punossyoeq sy], “UOIeU AMeYOTT 94} JO suso}snd JeM UTeJII9 SuUesoIdsI dnois V
SIOIIIE AA SY} FO WINJoY IY
‘WUNGWUIeM FO ISN [CIUOWIIIS dy} SoJeI}sN]]I pue aspo] pOUNOD Yy1eq Moy} ul swoyoes ojInJ IMoy oy} sjordep siyy
sesepuougd JO uR[D IAIN], 9y} Fo JIOuNOD oy L
‘PoUIe}aI 2IOM SoTUOWIEID PTO 9Y} Jey} SMOTS
sasueyo [elioyew oY} SozesysNy]t dnoi8 oyy, ‘sueodoing JO SsuTMI0D 24} 10}}e ST
qnq yoe}UOD WOIF SUTyNseI
sesnked oy} JO ay woeoytmA JoyUIMpr YL
Ie
¥
TL (ff BZ
‘yunoD, UosIpey, Ur puod sjoyDIN st punossyoed oy L ‘1a}}0d
pue “JoYIOM WIYS ‘TIATED POOM “TOABOM “1OAeUT jayseq oy} 0} AtO}S % SUTIJo} ST
SeplouQ oY} Jo solsjsnpuy jeordAy,
‘y10M sty ye Asnq “roxeUL MOTIE UV
Pear!»
ant
1
@ Y}XIS oy} SI SINT) ‘IY eFyenbs ye 95105 dasauet) oy} SI punorsyoeq oY],
Tey ARID “H woisy ul dno.s
‘sedoUdG OY} SUOWIY OUT, JSoAIeL]
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 II
$13,000, and the wiring and lighting contract by the Fox Co. at
$717. With the delivery and acceptance of the work the installa-
tion of the Iroquois groups at once began, and it is confidently
hoped that all will be completed and opened to the public in the
course of the present winter. This Iroquois exhibit, which is a
memorial to the late Governor of the State, Myron H. Clark, wil!
represent a series of prehistoric groupings of life casts in natural
and historic surroundings in the following order from the west
end of the hall:
I Seneca group. Family activities outside an elm-bark lodge
on the west shore of Canandaigua lake, the background
showing Genundewa, the sacred hill of the Seneca nation,
across the waters of the lake. Five life figures.
2 Mohawk group. A bark lodge village with captured Delawares:
taken on the war trail. Scene from Sprakers on the
Mohawk, looking west and north. Six figures.
3 Council house; Onondaga group. ‘This is the interior of an
actual council house, with the council in session. The
scenery through the doors of the house shows the rocky
ledges of the southern Onondaga country. Seven figures.
4 Log cabin and False Face ceremony. ‘This is the interior of
the log lodge in use among the Indians of western New
York at the time of the Sullivan raid. In the cabin a
ceremony of the False Face Company is in progress.
Through the door and window are seen the moonlit frozen
waters of Cayuga lake. Six figures.
5 Industry group; Nichols pond; Oneida lake. This is designed
to show the characteristic Indian industrial occupations:
the potter, the basket maker, the arrowmaker, the weaver,
etc., and the scene is set on the banks of the pond where
Champlain met the Iroquois in 1614 (?) and was defeated
by them. Six figures.
6 Agriculture group. The harvest of the maize. An autumn
view of the high banks of the Genesee river looking up
from Squakie hill, Mount Morris. Six figures.
The planning of these groups has been the work of the Arche-
ologist, Mr Parker, whose intimate knowledge of the New York
Indians is an assurance of the ethnological accuracy of the repre-
sentations. The very exacting and highly artistic work of execut-
ing the large background scenery (each background being fifty-
five feet long and sixteen feet high), placing the figures, setting the
IZ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
accessories and accomplishing the living results is due to the genius
~and skill of David C. Lithgow. The human figures, which. are, ©
with a few exceptions, life casts, were made partly by Caspar —
Meyer and partly by Henri Marchand, and the latter artist is also
responsible for the few modeled figures with portrait busts in the
Mohawk group. ‘The electric lighting of this hall required the
installation of an entire new system of wiring to connect with the
general system of the building.
The Charles H. Peck testimonial exhibit of edible and poison-
ous fungi. In view of the practical difficulties attending the —
execution of a satisfactory exhibit of the general botany of the
State, it seems imperative at the present time to restrict the exhibit
to such field as lends itself to this purpose and is adapted to the —
available space. The state herbarium is the great repository of
our flora and is always accessible to students, but is not for public
inspection. The skill of Mr Henri Marchand in reproducing the
fungi with extraordinary fidelity of structure and color and from
life in the field, has enabled us to take advantage of this opportunity
to create a permanent exhibit of these destructible bodies in all
their natural fulness and detail. Thus a satisfactory beginning has
been made on this work with the purpose of eventually preparing
a representation that will be reasonably complete. Prof. Charles
H. Peck, the first State Botanist of New York, whose long term
of service closed two years ago, devoted much of his life to the
study of mycology and it seems very appropriate that this special
exhibit of mushroom reproduction should be created as a testi-
monial to his excellent service. It has been intimated to some of
Doctor Peck’s colleagues to whom he had rendered help in their
investigations that such a testimonial was intended and many of
them have given substantial evidence of their desire to participate
in it.
Contributors to the Peck testimonial exhibit:
Fred. S. Boughton, Pittsford, N. Y.
N. L. Britton, New York, N. Y.
E. A. Burt, St Louis, Mo:
iJ. DavisyChicaco sil:
'W. G. Farlow, Cambridge, Mass.
Mrs Edwin P. Gardner, for the Botanical Society, Canandaigua, N. ve
John W.' Harshberger, Philadelphia, Pa.
C. C. Haynes, New York, N. Y.
Ann Hibbard, Boston, Mass.:
L, R. Jones, Madison, Wis.
Louis C. C. Krieger, Chico, Cal.
Honey mushroom
Armillaria mella Vahl.
(Reproduction by H. Marchand)
Parasol mushroom
LeEDIOwE DirOeera Scope
(Reproduction by H. Marchand)
(pueysiey “Aq voronpo.sda yz)
qf ANIA MIDE) 11) © Wl adi Ip,
eWO[OYSIIT, Uerssonby
nea lee,
gus
hepat
S
5}
U4
“4
9°)
oO
ke
7p)
Beef-
Fistulina
(Reproduction by H. Marchand)
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 13
Minnesota Mycological Society, Minneapolis, Minn. ~
W. S. Moffat, Chicago, III.
George E. Morris, Boston, Mass.
C. S. Sargent, Boston, Mass.
C. L. Shear, Washington, D. C.
E. B. Sterling, Trenton, N. J.
W. C. Stevenson, jr, Philadelphia, Pa.
Martha P. Strong, New York, N. Y.
Mary L. Sutliff, New York, N. Y.
William Trelease, Urbana, Ill.
Adaline Van Horne, Montreal, Canada
F, Watrous, New York, N. Y.
Fuertes bird paintings. These fine paintings, 120 in number, of
the birds of New York, presented to the Museum by Mrs Russell
Sage, have been mounted, set in fourteen large frames and placed
on the walls of the two corridors leading from the main hall into
the hall of zoology. !
Panama-Pacific exhibition. The exhibits of the mining prod-
ucts of this State made at the Panama-Pacific Exposition in coop-
eration with a number of mineral producers, was recognized as
of high excellence and its merits were indicated by the awards
of the juries. The list of the awards to the Museum and to
cooperating exhibitors is here given:
Grand prize. New York State Museum, Albany. Collective
exhibit. 3
Gold medal. New York State Museum, Albany. Publications.
Silver medal. New York State Museum, Albany. Building stones.
Gold medal. Worcester Salt Co., Silver Springs. Salt works
model.
Gold medal. Joseph Dixon Crucible Co., Jersey City. Graphite
and graphite products.
Silver medal. Joseph Dixon Crucible Co.
Gold medal. Carborunduim Co., Niagara Falls. Carborundum,
aloxite, silicon.
Gold medal. Carborundum Co., Niagara Falls. Wheels and manu-
factured articles.
Gold medal of honor. International Acheson Graphite Co., Niagara
Falls. Artificial graphite.
Silver medal. Witherbee, Sherman & Co., Mineville. Magnetite
concentrates and other mill products.
Silver medal. Witherbee, Sherman & Co. Collection of ores and
minerals, illustrative of Adirondack mines.
I4 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Bronze medal. Witherbee, Sherman & Co. Model of mine.
Silver medal. Sterling Salt Co., Cuylerville.
Silver medal. Association of the American Portland Cement
Manufacturers, Philadelphia. Model cement road.
Silver medal. Association of the American Portland Cement
Manufacturers. Colored transparencies showing methods of
laying cement roads in New York State.
Honorable mention. Association of the American Portland Cement
Manufacturers Association. |
Bronze medal. Helderberg Cement Co., Albany. Photographs
showing uses of cement in canal and building construction.
Silver medal. Crown Point Spar Co., Crown Point. Exhibit of
‘crushed pegmatite. ,
Silver medal. E. J. Johnson, New York. Roofing slate.
Silver medal. Mathews Slate Co., Poultney. Roofing slate.
Silver medal. United States Gypsum Co., Chicago. Exhibit of
gypsum and its products.
Silver medal. Uniform Fibrous Talc Co., Talcville. Exhibit of
crude and ground talc.
Silver medal. Barton & Sons Co., H. H. Exhibit of abrasive
garnet and manufactured articles of garnet.
Silver medal. Northern Iron Co., Standish. Exhibit of magnetite
ores and of pig iron.
Bronze medal. Chateaugay Ore & Iron Co., Lyon Mountain.
Magnetite ores and concentrates. .
Bronze medal. Cheever Iron Ore Co., Port Henry. Magnetite
ores and concentrates. :
Bronze medal. Ontario Talc Co., Gouverneur. Talc, crude and
ground.
Bronze medal. North River Garnet Co., North River. Garnet,
crude. :
Bronze medal. Finch, Pruyn & Co., Glens Falls. Exhibit of lime.
Honorable mention. New York Lime Co., Natural Bridge. Ex-
hibit of cement.
Honorable mention. P. H. Kinkel’s Sons, Bedford. Feldspar and
quartz. . .
Honorable mention.. Onondaga Coarse Salt Association, Syracuse.
Solar salt.
Honorable. mention. St Lawrence Pyrites Co., Herman. Crude
and concentrated pyrite. 3
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 FS
Honorable mention. William Connors Paint Co., Troy. Mineral
paint.
Honorable mention. Clinton Metallic Paint Co., Clinton. Mineral
paint. 3
Honorable mention. James M. Wells Co., Ogdensburg. Mineral
paint.
. Honorable mention. Vacuum Oil Co., Rochester. Exhibit of
crude petroleum and its products.
Honorable mention. Benson Mines Co., Benson Mines. Mag-
netite ore.
Honorable mention.. MacIntyre Iron Co., Port Henry. Titan-
iferous magnetite.
Honorable mention. Borst, C. A., Clinton. Hematite ore.
Honorable mention. Northern Ore Co., Edwards. Zinc ore.
Honorable mention. The Solvay Process Co., Syracuse. Exhibit
of materials used in manufacture of soda compounds; and exhibit
of the products.
Through the generosity of the cooperating exhibitors, who
have thereby given evidence of their interest in the Museum, much
of the prize material has been donated to the State, together with
the cases in which this material was exhibited. Besides this,
through the appreciative generosity of the State Commission for
the Panama-Pacific Exposition, the Museum receives a series of
fourteen exhibition cases constructed at their expense but in con-
formity with the designs in use in the Museum. The addition of
this large amount of valuable material will permit the eniargement
and improvement of the geology exhibits in lines which specially
required strengthening, and it will also necessitate a rearrangement
of the entire geology hall. Acknowledgments must here be made
to the generosity of those who have thus presented their exhibits
to the Museum:
North River Garnet Co., North River
Specimens of garnet in matrix from mines on Thirteenth _
Lake Mee gi
Barton & Sons Co., North River ty
Garnet in matrix and prepared garnet
Northern Ore Co., Edwards
Specimens of zinc ores from Edwards | ie oe
Carborundum Co., Niagara Falls
Specimens of carborundum, aloxite, metallic silicon and
garnet, to the number of several hundred
16 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
International Acheson Graplute Co., Niagara Falls
Graphite and graphite wares made in the electric furnace
Joseph Dixon Crucible Co., Jersey City
Graphite ores and products from mine near Hague, together
with many samples of manufactured articles
P. H. Kinkel’s Sons, Bedford
Large specimens of beryl, pink quartz and feldspar
Crown Point Spar Co., Crown Point
Specimens of crude and crushed pegmatite
Paragon Plaster Co., Syracuse
Blocks of imitation granite
Ontario Talc Co., Gouverneur
Display specimens of crude talc and samples of prepared
products
Umiform Fibrous Talc Co., Talcville
Display specimens of crude tale and samples of prepared
products
MacIntyre Iron Co., Port Henry
Samples of crude and refined titaniferous magnetite, pig iron,
flux and coke
Chateaugay Ore.& Iron Co., Lyon Mountain
Samples of magnetite, crude and concentrated
Cheever Iron Ore Co., Port Henry
Samples of magnetite, crude and concentrated
Witherbee, Sherman & Co., Mineville
Large specimen of crystallized magnetite; many small speci-
mens and samples of products
Borst, C. A., Clinton
Large specimen of hematite
William Connors Paint M’f’g Co., Troy
Samples of metallic paint
J. M. Wells Paint Co., Ogdensburg —
_ Samples of metallic paint
Northern Iron Co., Port Henry
Samples of iron ores, fluxes, fuels etc., and of pig iron from
furnaces at Port Henry and Standish
Solvay Process Co., Syracuse
‘Colored chart and samples to illustrate manufacture of soda —
products from salt
Cad
tn
25
25
ie
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 17
Enlargement of the paleontology collections. A very con-
siderable amount of additional material has been installed in the
paleontology collections, principally of invertebrates from the
Paleozoic rocks of New York and from other Paleozoic regions
which have been the subject of investigation and report here.
Among such material which has been the basis of published studies
by the Museum officers and selected parts of which are exhibited,
are the Devonian fossils of the Falkiand islands, undoubtedly the
most complete series ever brought together, made by the coopera-
tion of Governor and Mrs Allardyce of that province, and by the
acquisition of the collections brought together by the Swedish
Magellanian Expedition; the Devonian fossils of Argentina
acquired by the aid of the Argentina Geological Survey and of
Professor Bodenbender of Cordoba; the Devonian fossils of
Brazil; of Constantinople; of Germany and elsewhere.
The hall of invertebrate paleontology now. contains 104 cases and
6 large exposed mounts.
In the hall of vertebrate fossils a new case has been added of
Devonian fishes with representations of their living descendants
and a case containing parts of two skeletons of the extinct peccary
Platygonus, from Gainesville, N. Y., to which further reference is
made in the report of the Paleontologist.
Installations in zoology hall. Much has been done and a good
deal remains to be done in the completion of the representations of
the State fauna. There is now installed a practically complete
series of the land and water birds of the State; an extensive and
fine series of domesticated fowl, most of them prize specimens; the
collection of reptiles and batrachians is effective, but for lack of
adequate space is not completed; the mollusca of the State are but
partially displayed and the lesser invertebrates are still poorly
represented. Of the habitat groups there are now the following
and it hardly seems possible with the present floor space to increase
their number: —
Mammals
1 Black bear 8 Opossum
2 Buffalo g Panther or puma
3 Canada lynx 10 Red fox
4, Fisher 1 SSEWOP TABS
5 Mink 12 Virginia deer
6 Moose 13 Woodchuck
7 Muskrat
18 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
y wy
Pe
(i
hi
13
¥
Birds
1 Nest of duck hawk g American cola
2 Nests of cliff or eaves 10 Nest of long-billed marsh
swallow wren
3 Nest of goshawk 11 Nest of oven bird and cedar ©
4. Whistling swan waxwing
5 Sora 12 Nest of junco
6 Nest of clapper rail . 13 Nest of yellow warbler
7 Nest of green heron 14 Nest of red-winged biack- —
8 Snowflakes bird
Fish
Yellow perch and sunfish
Ls
The difficult problem of presenting an effective representation of
the insects and their depredatory activities has been skilfully met,
and the entomological exhibit as a whole is growing to be most
attractive and instructive the nearer it comes to completion. In
these cases are 69 table panels and 42 upright panels now com-
plete. Each case in this exhibit carries a small habitat group at
the center of the top, and of these interesting habitat exhibits there
are the following:
Insect habitat groups
1 Milkweed insects 7 Apple and pear destroyers
2 Insects of wild cherry and 8 Mosquito head
grass hedgerows 9 Garden insects
3 Meadow insects 10 Eim and willow insects
4 Marsh and pool-side group 11 Oak and soft mapie insects
5 Aquatic group 12 Pine tree insects
6 Insect galls
(UUIT) SNHTIO}JRISIWM So}StdO}IyY ‘soefP[ ‘UOIsIq Josussseg
Camptorhynchus labradorius (Gmel.)
Male (left) and female.
Labrador Duck.
Zoology hall, from west entrance.
SONG
G7
a8
2
SS
ial
Cd)
>
on
eS
E
fe)
~~
&
o
’
_
Zoology hall
|
2
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 19
GL
CONDITION Oly UH = SCIENTIFIC. “RESERVATIONS
BELONGING TO THE MUSEUM
1 Cryptozoon ledge or Lester Park. In order to make the
extraordinary interest of this place intelligible to the visitor, tablets
have been erected on the ledge and near entrances along the road.
This road branches off from the state highway leading from
Saratoga Springs to Luzerne, the branch of the road being about
3 miles due west from Saratoga. This branch runs through a
beautiful piece of rocky woodland, and turning upon itself, forms
a loop, joining the main highway again. On the Cryptozoon ledge
itself has been erected an iron tablet 2 feet 814 inches by 1 foot 7%
inches, set on a concrete foundation and bearing this inscription:
CRYPTOZOON LEDGE
THE FOSSILS ON THE SURFACE OF THIS ROCK ARE REMAINS OF MARINE PLANTS
OR ALGAE WHICH GREW ON THE BOTTOM OF THE ANCIENT CAMBRIAN SEA. THEY
ARE AMONG THE OLDEST PLANTS OF THE EARTH. THEY GREW IN CABBAGE-SHAPED
HEADS AND DEPOSITED LIME IN THEIR TISSUE. THIS LEDGE HAS BEEN PLANED
DOWN BY THE ACTION OF THE GREAT GLACIER WHICH CUT THE PLANTS ACROSS,
SHOWING THEIR CONCENTRIC INTERIOR STRUCTURE. THE SCIENTIFIC NAME OF
THESE PLANTS IS CRYPTOZOON PROLIFERUM HALL.
On the other side of the road at the limestone quarry now a part
of the reserve another iron tablet has been placed to indicate the
significance of this limestone formation in the New York geo-
logical series. It bears the inscription:
HOYT LIMESTONE
THIS IS THE TYPICAL SECTION OF THE GEOLOGICAL FORMATION KNOWN AS THE
“HOYT LIMESTONE” OF THE CAMBRIAN SYSTEM.
: NE the approach to the reservation from the west is a tablet, 2
feet 1 inch by 1 foot 3 inches with the following legend:
LESTER PARK
PROPERTY OF
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
2 DO NOT INJURE THE PLACE
20 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Besides these, two markers have been set near the approaches
with the inscription
LESTER PARK
This reservation requires some inconsiderable expenditure for
the proper display of its interesting features. The Cryptozoon
ledge itself is, in the course of a summer’s growth, carpeted with
patches of sod from which it should be kept free in order to make
the exposure of the ledge as effective as practicable. Experience
shows that this grass must be removed at least twice in a season.
On the other side of the road opposite the ledge the surroundings
cf the quarry are grown up to brush and brambles and all of this
should be cut out and kept repressed so that access may be free and
inviting. In addition to the thicket which now covers much of this
larger portion of the reservation, much rubbish has accumulated,
which for the sake of propriety should be removed. Undoubtedly,
when the work indicated has been once done, supervision twice
during the season would keep the place in satisfactory and attrac-
tive condition.
2 Clark Reservation. This reservation is situated four miles
southeast of Syracuse on the State road known as the Seneca turn-
pike. The remarkable features of this interesting place have been
described in a previous report. The original purchase by Mrs
F. F. Thompson, the donor of the property, consisted of 76 acres,
and to this was added by subsequent purchase the outflow region
at the east, making the present total area of the reserve 109.7 acres.
Mrs Thompson has embellished this gift by beginning the erection
of a suitable entrance where the reservation borders the State road.
The entrance is a double curved stone wall with a graded road
between, the design being effective and substantial. Some of the
stone necessary for the composition of this wall in accordance with
the specifications of the designer are of such large size as to impose
some difficulties in finding them, but a limestone ledge has been
located which can supply these large dimension pieces, and the
work was under construction when the frost and snow interfered
with further progress. It will be completed in the early spring
within the contract price of $3900.
With the completion of this entrance and gateway we shall have
put aside from encroachment by the public a highly instructive
natural monument. It has never been the intention of the Depart-
ment, acting as custodian of this and other properties, to attempt
to treat them as parks but rather as reservations set aside for their
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I9QI5 21
natural beauties. The Clark Reservation will not be improved by
the addition of drives and walks or any artificial constructions, but
there are certain necessary and unavoidable conditions which will
require attention. There is a rickety and dangerous stairway down
the face of the great cliff to the lake, and in order to protect the
State from any damage claims from accident on this broken con-
struction, a sign has been posted on the ends to the effect that
visitors are there at their own risk. ‘This stairway should be
repaired and the path beneath the cliffs at the bottom of the stairs
should be graded sufficiently to make it possible to get along this
picturesque embankment without danger. The property has
almost no line fences, especially along the rear lines, and as its
boundaries are very irregular it is not easy to determine them in
their present condition. A survey and map of the property has
been made by R. W. Jones and his assistants from the original
deeds and every corner has been monumented, but the property is
not in any way protected from the incursions of cattle from the
adjoining farms. These and other conditions indicate that some
attention requiring modest expenditures are necessary to protect
the place and to make it suitable for the public use.
At the time of the present writing these are the only natural
monuments in the custody of the State Museum, but we have the
reasonable assurance that the Stark’s knob near Schuylerville,
whose historic and scientific interest has already been described,
will be transferred to this Department by the generosity of Mr —
Emerson McMillin, and there are in mind at the present time one
or two other spots of noteworthy interest likely to be invaded and >
destroyed in the progress of our civilization and which it is hoped
may eventually come under our protection.
This subject of nature reserves is one that will command a
wider attention and espousal as time goes on and the appreciation
of what the community has already: sacrificed becomes more keen.
The State of New York has taken the first. official steps in
America in this matter of the conservation of its lesser monuments
and the example is a wholesome one, the sentiment well worthy of
nurture. Attention is here particularly directed to an admirable
illustration of conservation carried out by a local organization
with official municipal encouragement. This is the bird sanctuary
erected and cared for by the Cayuga Bird Club within the city of
Ithaca. The State Museum has done much to acquaint the citizens
with a knowledge of our birds and to encourage their protection,
and it is well known that the splendid color plates of the memoir
“Birds of New York,” were prepared by the accomplished artist,
22 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Mr Louis Agassiz Fuertes. Mr Fuertes is the president of the
Cayuga Bird Club and it is under his administration that the
“sanctuary” has been established. It is thus very fitting that some
account of this establishment be given in this place, for it may in
some sense be fair to reckon it among the fruits of our joint
endeavor.
The account following has been prepared by Mr Fuertes:
The “sanctuary ” of the Cayuga Bird Club at Ithaca. It is the last bit
vf virgin bottom-forest left in this vicinity. It lies at the very foot of the
valley, and Cayuga lake forms its northern boundary, except for a few acres
cf cleared land. All the forest is ours. It is watered by Fall creek and its
Eayous; one can go all around in it in a canoe. I believe it contains about
30 or 40 acres, and is solid forest, composed of enormous sycamores along
the streams, giant water elms (two-thirds of the timber), a large amount of
silver maple, swamp white oak, butternut, walnut and ash, with a few tulip
trees; no evergreens and rather Carolinian in its nature; great willows,
too, abound around the edges and along the streams. The lower growth is
very interesting: quantities of benzoin, considerable winterberry (/lex), a
little prickly ash, and any amount of Rubus of various species where the
sun gets in. Large cat-tail marshes adjoin on both sides, though the biggest
have been filled for factory sites, etc. Over two hundred species of birds
have been recorded within the strict limits of the sanctuary. Enormous
vines of wild grape and Virginia creeper depend from the crowns of the
biggest trees; much poison ivy and other climbing vegetation adds to the
natural beauty of the place.
Until about eighteen months ago this land was part of a wild tract known
as the Renwick tract, and was put to no use except by the Sunday shooting
crowd, who used to build fires against the trees, and devasted it generally.
Then a wave of civic awakening came on, and the city voted $300 to “clear
up” this woodland, which was regarded as an unsightly “wilderness,” with
the result that it liberated a crew of ignorant laborers with axes. This was
highly disastrous, and most of the spicebush and the biggest vines were
felled or severed before anyone with a real knowledge of what to do knew
of it. Attention of the Board of Public Works was drawn at once to the
damage, by the Cayuga Bird Club. The work was immediately stopped,
considerable public attention directed toward the misstep, and after some
weeks of rather delicate diplomatic procedure, the thing came to a good
understanding, though no more funds were available for constructive work.
Then the Cayuga Bird Club put in a request that the Renwick wildwood
be declared a bird sanctuary, that funds be voted for its maintenance, and
that its administration be put in the hands of the Cayuga Bird Club. The
club was then young, and the Common Council did not think it wise to commit
the land to an untried and recently organized society, but did set the area
aside permanently as a. park, and extended the city-corporation line to include
it in its entirety. This brings it within police protection, and has had an
excellent effect. — ; i ‘a
When the budget was next made up, the city voted $100 voluntarily for
the improvement of the tract, and turned the entire sum over to the Cayuga
Bird Club to’ expend in the most advantageous way. With it we con-
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 2
ry
s
wv
structed paths, cleaned out much of the rubbish from last year’s cutting
and dead wood already down, and built a very good, substantial rustic bridge
over the main bayou leading out of Fall creek, obviating the necessity of a
half-mile walk to get into the other part of the woods.
On Arbor Day last May, all the schools closed, and every school child in
Ithaca, about 800, in the grades, came down to the wildwood and put in
part of an afternoon’s work, under guidance of the older members of the
club, in constructive labor, planting water lilies, forget-me-nots, iris, etc.,
in the back-waters; burning brush in open places; trimming out the
young shoots of spicebush over several acres of cutting; putting up signs
against shooting; building fires; and placing nest boxes in good places.
This year we are asking the city for $250; we are planning an even better
Arbor Day celebration, and have plans for immediately erecting two large
automatic rustic food stations, a large and appropriate entrance arch desig-
nating the sanctuary, and a great many other things as soon as we can get
the money.
Our club dues are very low: only 10 cents for children, 25 cents for
adults, $1 for sustaining membership, and $10 for life. We give a con-
siderable number of free lectures by the best men we can get, and all
Ithaca enjoys them.
We feel that, if we can each year, for say IO or 15 years, have all the
children here develop a love for the place by reaily doing some voluntary
work in wt, it will be a hard matter, when these same children are grown up
and compose Ithaca’s citizenship, to ever divert this lovely place into any
other field of usefulness than one preserving in full its wild, flowerful
beauty.
Last spring we conducted each week enthusiastic field parties (6 to 9
a. m.) through and around the sanctuary. For years it has been the open-
air classroom of the department of biology and limnology of Cornell Uni-
versity. The city is in full accord with us now, and I see no reason why
we should ever lose hold of our sanctuary. The land, fortunately, is too
low to be of much value. It is without doubt the most beautiful piece of
old timberland left in this region, and that it is actually within the city
limits is a vast advantage both to it and to the city. I know of no other
place in the country with so large and magnificent a virgin area of wood-
land anywhere near it, let alone at its very door.
Regarding the influences back of it: as in all things of this kind, the
active agents are the few who are interested and willing to give some time
and thought to it. Our finances are not what they ought to be, but things
are looking up, and the club is, I think, satisfactorily fulfilling its period of
probation. Our city is about to adopt a new system of disbursing its funds,
and we expect to be included among the organizations deserving and
receiving financial aid from the city. We have plans for making a very
useful and educational place of it, and only a little support would enable us
to do part of it right away.
I have an idea that we shall try to negotiate for the withdrawal of about
800 acres of woodland on the east side of the inlet valley —all owned by
about three men, all of whom are willing to devote it to this purpose. It
is steep forested hillside; many grouse, etc., are there now, and many more
would take to it if it were never hunted.
24 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
TN
DEPARTMENT PUBLICATIONS
During the year the bulletins of the Museum have issued as
rapidly as circumstances permitted. They take the following
numbers and titles:
No. 174 Annual Report on the Mining and Quarry Industry for
1913. By D. H. Newland.
175 29th Report of the State Entomologist. By E. P. Felt.
176 Report of the State Botanist for 1913. By C. H. Peck.
177 Director’s Report for 1914.
178 Annual Report on the Mining and Quarry Indies for
1914. By D. H. Newland.
179 Report of the State Botanist for 1914. By H. D. House.
180 30th Report of the State Entomologist. By E. P. Felt.
It became obvious during the year that the number of scientific
reports of the Department is now so large that many important
special reports must of necessity be held back in order to facilitate
the printing of the annual reports of the department officials. To
correct this situation and release to the public many of these
important technical reports, arrangements are in progress to issue
the State Museum bulletin as a regular monthly periodical.
Wild Flowers of New York. A reasonable preliminary pro-
vision was made by the Legislature of last year for an illustrated
monograph of the Wild Flowers of New York, and as soon as this
became available, field work was begun by operators acting under
the direction of the State Botanist in the preparation of autochrome
plates from living flowering plants. These operations have been
attended with success; nearly one hundred such color negatives
with checking negatives in black and white were taken and the
color prints made from these negatives are for the most part true
in coloration and effect. The plants of the spring and early
summer were missed in the year’s operations, but will be Baie up
at once on the opening of the coming season.
Birds of New York. The continued demand for this work has
reduced the edition to about one-seventh and as the demand does
not seem to lessen, the volumes can not be much longer supplied.
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 25
Doubtless in another year it will be necessary to consider the
desirability of issuing a new edition of these volumes. In order
to relieve somewhat the pressure of this demand, 16,759 copies of
the portfolio of the color plates of the volumes were printed early
in the year and of these one copy was sent to each secondary
school. The remainder of the edition was held for sale and the
demand for this publication has been so great that the stock is
nearly exhausted. It will be wise to increase this edition without
delay.
20 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Vv
CONSIDERATIONS FOR FUTURE GROWTH OF THE
MUSEUM
As at present arranged, the Museum of Science is in very effec-
tive and pleasing quarters. The halls are imposing in all dimen-
sions and agreeable in their architectural treatment. The casing of
the various exhibits is essentially new throughout and their com-
position and grouping appropriate. It must be made clear, how-
ever, that every economy of space must be practised in order to
present the collections adequately, and it should be understood that
the exhibited collections in the present building can never be but a
fraction of what they should be, as in fact they are today but a
fraction of what the Museum now owns. The maintenance of the
collections therefore must be a continuous process of elimination
and substitution, of replacement of the good by the better until
quality shall be paramount where quantity is impracticable. The
danger here is that the want of space may force the Museum to
inadequacy of appropriate display.
To enhance the attractiveness and the educational value of the
Museum a proper treatment of the walls is essential. These great
halls (those on the main floor having a total straight length of
nearly 700 feet) are divided and relieved by panels 30 feet high,
arched at the top. Now they carry only the plain finish left by the
architect, and the vast surface they cover is unrelieved except by
their form and the upspringing arches of the overhead iron work.
These walls should be appropriately decorated, if not all, at least in
part, and it is the Director’s conception that a symbolic treatment
suggested by the spirit of the place, continuous in theme though
interrupted by the borders of the panels, confined to the lunettes of
the arches or at least covering only the upper and atmospheric
parts of the walls, is essential to give these majestic halls their true
dignity. :
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 27
VI
RIGO ID OU sus, (Ge OIMOGGAIL, SUID!
Apart from normal office duties, it has been possible to progress
active field work in geology but little during the past year. This
is due partly to abnormal demands made by the Museum equipment
‘and partly also to the failure of the Legislature to make a favorable
response to a request for appropriations which could be specifically
utilized for this object. Appeals for assistance from various
localities for intelligent direction in the development of their
geological resources have had to be put aside, and sources of
effective wealth neglected.
AREAL GEOLOGY
In the work directed toward the completion of the great geo-
logical map of the State on a scale basis of one mile to the inch,
some progress was made in the mapping of the Gouverneur
quadrangle by Prof. H. P. Cushing, this work covering about one-
tenth of its area and confined to its northeast portion. The forma-
tions found were the direct continuation of those of the Ogdens-
burg and Canton quadrangles, along the northeast-southwest strike
which prevails, and have been described in some detail in the
reports on those quadrangles which are about to be printed. Suffi-
cient area was not covered to warrant any statement of results.
The Lake Placid quadrangle was covered in detail except for
about one-fourth of the area, by Dr W. J. Miller. Only a few
general results of this work can here be stated.
A great variety of Precambrian rocks occurs within the quad-
rangle, usually being mixed in a very complicated manner. The
Grenville series, including various gneisses, some quartzite and
little limestone, is not extensively present, the largest area probably
being that south and southeast of Lake Placid village, but the drift
there is so heavy that exposures are scarce. Another considerable
body of Grenville occurs at the south end of Wilmington mountain.
Most of the other Grenville is scattered about in small masses.
Anorthosite is very prominently developed, varying from the
typical coarse-grained, bluish gray rock consisting mostly of
labradorite of a dark-gray, somewhat finer grained, gneissoid, gab-
28 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
broic facies on the one hand, and a white, almost purely feld-
spathic facies on the other.
_ The syenite-granite series exhibits the usual variations from a
typical, greenish gray, moderately quartzose syenite to both quartz-
less dioritic or gabbroic facies and granitic, very quartzose facies.
Tongues of syenite and granite were found clearly cutting the
anorthosite at several localities. ‘There are many occurrences of a
peculiar syenitic looking rock with large bluish gray labradorite
crystals and this is almost certainly a rock intermediate between
anorthosite and syenite, having been produced by assimilation of
anorthosite around the borders of the molten syenite.
Bodies of gabbro are not common, one considerable stock having
been found on Pulpit mountain, while another large mass enters
the quadrangle from one to two miles southeast of Upper Jay.
Diabase dikes of small size are numerous, being especially
abundant from Keene Center northward for several miles.
Zones of excessive jointing, accompanied by more or less fault-
ing, are prominently developed through the Wilmington notch and
in the valley from Keene Center northward.
Perhaps the most remarkable topographic feature of the quad-
rangle is the Wilmington notch which is certainly of postglacial
origin, the waters first having started over a preglacial divide there
as the outlet of a large lake which occupied the broad lowland area
south and southeast of Lake Placid village.
The very interesting glacial lakes of the quadrangle are being
studied by Mr H. L. Alling.
The survey of the Ausable and Mount Marcy quadrangles, which
has been in charge of Prof. J. F. Kemp, is well toward completion,
but the final touches to the work have been temporarily suspended.
Landslides in the Hudson valley. The clays of the Hudson
valley have long been the seat of soil displacements of greater or
less moment, and during the past season one occurred on the prop-
erty of the Knickerbocker Portland Cement Co. near Eudson,
which was attended with very serious results. It was made the
occasion for a careful investigation by Mr D. H. Newland, in which
he was aided in every way by the company. The condition govern-
ing these displacements and the important results of this investi-
gation are given in the appendix to this report.
Underground waters. Requests for information in regard to
underground water supplies increase every year. These inquiries
can be answered only tentatively and with great reserve, for
knowledge of the underground waters of New York is very largely
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 29
confined to local experience. Except on Long Island in connection
with the work of the United States Geological Survey and the New
York City Board of Water Supply, no systematic boring for the
determination of underground water has been carried on. These
investigations are of great importance and will soon become of
imperative necessity. It is now impossible to advise with local
communities seeking artesian water or abundant supplies of
pumped water, but the exactions of the State and local boards of
health and the demands of the communities wiil soon require this
information from the State. This line of investigation has not yet
been taken up by the water supply division of the Conservation
Commission, and probably could not be intelligently handled except
by a corps of experienced geologists.
The study of surface water supplies of this State was inaugurated
in this office and the first report thereupon, “ The Hydrology of
New York,” published as one of its bulletins. The proposed line
of investigation of the subsurface supplies of water might with
equal propriety be inaugurated here. |
INDUSTRIAL GEOLOGY
Exhibit at the Panama-Pacific Exposition. In further refer-
ence to this exhibit it may be stated that the materials included a
comprehensive array of the products of mine and quarry, as well as
illustrative matter in the forms of models, charts and maps, and
was grouped in an area of about 3500 square feet under the central
dome of the building, most accessible to visitors. The exhibit was
surrounded by others from states and countries more especially
noted for their mineral endowments, but none the less attracted
much attention. The variety of products was one of its features
that caused much comment. In the distribution of awards it
received favorable consideration; the grand prize was given for
the display as a whole, and numerous medals — gold, silver and
bronze — were allotted among the individual. exhibits.
Much of the material will be returned to Albany and used to
supplement the State Museum collections. In the list of exhibits
to be thus disposed of is the large model of the Silver Springs
works of the Worcester Salt Co. This was built recently with a
view to its display at the exposition where it was the center of much
‘interest, and no doubt it will be an attractive feature of the
economic section of the Museum, in which now, through the
generosity of the exhibitor, it will find a permanent place. A
30 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
second model illustrates the methods of occurrence and of extrac-
tion of rock salt, as exemplified in the mines of the Sterling Salt
Co, This also is to be set up in the Museum as a gift of the
exhibitor,
Mines and quarries. The general trend of the mineral indus-
tries in 1914 showed a reversal of that of the preceding year;
nearly all branches suffered declines which collectively amounted
to about 15 per cent. The total value of the output was returned
as $35,870,004, whereas in 1913 it amounted to $41,598,399. The
decline of activity was really greater than indicated by the loss of
output, since the reaction did not assume serious proportions until
late summer and then developed rapidly to the close of the season.
The foreign situation, of course, was the dominant factor in bring-
ing on the depression which affected the whole country. ‘The sub-
stances on which the valuations above mentioned are based included
over thirty different products, most of them in the forms in which
they come from the mines and quarries, without elaboration except
so far as is necessary to make them of marketable character. They
do not include secondary products like iron and steel, alkali prod-
ucts, coke and its by-products, aluminum, carborundum, calcium
carbide, sulphuric acid, etc., the manufacture of which constitutes
a large industry with an output many times greater than that
covered by the industries reviewed in this report.
Zinc ores. The first shipment of zinc ores from a New York
mine, of any considerable consequence at least, was made in 1915
as the result of work begun in the Edwards district, St Lawrence
county, well known as a source of talc. The deposits are not
exactly new in the usual meaning of that phrase, for some of them
have been known to local prospectors and mining men for many
years, but not until recently have they become the object of an
enterprise capable of conducting their development on a com-
mercial basis. The new undertaking started under the most favor-
able circumstances, the inquiry for zine ores in the past year having
been unprecedented, and the work has served to awaken general
interest in the possibilities of the district. The area in which the
ores are known or may be expected to occur is rather extensive,
embracing a belt of the Precambrian sedimentary formations (the
so-called Grenville) that reaches from Sylvia lake in the town of
Fowler through the town of Edwards, near the village of which
the present operative mine is situated. The belt is somewhat irregu-
lar in its bounds, but of unbroken continuity in the stretch of 12
miles or more. The different showings or prospects are well
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I9Q15 31
scattered over the area, although they appear to be more numerous
on the southwest and northeast, at the extremities. The ore is
sphalerite, usually of dark, nontransparent character indicative of
a relatively large iron content, associated with pyrite and occasion-
ally with a little galena. The wall rock invariably is limestone of
the granular metamorphosed type that is an important element of
the Grenville strata in the Adirondack region, and is folded and
contorted, usually resting at a high angle. Quartzites and various
feldspathic schists and gneisses accompany the limestone as a part
of the same series. The. mineralization is in the form ot lenticular
bodies, streaks, bands, and zones ot disseminated ores within
impure beds of the limestone. At times they show a high degree
of crushing and brecciation, the fragments having been recemented
by flowage of the limestone or infiltration of mineral matter in
solution. Apparently the formation of the ore bodies dates back
to an early geologic period, probably the Precambrian. The area
comes within the Gouverneur quadrangle of which the geological
survey is now in progress. . | a
Molding sands. A preliminary paper on the Albany molding
sands was prepared as a contribution to a discussion of the subject
at a meeting of the American Foundrymen’s: Association. It is
planned to complete the study with laboratory investigations of the
physical and chemical properties of the sands, as soon as the neces-
sary opportunity is presented. The molding sands have an inter-
esting geological history, being one of the deposits formed in the
expanded waters that occupied the Hudson valley in late Pleistocene
time and that have become known as Lake Albany. The sands
were the last of the sediments then laid down and originally formed
a thantle over the whole area covered by the waters, which reached
up to nearly 400 feet above present sea level. Since their deposi-
tion they have been partially removed by erosion of the streams
arid have been shifted about by the winds, the latter agency having
a prominent part, it would appear, in the formation of the molding
sands proper. The field work has brought to’ light a number of
features of scientific and practical import. The account of these
molding sands referred to is printed in the appendix to this report.
Hudson River clays. An investigation of the clay beds in the
Hudson valley with particular reference to the possible extension
of their uses, hitherto confined practically to the manutacture of
common grades of building brick, seems’ to be a present need that
is emphasized’ by the unfavorable conditions obtaining in the brick-
a2 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
making industry. This industry, it is well known, is of enormous
proportions, but subject to great fluctuations of activity with
changes in the market demand, which varies materially from
season to season. Its situation in the last few years has been
rather precarious. Prices have been low and the market uncer-
tain, so that many manufacturers have closed their plants, some
having withdrawn altogether from business. This is well brought
out by the statistics collected for the annual mining and quarry
report which show that in 1914 there were only 98 operators in the
nine counties along the river, whereas in 1905. there were IIQ in
the same territory. That the industry has reached its full develop-
ment under present conditions seems quite conclusive from the
record, and its future welfare is to a great extent dependent upon
possible improvements and the opening of new channels for its
products. The study of the clays themselves, their composition,
physical properties and behavior in the kiln, is the first requisite
for the proper knowledge of the problems connected with the
industry, and such study has been undertaken.
MINERALOGY
Several important additions have been made to the mineral col-
lections during the past year.
A representative series of the recently discovered microcline
(Amazon stone) crystals was collected from quarries to the east
of Valhalla, Westchester county. Some of these. compare favor-
ably in color and in perfection of crystal development with the
amazon stone from the famous locality on Pike’s Peak, Colorado.
A suite of forty-two specimens was acquired by exchange from
the Egleston Mineralogical Museum of Columbia University.
These were selected with special reference to the needs of the
present collections and serve admirably to strengthen some of the
weaker portions both of the general mineral collection and of the
collection of New York State minerals.
By exchange with Mr Shimmatsu Ichikawa of Kitashinjo-mura,
Japan, the general collection has been enriched by a number of
beautiful specimens of Japanese minerals. Notable among these is
a series of extremely interesting quartz crystals, including several
examples of the famous Japanese twin crystals.
The collection of New York minerals has recently been expanded
to the extent of about 14 per cent in exhibited specimens. The
material which has been added has been distributed throughout the
collection and represents a gain of the contents of four type B cases.
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 33
A collection of models and specimens illustrating the laws of
crystallization, occupying about 4o lineal feet of shelf space along
the south wall of the hall of minerals, has been added to the ccl-
lections of this division. This collection is accompanied by very
full explanatory labels and it has been planned in the hope that by
careful reading of the labels and study of the models and speci-
mens, the observer may acquire a reasonable conception of the
laws governing unit and derived forms of crystals.
PALEONTOLOGY
The Museum. In continuing the installation and labeling of the
collections in the hall of invertebrate paleontology, the synoptic
series of the stratigraphic exhibits was completed and provided
with large guide labels for each case, outcrop maps of the forma-
tions in the State, and charts showing the aspect of the American
continent at the time of the periods represented. ‘These explana-
tory details give at a glance the most important data concerning
each formation. Wherever possible, rock specimens, illustrating
the varieties of rocks comprising the strata of each formation, have
been assembled at the sides of the cases. The addition of new and
better material is a constant process, and as such material is found
in the great reserve of the Museum, or is acquired in other ways,
it is incorporated into the exhibited collections so far as space will
permit. Thus the synoptic collection of the New York Paleozoic
fossils is constantly growing in quality and size. Into the 37 wall
cases, which have been installed during the past year, the large
specimens of the stratigraphic collection have been placed. These
form an addition and supplement to the synoptic collections and
the wall cases are made to correspond as far as possible with those
of the general series alongside them. The large slabs placed on
pedestals along the walls have all been labeled. The special exhibits
of the Devonian sponges (six cases), of Devonian fossils from the
Falkland islands, Argentina, Brazil, Turkey and Germany, most of
which have been the basis of reports and investigations carried on
in this office (4 cases), were finished. Of the starfishes and sea-
urchins, 2 cases are finished, while only 1 case of the crinoids has
been thus far installed. The wall cases of the special coral exhibit
(4 cases) are finished and the others are now in process of installa-
tion and labeling. The work of mounting and labeling the material
for the synoptic series has been done by Winifred Goldring, Edwin
34 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
J. Sten and H. C. Wardell; the special exhibit of sponges was
prepared by Ira Edwards; the foreign Devonian and the starfishes
and sea urchins by Winifred Goldring; the synoptic and special
wall-cases were equipped by C. A. Hartnagel and H. C. Wardell.
Mr Hartnagel has very ethciently supervised the making of the
cases, blocks, frames and other accessories and is installing the
special exhibit of corals.
Restorations in wax of Devonian fishes have been made by Mr
Henri Marchand, and a series of such models of the graptolites
has been commenced by the same artist. These models attract
much attention, because of their artistic effectiveness and their
scientific accuracy. They have proved so attractive and instructive
that this work should be continued.
The recent discovery of skeletons of the extinct peccary
(Platygonus compressus Le Conte) in a sand and
gravel bank on the farm of Elihu Russell, near Gainesville,
Wyoming county, is worthy of special note. Remains of this
extinct swine, which is related to the Central and South American
peccaries, have been found but once before in this State (near
Rochester), although they have been known from Indiana, Ohio
and Michigan and other states. The material from Gainesville
belongs to two individuals, and consists of 2 skulls, remains of 5
ribs, 5 vertebrae, 2 scapulae, one left and one right, 2 metacarpals,
I innominate, 1 ilium, 1 radius and ulna and 2 tibias. Of the two
skulls, one is complete; in the other the lower jaw is missing. The
complete one belongs to an older individual, the incomplete skull
to a younger, though grown, specimen, which still has the tem-
porary molar teeth.
The peccaries are a family of Sutidea peculiar to America,
representing the hogs of the Old World. They have longer legs
than living hogs, and inhabit today the Americas from Texas south-
ward. Platygonus compressus had the, size of the
largest living peccaries.
The remains of these animals are seldom found alone.. Tue
Columbus two lots of six individuals each were found, the skele-
tons all pointing with the snouts toward the southeast. The remains
are always found within the area occupied by the Wisconsin drift
of the Pleistocene glacial period; it is therefore inferred that these
peccaries took possession of the northern states soon after the
withdrawal of the last, or Wisconsin, ice sheet. [They were.con-
temporaries of the mammoths and mastodons. Doubtless, so soon
after an extensive glacial period, fierce snow storms raged at times
“QUIULZZIW 4sed WOIY ‘“(So}eigajsioaut) [ey Asojozuoojed jo j1eq
‘SpIOULID URIUOAI JO 98RD
ye
>
Y
Ze
IZ
U
I.-LYS. Vom:
SINS
Zo
Slab of Cherry Valley limestone (Marcellus shale) with characteristic
cephalopods. Much reduced.
Aly "
Ae ie ce
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I915 35
in the northern states. It is therefore assumed that these peccaries
were overcome by heavy snow storms or blizzards, as frequently
happens to gregarious animals, like sheep, goats and swine. The
specimens from near Columbus may have fallen in the direction
in which they were running before the storm. The Gainesville
specimens were found in excavating for sand in a delta knoll
and the numerical majority of their bones were carried away with
the sand for mixing concrete. As there is slight hope of complet-
- ing these skeletons, the remains obtained have now been put on
exhibition in the Museum.
List of cases and contents in hall of invertebrate fossils
CASES NO.
20 Synoptic collection of the New York formations and faunas
25 Synoptic collection (supplementary; along walls)
2 Eurypterida
g ‘Trilobites
1 Eusarcus group — restoration
6 Cephaiopods
3. Graptolites
I Crinoids (others to be prepared)
2 Starfishes
I Starfishes, echinoids and Paropsonema
6 Hexactinellid sponges
1 Devonian corals
I Fossil parasites
I Devonian of Falkland islands
2 Silurian and Devonian of Brazil
I Silurian sea bottom. Black Cape, P. Que.
1 Recent glass sponges —
Ll
Added to these are 6 floor mounts and 11 wall mounts.
Field work. From lack of funds, only about three weeks could
be given to field work. The investigation of the Middle and Upper
Ordovician shales was extended from Utica northwestward, the
shales overlying the Frankfort shales were studied, and for the
first time contacts between the Utic aand Frankfort shales, and
the latter and the superjacent formation, observed. This inves-
tigation is to be continued in the following field seasons.
Research. The research work has consisted chiefly in the inves-
~
)
36 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
tigation of a large number of new and interesting types of fossils
which had been brought out from the general collection during the ©
selection of material for exhibition. These fossils include about ©
50 species and a number of genera new to science, nearly all from —
the rocks of New York; among them a considerable number of j
new starfishes (11 species and 2 genera). About 25 genera and ~
species hitherto incompletely known are discussed with the help
of more complete material. The results of these investigations will 7
presently be printed in bulletin form with full illustrations. The |
scope of this work is provisionally indicated by the following list —
of species discussed :
Subkingdom Coelenterata
Plectodiscus, new genus
Plectodiscus molestus nov. Portage beds. ithaca i\iane
Airograptus, new genus. Beekmantown limestone, Deep kill, Melrose,
Inf) We :
Inocaulis kirki nov. Trenton limestone, Kirkfield, Ont.
Subkingdom Echinoderma
a Cystoidea
Pleurocystites squamosus mut. matutina nov. Tren-
ton limestone, Kirkfield, Ont.
b Asterozoa
Clarkeaster, new genus
Clarkeaster perspinosus nov. Chemung beds. Avoca, N. Y.
Lepidasterina, new genus
Lepidasterina gracilis nov. Chemung beds. Avoca, N. Y.
Urasterella ruthveni mut. arisaigensis nov. Arisaig
series, Nova Scotia :
WU. lutheri. Portage beds, Naples, N. Y.
Us stella. Portage beds, Naples, N. Y.
UW schucherti. ‘Chemung beds, Kirkwood, N. Y.
Urasterella sp. nov. Ithaca beds, Messengerville, N. Y.
Eugasterella bicatenulata nov. Portage beds, Naples, N. Y.
E. aranea nov. Portage beds, Park Station, N. Y.
Encrinaster pusillus. Chemung beds, Elmira, N. Y.
Klasmura, new genus
Klasmura mirabilis nov. Portage beds, Naples, N. Y.
K. clavigera. Portage beds, Naples, N. Y.
Class Brachiopoda
Lingula semina nov. Pittsford shale, Pittsford, N. Y.
IL testatrix nov. Bertie waterlime, Litchfield, N. Y.
ILe vicina nov. Pittsford shale, Farmers Mills, N. Y.
ib subtrigona nov. Manlius limestone, Union Springs, N. We
ian la sala. (2) ~GloOme aig wa mony, Schenectady shale,
Schenectady, N. Y.
Orbiculoidea molina nov. Pittsford shale, Farmers Mills,
NEWS
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 27)
‘Class Gastropoda
Protospira, new genus
Protospira minuta nov. Hoyt limestone, Greenfield, N. Y.
Hormotoma gregaria nov. Bertie waterlime, Marcellus, N. Y.
Class Lamellibranchiata
Pterinea poststriata noy. Pittsford shale, Pittsford, N. Y.
@tenodonta ? salinensis nov. Salina beds. Lenox, N. Y.
Class Cephalopoda
Orthoceras vicinus nov. Bertie waterlime. Marcellus, N. Y.
Gomphoceras osculum nov. Cobleskill limestone, Morgan-
wales eiNi YF.
Phragmoceras accola nov. Bertie waterlime, Litchfield, N. Y.
Hexameroceras microstoma noy. Guelph (Shelby) dolo-
mite, Niagara Falls, N. Y.
Subkingdom Vermes t
Protonympha marcellensis nov. Marcellus shale, Clarks-
valle, Ney 7.
Serpulites interrogans nov. Deep kill shale, Grant’s Hollow,
ING! Ne
Sb lumbricoides nov. Trenton limestone, Trenton Falls,
INGEY.
S; crassimarginalis ‘noy. Utica shale, Holland Patent,
Nes Ye 5
S. gracilis nov. Canajoharie (Dolgeville) shale, Dolgeville,
IN
gracilis nov. Utica shale, Holland Patent, N. Y.
magnus nov. Canajoharie shale, Menands, N. Y.
tener nov. Hamilton beds, Clarksville, N. Y.
longus nov. Keokuk beds, Crawfordsville, Ind.
Class Crustacea
Agraulos cushingi nov. Theresa dolomite, Greenfield, N. Y.
Amphilichas conifrons nov. Trenton limestone, Trenton
Falls, N. Y.
Weratiocatris (Limnocaris) salina nov. Pittsford shale,
Pittsford, N. Y.
Spathiocaris lata nov. Chemung beds, Avoca, N. Y.
DANN
S. chagrinensis nov. Chagrin shale, Brecksville, Ohio
S. cushingi nov. Cleveland shale, North Dover, O.
Ss williamsi nov. Cleveland shale, Newburg near Cleve-
land, O.
Anatifopsis wardelli nov. Shawangunk grit, Otisville, N. Y.
Class Arachnoidea
Pseudoniscus clarkei nov. Bertie waterlime, Litchfield, N.Y.
Eusarcus trigonus nov. Bertie waterlime, Litchfield, N. Y.
Argentinian Asterozoa
eh aMerinas te wujiaciwalemsids = nove.) Silman, Cerro Blanco,
Argentina
Argentinaster, new genus
Argentinaster bodenbenderi nov.. Siimrian, Cerro Blanco,
Argentina
38 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
The paper contains special articles on the following subjects:
Favosites turbinatus Billings, in which the character of
the opercula is discussed; Plumalina plumaria Hall, pre-
senting evidence for a reference of this problematic fossil to the
Alcyonaria; Inocaulis lesquereuxi (Grote & Pitt), in)
which this Bertie waterlime fossil, hitherto referred to the algae, is —
considered a graptolite; Climacograptus parvais is.
shown to have. possessed a compound colonial stock, such as has”
been made known before of genera of Diplograptus, Glossograptus _
and Lasiograptus. A noteon Paropsonema cryptophya
and Discophyllum peltatum discusses the nature of”
these problematic fossils; the early growth stages of Devon-—
aster eucharis are described, and Palaeosolaster
(?) gyalum shown to be a Lepidasterella. The generic char- :
acter of Ptilonaster, Hallaster and Squamaster are discussed with —
the aid of the type material in the State Museum. In Stenaster™
salteri (Billings), one of the earliest starfishes, the dorsal”
integument is recognized and the presence of an anus, which closed
in later starfishes, suggested. ,
In Klasmura a stelleroid is described which is distinctly
transitional to the ophiuroids in many features, especially in the —
nearly complete closing of the ambulacral furrow by an integument
and by a column of ventral plates. The moliusks and brachiopods
of the Pittsford shale and Bertie waterlime are described and the
bearing of this associated fauna on the probable marine habitat of
the eurypterids is set forth. The relations of a variety of forms
described as Conularia, Serpulites, Sphenothallus, Enchostoma and
Torrellella are discussed in a note, as also the probable nature of
Spathiocaris. The presence of eyes in Pseudoniscus is shown; and
additional parts of the Utica shale eurypterid Schizognathus are
described. There are also described two new starfishes from the
Silurian of the Argentine Republic, one of them representing a new
genius. Dr P. E. Raymond has furnished the description of a new,
large form of Ceraurus C. ruedemanni of the Chazy lime-
stone.
The study of material being put on exhibition led also to the
discovery of evidence that many trilobites possessed besides the
large, compound or lateral eyes, small median or parietal eyes upor
the glabella. It was found that about thirty genera possess the
tubercle upon the posterior portion of the glabella, which corre-
sponds to the median eye of the lower crustaceans. Where it is
best developed, ‘as in the “ blind ” Cryptolithus (Trinucleus), it ever
possesses a lens; in most other genera, however, it is merely a
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 39
transparent spot for the reception of light intensities, and in the
last Devonian trilobites it apparently has lost its visual function
and disappeared as a tubercle. This investigation will be published
in detail during the present year, together with observations of
the true suture-line in Cryptolithus (Trinucleus) and other genera
of the order Hypoparia.
40 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Vil
REPORT OF THE STARE SSO ANT Say
Scientific investigations. The investigations of the State
Botanist during the season of 1915 have been chiefly directed
toward the collection, identification and preparation of specimens
of plants and fungi for the state herbarium. A limited amount of
time has been spent in the study of the vegetation and ecology of
the Oneida lake region.
The diversified character of the vegetation of New York has
attracted the attention of botanists since the earliest colonial days
and since the publication at Upsala between the years 1743 and
1751 of “Plantae Coldenghamiae”’ by Cadwallader Colden, the
earliest publication relating specifically to the flora of this State,
down to the present time, over 350 separate articles and books by
185 different authors have been published upon the flora of the
State. The growth of scientific societies in most of the larger
cities and the progress of botanical work in colleges and univer-
sities throughout the State have contributed largely to the study of
local floras with a corresponding increase in the publications upon
the vegetation of the State. A complete bibliography which may
serve as a source of information regarding the publications upon
the flora of the State and as a guide in future investigations seems
now particularly opportune. Considerable time has been given to
the preparation of such a bibliography, which is presented in
another place.
Plant diseases. The principal plant diseases caused by fungi,
which have been submitted for examination this year have been
parasitic leaf diseases of ornamental and shade trees species. The
most noteworthy is a disease of the foliage of the wild and culti-
vated clematis caused by Ascochyta clematidina; a
disease of oak leaves caused by Gloeosporium canadense
and also a peculiar association of an insect gall and Phyllo-
sticta phomiformis ; diseases of the leaves of the woodbine
or Virginia creeper caused by Cercospora ampelopsidis
and Phyllosticta ampelopsidis, and a disease of horse
chestnut leaves caused by Phyllosticta paviae. These
are illustrated and discussed in another place under “ New or
Interesting Species of Fungi.”
SHRUBBY
CinQueEFOIL
Trumprer or Corat Honeysuckte
—~
j
vf
r
ey,
wad
|
4
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 AI
Memoir on the Wild Flowers of New York. Active work
upon this undertaking was begun in August and photographs were
made in central New York, vicinity of Albany, Catskill, New
York, and on Long Island, of over 100 flowering plants which
bloom during the latter part of the summer and autumn. In this
work both dry and lumiere plates were used. Preliminary proofs
of several of the illustrations have been received showing the
natural color and grace of the wild plants in a manner that could
not be secured by any other process.
Exchanges. Valuable exchanges of herbarium material have
been effected through which the state herbarium has been enriched
by the addition of 254 specimens from Prof. J. J. Davis of the
University of Wisconsin, 47 specimens from the New York
Botanical Garden, 62 specimens from Prof. John Dearness of
London, Ont., and 68 specimens from Prof. L. H. Pennington of
Syracuse University, in addition to several minor exchanges.
Condition of the collections. With the addition to the staff
of Mr Joseph Rubinger, assistant to the botanist, it has been pos-
sible to place the herbarium in an excellent condition of arrange-
ment and availability for study. The collections, exchanges and
contributions of the current year have been mounted and placed in
the herbarium, together with a large quantity of unmounted
material which had accumulated in years past.
Additions to the herbarium. The number of specimens which
have been added to the herbarium during the past year from
current collections is 584, from contributions and exchanges 3096,
a total of 980 specimens, representing 938 species in addition to
more than 400 additional specimens which have been mounted
from the unnamed material accumulated in the past.
Of these, 222 species were not previously represented in the
herbarium and 30 species and varieties are described as new to
science. The number of those who have contributed specimens
to the herbarium is 20. This includes those who have sent speci-
mens merely for identification and which were desirable additions
to the herbarium.
Identifications. The State Botanist’s office has been called upon
to identify or report upon 650 specimens of flowering plants, ferns,
mosses, lichens and fungi, by 110 different persons.
742 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
VIII
REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST
The State Entomologist reports that the depredations of the
apple tent caterpillar and the forest tent caterpillar, so evident the
last two years, were continued the past season, though severely
infested localities were more restricted than in earlier years.
Popular warning notices were sent out by him early, and on Long
Island in particular, a power-spraying outfit was used most suc-
cessfully though the large areas of infested oak made it impossible
to cover all satisfactorily with the equipment available.
The work of the season showed an unusual and entirely unex-
pected. outbreak of the cherry leaf beetle) Galewimecmms
cavicollis Lec., a small, reddish brown insect which appeared
in immense numbers in widely scattered localities and caused con-
siderable apprehension because of its feeding upon cherry and
peach tree foliage, though in most instances the damage was com-
paratively insignificant.
Oil injuries. The unfortunate developments following the
applications of oils or oily compounds to the bark of deciduous
trees, noted in earlier years, has again come to attention and in one
locality was followed by serious injury to forest trees. The
Entomologist experimented with this compound upon small forest
trees of different varieties under normal conditions, and within
six months of treatment six out of ten trees were dead, while the
remaining four showed evidence of injury which may be followed
by death another season. Details of this work are given in the
report of the Entomologist. .
Fruit tree insects. Practical work with the codling moth was
undertaken by the Entomologist in cooperation with the bureaus of
farmers’ institutes and of horticulture of the State Department of
Agriculture, and the Monroe County Farm Bureau. These studies,
conducted in three commercial orchards in western New York,
extended through the growing season and showed, first of all, a
marked discrepancy between the habits of the insect in portions of
the western part of the State as compared with what obtained in
the Hudson valley. The cool evening temperatures prevailing near
Lake Qntario at about the time the moths appear result, in some
years at least, in a delayed deposition’ of eggs and a very high
"9ye1S OY} JO sed Usd}saM dy} JO SJOMOIS a[dde dy} 10F susTGoId snor1as dy} JO uO
st Amnfur fo od} sty} FO UOotUdAdId IY T, “YJOW SUI[PO 9Y} FO poor PUOSES OY} FO YIOM dy} OF
poenqrsqje AjUOWUWIOD duo pu porous! Jsowye AjsnolAoid asvuep Jo odd} v | Arnfur apts ,, [eordAT,
ojdde om
JO opis 94} UO suTuadoO sajoY WA4OM asi1e] FO 9dA} TeNSN oY} SuIMOYs sojdde Jo suoys0S
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 43
percentage of side injury caused by the young codling moth larvae
entering the smooth surface of the fruit and then, in many
instances, migrating to the blossom end. . This characteristic and
heretofore almost ignored blemish affected 20 per cent or more
of the yield in many orchards. The data obtained in this work
emphasize the great importance of the spraying given just after the
blossoms fall, and also the advisability in sections where this
injury is prevalent, of making annual applications whether the
trees be fruiting or not, and show, furthermore, that the second
spraying ordinarily advised for the codling moth, namely, the one
made ten days to two weeks after the first, would probably be more
effective in reducing this side injury if it were made the latter part
of June. The general prevalence of apple scab in this section amply
justifies three sprayings after the blossoms drop, even though the
latter two are not necessary for the contro] of insect pests. A
detailed account of this work is given in the Entomologist’s report.
Leaf roller. Investigations made in connection with the above-
named codling moth work showed this insect to be generally dis-
tributed and frequently very abundant in apple orchards of western
New York. Furthermore, the data obtained when classifying the
fruit for codling moth work indicated very little reduction in leaf
roller injury as a result of any of the poisoned applications made
after the blossoms fall. This species is much less injurious in the
Hudson valley.
Green fruit worm. This characteristic leaf and small fruit
eater, as shown by investigations made in connection with the
codling moth work, was somewhat more abundant in western New
“York and less so in the Hudson valley orchards, the damage
apparently not equalling that caused by the leaf rollers.
San José scale has been less abundant in some Hudson valley
orchards than in earlier years, though this does not appear to be
equally true of the western part of the State. Examinations in
several infested and unsprayed orchards in the town of Schodack,
showed a decrease in the infestation compared with that of two
years ago. The reduction was probably attributable in large
measure to the activities of various small parasites. The condition
of most of these infested trees, however, is not entirely satisfactory
and although the damage resulting from scale infestation -is much
less, it is not considered that this justifies the abandonment of
dormant applications for the control of the pest.
The apple maggot, generally known’in New England as the
railroad worm, has become locally abundant in some fruit-grow-
44 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
ing sections of the Hudson valley. The insect has been studied
as opportunity offered and it is evident, should conditions of last
year continue, that active, repressive measures must be adopted for
the control of this pest.
Red bugs. The studies of the past season have shown that the
two red bugs are both widely distributed in the Hudson valley
and, where unchecked, have frequently inflicted serious damage
upon the apple crop. The lined red bug appears to be more numer-
ous though the other species is sometimes abundant. Practical
work during the past summer, in cooperation with fruit growers,
has demonstrated the efficacy of a tobacco application just before
the blossoms open.
Pear thrips. The work of this new and erratic pest has been
followed somewhat closely. It has appeared in numbers in widely
separated pear orchards and in some cases completely destroyed
the crop. It was especially serious the past season because an
early and extremely warm period caught many growers unawares
and gave the thrips an opportunity to enter the blossoms. This was
followed by comparatively cool weather accompanied by a slow
development of the leaves and flowers, a condition favorable for
severe damage by any insects which might have gained entrance
to the buds during the warm weather. These unusual climatic
developments prevented carrying out certain projected cooperative
work. Observations showed that an attack by this pest may be
very sudden and that trees apparently free from thrips one day
may be infested by large numbers the next, this even occurring in
orchards where the pest was practically unknown the preceding
season.
Pear psylla. Observations showed that serious injury by this
insect has occurred in some Hudson valley orchards, though the
outbreaks were usually very limited and were, as noted the preced-
ing year, frequently closely related to unusually favorable winter
shelters such as nearby brush heaps, fences or stone walls and their
accompanying weedy growths. Here also, abnormal weather con-
ditions necessitated the postponement of certain experimental work.
The sinuate pear borer, an European insect which became estab-
lished in New Jersey some years ago, has extended its range slowly
in New York State and is already known from several localities.
The study of infested orchards shows this insect to be an extremely
dangerous pest, owing to its insidious method of work, because the
larvae make numerous serpentine, interlacing galleries in the inner
3181S dy} JO JAed UJO}saM OY} UT sjsod snolsos ‘ssoyjor yea, Aq pounfur ATpeq sojddy
‘Ainfur siyde SuUIMO]JOFJ UOWeWAOJOP ay} PUe Jd}SNJD IystsJoJOeIeYD e SuIMOYs _‘sordde siydy,,
ah hel
- j ba" ”
Se POETS TE, )
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 45
bark and outer sapwood, thus speedily destroying limbs or entire
trees before there are marked signs of the borer’s presence.
Gipsy moth. The Entomologist examined conditions obtaining
at Mount Kisco where an infestation of several years’ standing
was discovered in 1914, and found that very satisfactory work had
been done in the control of the pest. The infested areas have been
well cleaned, banded with tanglefoot and sprayed, and the outlying
unsprayed area banded with burlap for the purpose of catching
any possible straying caterpillars. The great reduction in the infes-
tation as compared with the conditions obtaining last year, is most
gratifying and if the work is continued along present lines the
‘probabilities are excellent of eliminating this local infestation.
Grass and grain pests. Investigations showed that the extended
grasshopper devastations of last year on the borders of the Adiron-
dacks, especially in portions of Fulton, Saratoga and Warren
counties, continued, though the insects were present in much
smaller numbers. This was especially true in-Fulton county where
poisoned bait was used very effectively the preceding season. The
Entomologist, cooperating with the State Department of Agri-
‘culture and the Saratoga County Farm Bureau, conducted a series
of experiments for the destruction of young grasshoppers. It
was found that while the poisoned, fruit-flavored bait, frequently
known as the Kansas bait, would kill many of the grasshoppers,
especially in sections where vegetation was sparse, a sweetened
solution of sodium arsenite was most effective in destroying the
young pests in fields where there was considerable vegetation,
particularly in clover seedings. The work of the past two seasons
has demonstrated beyond all question the practicability of control-
ling outbreaks of this character, even on individual farms, though
cooperation in badly infested areas is extremely desirable. The
details of this work are given in the Entomologist’s report.
The white grub outbreak of last season, predicted by the Ento-
mologist the preceding fall and spring, was very serious in southern
Rensselaer and northern Columbia counties in particular, though
the damage was mitigated to a considerable extent by an unusually
copious and well-distributed rainfall during the summer months.
Last fall and early in the spring the Entomologist sent out popular
notices regarding this insect, giving directions for the location of
badly infested areas and advising certain preventive measures.
In spite of these warnings numerous farmers suffered unnecessary
losses, either by allowing badly infested land to remain unplowed,
46 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
or by planting potatoes, corn and other susceptible crops ve
recently turned and seriously infested sod.
Depredations by grass webworms in Dutchess county were again
brought to the attention of the Department. In one case a five acre
field of corn near Pine Plains was destroyed by the insects. The
work of these pests, as has been pointed out before, can be avoided
to a large extent by refraining from planting badly infested sod to
susceptible crops, such as corn. An elfort has been made to interest
several persons in the practical control of these insects and it is
possible that infested grasslands can be effectively freed from the
pests at a very moderate cost.
Shade tree insects. Observations showed that elm leaf beetle
injuries have not been particularly severe the past season, due in
part presumably to low temperatures prevailing in June and thus
delaying egg deposition, and also probably to the abundant rainfall
which has enabled the trees to withstand successfully a considerable
amount of leaf injury. Many of these pests completed their trans-
formation successfully, and with favorable climatic conditions
another season, severe damage may be expected in localities where
the trees suffered but little the past summer.
Other rather common shade tree pests, such as the white marked
tussock moth, the false maple scale and the cottony maple scale,
have attracted comparatively little attention the past season.
Forest tree pests. There has been continued injury by the
hickory bark beetlé in the vicinity of New York City and in other
sections of the State, though the insects do not appear to be so
abundant and destructive as in earlier years. ‘The general interest
in the protection of forest trees, especially in the vicinity of New
York City, has resulted in cutting out many dead and dying trees,
which has had a material influence in reducing the numbers of
the pest. In connection with work upon this insect, the Ento-
mologist has been able to rear large series of secondary forms
occurring in dying and dead trees.
The two-lined chestnut borer is continuing its nefarious work
and destroying groups of oaks, especially in regions about New
York City. The prompt removal and destruction of infested trees
has proved of much value in checking the pest.
The recently established bayonet or post horn pine borer, an intro-
duction from Europe, has been reported from several localities and
bids fair to develop, unless kept under rigid control, into a serious
enemy of our native pines.
*‘SUOI}IIS Po}soful
ATpeq oy} FO suwos ut dors ay} Fo yusd Jad GZ—-O€ Jo sso] we pasned sjsod assoyy, ‘so0zejod ul sqnis o}1YM FO YION
byrpeecas Biase ia a
leer
ee,
‘JSISOTOWOIUA 9781S 9}
Aq polpnys pue payiqjuept useq sey YyoryM ysod psonposjul AyJUI0.eI & ‘Spl WinuweY}UeSAIYD 9Y} FO STTeD
ad
5 ca
ripe |
: weit BR
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 47
Another pine twig borer Dioryctria abietella Zinck,
_ was brought to the Entomologist’s attention because of its work in
the buds of Austrian pine at Rochester. This insect tunnels the
young shoots dnd in some instances produces a deformation’ very
similar to the species noticed above.
Periodical cicada. <A scattering infestation of this interesting
species was reported the past season and investigations indicate a
somewhat general and sparse distribution in the lower Hudson
valley, of a brood almost unknown heretofore north of the immedi-
-ate vicinity of New York City.
Flies and mosquitoes. Interest in the control of the house fly
and its associates has continued. There have been a number of
requests for information in regard to these insects and their
control.
The practical controi of mosquitoes has been undertaken in
cooperation with several local improvement societies, the most
important being with the Sodus Point Improvement Association.
The conditions in this locality are unusual, in that there are large
areas of practically lake-level swamps in the immediate vicinity of
a summer resort, consequently draining or filling were out of the
question, the former being impossible and the latter impractical on
account of the great expense involved. Another peculiar feature
was the occurrence of considerable areas of floating or nearly float-
ing cat-tails, and, as subsequent investigation showed, adapted to
the breeding requirements of the irritating mosquito, a species
remarkable because the larvae depend for their air supply upon that
contained in the roots of various aquatic plants. A reliable person,
working under the direction of the Entomologist, ascertained the
most important breeding places and directed their treatment with
oil before there was an opportunity for the wrigglers to mature.
Incidentally, observations were made upon the mosquito fauna of
the region for the reason that such biological data is the only logical
basis for future work. The results were very satisfactory from
both the practical and scientific standpoints and are discussed in
some detail in the Entomologist’s report.
Gall midges. The past season was marked by the discovery and
identification of the chrysanthemum midge, Diarthronomyia
hypogaea H. Lw., in widely separated localities in the country.
These European midges deposit their eggs upon the young growth
and when abundant may produce such marked deformations as to
render the plants practically worthless. The Entomologist has
48 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
studied this insect and its habits and an extended account may be
found in his report.
The studies of gall midges have been continued and a number of
common species, mostly reared, and several new genera have been
described. One of the more important papers relating to this group
appeared in the Proceedings of the United States National Museum.
It characterizes a number of exotic species and contains a revised
tabulation for the separation of the genera in the Asphondyliariae.
Lectures. The Entomologist has delivered a number of lectures
on insects, mostly economic species, before various agricultural and
horticultural gatherings, some of them being in cooperation with the
bureau of farmers’ institutes or county farm bureau agents.
Several lectures have also been given under the auspices of local
improvement associations. ;
Publications. A number of brief, popular accounts regarding
such common pests as the apple and forest tent caterpillars, pear
thrips, white grubs, etc. have been widely circulated through the
press. Several important technical papers have also appeared.
Faunal studies. Investigations have been continued and a.
manuscript list of the insects of the Adirondack region, based
mostly upon material in the state collection, is nearly ready for
publication. The list is a growing one, additions being constantly
made thereto in connection with other work carried on within the
limits of this faunal area, such as the study of grasshoppers noted
above.
Collections. The assembling and preparation of the enlarged
exhibit of insects has required much time on the part of the mem-
bers of the staff and has resulted in deferring very desirable and
necessary work on the arrangement and classification of the refer-
ence collections. Additions to the latter are constantly being made.
This is especially true of specimens representing the early stages
and work of various injurious forms, since biological material of
this character greatly facilitates identification of the different
insects and is indispensable in a well-prepared exhibit illustrating
the life histories of the various species. The state collection now
contains a large amount of material which is invaluable because of
the associated data. Numerous microscopic preparations of
smaller insects have been made and incorporated in the collections,
as in earlier years. :
A very advantageous exchange has been made with Dr Nathan
Banks, East Falls Church, Va., and a similar one with Mr R. TR
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 49
Parker, now of Montana, who has made a special study of the very
difficult flesh flies or Sarcophagidae.
The Entomologist calls attention to the need of additional boxes
or trays referred to in previous reports. The wooden cases contain-
ing the insect collections should be replaced by steel cabinets and
more provided to accommodate the extra boxes and trays required.
No adequate provision has as yet been made for the constantly
increasing biological material, and for the large number of micro-
scopic slides, many of which contain types of spectes and genera
and therefore are impossible of duplication. A metallic filing case
for the collection of negatives and photographs illustrating insects
or their work is also greatly needed.
Nursery inspection. The nursery inspection work of the State
Department of Agriculture has resulted in numerous specimens
representing various stages in insect development, some in very
poor condition, being submitted to this office for identification. As
such material may originate in a foreign country, determinations
of this character are laborious and require for their successful
prosecution, a large collection and an excellent library of both
domestic and foreign works. The correct identification of such
material is very important, since the disposal of entire shipments of
nursery stock must depend in considerable measure upon the
‘character of the infestation.
The work of the office has been materially aided, as in past years,
by the identification of a number of species through the courtesy of
Dr L. O. Howard, chief of the bureau of entomology, United
States Department of Agriculture, and his associates. There has
been, as stated above, very effective cooperation with the State
Department of Agriculture, a number of county farm bureaus and
other public welfare agencies in the State. A number of corre-
spondents have donated valuable specimens (listed elsewhere) and
many of them have rendered efficient service by transmitting
important data respecting various insects.
Ne ae
50 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Ix
REPORT OF THE ZOOLOGY DPNiSIoM
The installation of new exhibits and the arrangement of the col-
lections in zoology hall have continued during the fiscal year with- ©
out interruption, and this work, together with the repairs and
remounting required by many of the specimens retained from the ©
old collection formerly on exhibition in Geological Hall has occu-
pied all the time of the zoologist and taxidermist not required by ©
the routine work of the Department. During the early part of the ©
year the collection of mounted fishes, which had previously been —
cleaned and repaired by the taxidermist, was put in place in the ©
cases prepared for it in the entrance corridors leading to zoology
hall. Work on the moose and buffalo groups, which were men-
tioned in the last report as still unfinished, has been completed,
and several trees added to the accessories of the black bear group,
providing a background which shows off the animals to better
advantage.
Important progress was also made in new groups. The Museum |
was fortunate in obtaining three young fishers which, with adult
specimens already in the Museum, will permit a fine group-of these ©
uncommon animals to be arranged. The specimens (male, female —
and one young) for a group of Canada lynxes, ordered some time
ago from Ward’s Natural Science Establishment, have been |
delivered, and the work of arranging this group can now be begun ©
as soon as a case is provided for it. A group of five whistling ©
swans from the Niagara river, presented to the Museum, has also ~
arrived and been installed in its case, although it was found neces-
sary to make many changes in its arrangement and accessories;
and a group of three Virginia deer, one buck and two does, was —
purchased and was in process of installation at the close of the
fiscal year.
The right whale skeleton, reported purchased last year, has been
delivered and put together and hung by wire cables from the ceiling ©
of zoology hall. This skeleton has the baleen or whalebone in ©
place in the mouth. Several life-size models of the smaller }
cetaceans native of New York State waters, which were acquired
by the Museum some time ago but not placed on exhibition, have —
been mounted over the cases at the north end of the room. ©
Another unusual and attractive feature added to the exhibit dur- ,
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQIT5 51
ing the year is a collection of about twenty pairs of domestic
pigeons. representing different breeds and color varieties; a few
additions to the poultry collection were also made.
The additions to the collection are therefore of a character which
adds greatly to the popular interest and instructiveness of the
zoology exhibit, and make the list of accessions for the year fully
up to the average in importance and value, although the actual
number of specimens acquired has been less than in some other
years.
Such conspicuous additions to the material on exhibition do not,
however, represent more than a small part of the actual progress
that has been made. The zoologist has gone over the entire collec-
tion of wild birds, giving it its final arrangement and grouping,
attached the individual and species labels, and painted the legs and
bill of the specimens the natural color where drying or fading had
altered it. In many instances the old specimens were found to have
glass eyes of some incorrect color. These have been replaced, and
the lifelike appearance and value of the collection to bird students
increased through attention to these details.
Not only the bird collection, but by the close of the year, nearly
all the specimens on exhibition had been labeled, the cards giving
in many cases not only the popular and scientific names of the
animals, but such information as to its distribution in the State, or
its habits, as could be conveyed in two or three lines of reading
matter. It is believed that this greatly increases the educational
value of the exhibit, and it is proposed to carry it out more exten-
sively when the completion of more urgent work will permit more
time to the preparation of labels. They require care in wording,
and any information added to the label has to be stated in the mest
concise manner possible. Museum visitors have neither the time
nor inclination to read lengthy labels, and will probably not look at
them at all if their length exceeds what can be taken in at a glance.
During the past year a beginning has also been made in the prepa-
ration of an exhibit of invertebrates, a considerable part of the col-
lection of New York State mollusks having been cleaned, mounted
and labeled by the zoologist and put in readiness for installing in
the cases reserved for it.
52 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
x
REPORT OF THE, ARCH ROR@EiSis
Archeological collections. In the division of archeology and
ethnology the activities of the year have been principally directed
to the installation of the archeological collections. This has neces-
sitated a continuance of the work of last year and in the cataloging
and classification of some twenty thousand specimens, which brings
the number handled to more than fifty thousand. Out of this
number, by careful selection for the purpose of exhibition, more
than ten thousand articles have been chosen and installed in the
cases in. archeology hall. ‘The limitations of the division made it
necessary that the matter of judging the articles for exhibition pur-
poses and their installation be personally done by the archeologist,
and it was also necessary for him personally to prepare the text for
the labels throughout the exhibit.
The plan of the exhibit calls for the display of archeological
objects having different relations: (1) by localities, (2) by com-
parison, (3) by usage, (4) by method of manufacture. The
advantages of this scheme are apparent when it is seen that by it
one may view an Indian implement correlated with other artifacts
from single sites, compared with others of its type from any part
of the State or continent, its usage shown and with various other
implements employed for the same general purpose, and the various
tools and processes by which it was made.
In the exhibition of western New York archeology it has been
possible to begin our exhibit by showing first, prehistoric and pre-
Iroquoian articles, such as were used by the unknown tribes of
Algonkian, stone grave people and the mound-building Indians;
second, the prehistoric Seneca sites; third, Iroquoian sites which
give evidence of having been visited by the early traders but upon
which native artifacts predominate and in which European beads,
iron and brass are extremely scarce; fourth, a series of Seneca
sites of the middle colonial period, ending about 1687; fifth, a
series of cases showing a range of objects found on Iroquoian sites
of the late colonial period, consisting almost entirely of trader’s
iron, brass and glass articles. By means of this exhibition it is
possible to delineate the various cultural phases as evidenced by
archeology and to illustrate the changes that came after the period
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 53
oi white contact, up to the point where the Indian usage of native-
made tools and utensils has become entirely obsolete.
The central New York section embraces articles from a series of
sites in the vicinity of Elmira, northward through the counties of
Oneida, Madison, Onondaga, Cayuga and Oswego, the northern
counties containing specimens largely selected from the Bigelow
collection acquired last year. The central New York collections
being from so many varied sites, are arranged mostly by the com-
parative method, that is, objects of similar character are placed
together in individual cases.
~ In eastern New York the Hudson river and Mohawk region is
represented by a few articles from the Hudson river on both sides
from mouth to the source. Those from the tidewater region have
been acquired mostly through the kindness of Mr Alanson Skinner
of the American Museum of Natural History, who arranged for a
satisfactory exchange with the State Museum. The region about
Albany, Troy and the upper waters of the Hudson is represented
by specimens selected from the collections of Mr James Holden,
Mr Albert Hurd, Rev. O. C. Auringer and Prof. D. F. Thompson.
The northern New York region is represented by materials from
the counties south of the St Lawrence along the state line and east-
ward from Jefferson county in a direct line to Lake Champlain,
but not including the county of Warren. A number of exceptional
objects from Jefferson county, arranged by classes, have been
installed, including some three hundred pottery smoking pipes and
nearly fifteen hundred specimens of bone and antler.
In order that the objects may be of educational interest to the
visitor to the Museum, not versed in the more technical side of
archeology, the specimens have been arranged in a synoptic exhibit
to show the methods by which implements were made and the
purposes for which they were employed. By careful experiments
the archeologist has worked out the aboriginal methods of pottery
manufacture and the character of implements employed in decora-
tion. By observation it has been possible to discover from among
the native implements found in various village sites, the tools and
with these tools the manufacture and methods of decoration have
been demonstrated. In the exhibit of flint chipping, the method
by which flints were worked into shape has been shown. All the
various tools that have been discovered on Indian sites are shown
and their purposes explained, and a series of glass arrowheads and
knives made with these tools, is shown.
54 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
In other exhibits there are displayed series of articles illustrating
the graphic art and carving among the New York aborigines. In
this exhibit it has been possible to depict the decorative art and
to illustrate the various geometric forms understood by the primi-
tive artist, the various types of surface decoration, such as by
polishing, by pitting, by natural color and by cross hatching. A
series of articles used in the procuring of food is one of the interest-
ing exhibits. These objects are mostly archeological in character
and bear unmistakable evidences, which make it possible to deduce
the uses postulated.
This brief summary indicates in a general way that the archeo-
logical collection is arranged with a definite purpose and with a
studied idea of giving it a teaching value in several different lines,
and by such a method that comparison is possible. It is the inten-
tion to continue the plan still further by adding maps, photographs
and transparencies, and special labels.
The physical method of display on card mounts has met with
widespread commendation by museum men throughout the country.
Before the exhibition was arranged the archeological division made
a study of the methods of display in museum cases and after con-
sulting with curators in several large museums, concluded that most
museum cases were far too greatly crowded to appeal to the
average visitor. It was therefore planned to display each specimen
where it would be individually seen and properly understood
through a descriptive label. The color of the background upon
which the specimen rested was also considered in conjunction with
the color and size of the descriptive label. In imstalling the col-
lections the desire has been to make a pleasing display which may
be easily seen without tiring the eye and which at the same time
will be highly instructive. The ultimate plan calls for a descriptive
booklet to be attached by a chain or cord to the outside of each
case. This plan therefore makes it possible to study a specimen
through the general descriptive label found in each case, through
the individual label attached to the specimen mount, the informa-
tion contained in the guide book to the hall and through a specially
prepared book found attached to the case itself.
Ethnological collection. The use of the eastern mezzanine floor
in the Museum for the hall of archeology has left free for the
ethnological collections the long upper mezzanine hall in the west
end of the building: In this hall the State Architect prepared a
set of plans for the cases for the ethnological tribal groups. Space
is left at the west end for a special hall in which there may be
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 55
exhibited the articles and utensils collected among the New York
Indians during the past three-fourths of a century. The section
of the hall containing the life groups is to be known as the Myron ©
H. Clark Hall of Iroquoian Ethnology and it is suggested that the
ethnological hall be given the name of Lewis H. Morgan Hall, in
appreciation of the work done by Morgan, not only for the
Museum, during its early history, but for the sciences of
ethnology and sociology. To provide properly the exhibition
material for the hall of ethnology, the entire collection of
ethnological specimens has been carefully examined. The col-
lection consisted almost entirely of the articles collected by.
Lewis H. Morgan, 1848 to 1854; articles collected by Mrs Harriet
Maxwell Converse, 1895 to 1899; and those collected by the
present archeologist of the Museum. Nearly one-half of the
Morgan collection perished in the Capitol fire of 1911 and almost
all of the Converse collection except the silver articles. Thus, the
specimens available consist largely of the more recent acquisitions.
These have been divided into six classes for the purpose of exhi-
bition: (1) articles used and worn by women and children; (2)
articles used and worn by men and boys; (3) textile and wood-
working industries and the various tools used in these pursuits;
(4) articles, utensils and tools employed in the gathering and prep-
aration of food; (5) paraphernalia of the various rites and cere-
monies; (6) articles used in games and pastimes. Beside these,
several other exhibits have been arranged for installation, the
most notable of which is the valuable collection of wampum belts
that constituted the national memorials of the Iroquois Confed-
eracy. It has been the plan to display these in a special case and
to have a suitably engraved inscription. Minor exhibits depicting
various features of the disintegration of Iroquois material culture
have been arranged. This includes the comparative exhibits of
prehistoric implements and those derived from Europeans and
contrast between the decorative art of purely aboriginal character
and that made by Indians in native design but with European
material; silver-working and the tools used therefor; and a series
of mission pamphlets, hymn books, tracts and bibles used by the
missionaries in their work among the New York Indians. By
means of this exhibit the visitor will be able to compare the Indians
before contact and the various stages of his progress thereafter
in the acquisition of European customs. When this report has
been printed the exhibition will have been installed and the series
of six habitat groups completed.
56 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Research work. The large amount of time consumed in purely
curatorial work has necessarily curtailed detailed researches.
Opportunity, however, has been found to continue certain lines of
study, as the investigations into the distribution of the various
sites of occupation and the distribution of the certain classes of
artifacts. It has now been possible for us to form a hypothesis
of the origin of the Iroquois, the time of their occupation of this
State and to state more or less definitely certain facts concerning
their material culture. These studies, it is hoped, will shortly be
published. From the facts examined it would seem that the
Iroquois have not been inhabitants of this area for more than 650
years and that though the Laurentian Iroquois came down into
New York from the St Lawrence basin, the Seneca-Erie division
probably never went across the Detroit or Niagara rivers for
permanent settlement in the regions north of Lake Ontario. The
migration of the Iroquois has therefore been from the west or
southwest to the east, and not from the north, into New York.
This is in contradiction to the older Heo first advanced by S008
and long held by later writers.
Publications. During the year the manuscript notes on the Con-
stitution of the Five Nations’ Confederacy have been put into
shape for publication. This work will give several versions of the
Dekanawidah — Hiawatha tradition and be properly annotated.
These traditions handed down by word of mouth for generations
were reduced to writing by several native annalists and are now
for the first time published in such a manner that parallel versions
will be available.
We have already under way a work to be known as “ The Archeo-
logical History of New York.” ‘This work has been greatly
expanded during the year by additional notes and when completed
will give the principal sites of aboriginal occupation throughout the
State and describe the various culture areas and the implements
and utensils which characterize them.
Public interest. The interest of the public in the work of this
division of the Museum is greatly increasing and we are in constant
receipt of letters requesting information and help along lines of
our interest. These requests come from those interested in arrang-
ing pageants, tableaux, field days, games and exercises of interest to
boys and girls, the naming of places, boats and summer homes
and in the supplyme of “arora for artists, musicians and
authors. Bat) Toes
The interest of the student and collector of Indian implements
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR i915 57
is increasingly attracted to this institution and a movement is
now under way which will bring to every earnest collector the
feeling that this division of the Museum has been created for his
use and benefit.
Cooperation with state departments. This division is fre-
quently called upon by the various departments of the state gov-
ernment and by the national government for information and
opinions regarding New York State Indian subjects. These depart-
ments include the Secretary of State’s office and the Attorney
General’s office. In the national government information and
opinions have been rendered to the Secretary of the Interior and
the Commissioner of Indian Affairs.
The legal status of the New York Indians and a definite deter-
mination of their holdings have never been made. Questions con-
stantly arise as to their rights under treaties and as to the proper
interpretation of tribal laws and customs. Our division constitutes
in no uncertain sense a repository of source material, making it a
valuable center of information.
Relations with the Indians of the State. Cordial relations are
maintained with the descendants of the Iroquois Indians who still
live within the borders of our State. Those who live on reserva-
tions number about five thousand and are distributed according to
tribe, on reservation tracts. These reservations are situated as
follows: the Allegany Seneca reservation in the southern portion
of Cattaraugus county, along the Allegheny river; the Cattaraugus
reservation in the northern portion of Cattaraugus county and the
western portion of Erie county, along Cattaraugus creek; the Tona-
wanda reservation in the northeastern portion of Erie county, along
Tonawanda creek; the Tuscarora reservation in central western
Niagara county near Lewiston; the Onondaga reservation seven
miles south of Syracuse in Onondaga county; the St Regis reserva-
tion on the northern border of St Lawrence and Franklin counties
and extending over the international line into Canada. The so-
called reservations on Long Island are not held under any state or
national treaty right, but were set aside by the land grantors during
colonial times and confirmed to the Poosepatuck and Shinnecock
Indians. These tribes have now become practically extinct through
the admixture of white and negro blood and are never regarded in
the light of Indian communities, though certain Indian traditions
still continue among the colored folk who have suppianted the
original occupants.
58 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Certain studies are conducted among the Indian reservations
of the State proper with special reference to obtaining a complete
knowledge of what is remembered of tribal ceremonies and customs.
An endeavor is also made to provide these Indians with such
information as they may call for. This is justified by certain -pro-
visions in the Education Law. Help has been rendered the Oneidas,
Stockbridges, Senecas, Cayugas and St Regis-Mohawks.
During the Constitutional Convention the president and secre-
tary of the Seneca Nation were present in Aibany and participated
in the reception of the Education Department to the members of ©
the Convention. Secretary Walter Kennedy, in full Seneca regalia,
presented for inspection to the Hon. Elihu Root, President of the
Convention, the great constitutional wampum belt of the Iroquois
Confederacy. This belt is in the possession of the State Museum,
_which by the consent of the Iroquois Confederacy and by act of
the Legislature is trustee in perpetuity for the wampum archives
of the Iroquois.
The Owasco Algonkian site. An early Indian village or camp
site on the shores of Owasco lake, near its present outlet, has been
reported by several students of archeology during the period of
twenty years and considerable quantity of material has been dis-
covered in the vicinity. In the spring of 1915, Mr I. H. Gohl of
Auburn, by fortunate circumstance, discovered one of the large
dump heaps of the village and succeeded in unearthing several
hundred fragments of pottery and numerous stone implements. At
the joint invitation of the Auburn and Syracuse Electric Railway
Company and Mr Gohl, this Department was enabled to make an
examination of the site by excavation.
An inspection of the site led to the conclusion that it was a
small village site. The ground which it covered was on one of the
shore or beach lines of Owasco lake, that had been laid down when
the lake was twenty or thirty feet higher than at present. The
Indian site covered the slope at a point most convenient to access
to the outlet, which was undoubtedly a fishing place.
Mr Gohl had opened up one refuse heap and had discovered the
fragments of two large pots which he succeeded in partially restor-
ing, when the operations of the Museum commenced.’ Excavations
covering a period of about three weeks resulted in obtaining some
two hundred fragments of pottery including rims, fragments of
about ten pipes and one complete pipe. The implements of chipped
flint we1e rare and nearly all of a triangular pattern and the arrow-
heads are not notched. One ovate knife is of chalcedony. The
|
2
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I9Q15 59
bone material consists of phalangeal cones of a type frequently
found on similar sites, bone awls, cylindrical beads and bone needles
and shuttles. One harpoon tip and two antler pitching tools or
pins were discovered. ‘The stone material consists of metates,
anvils, hammer stones, notched sinkers and small scrapers. A
large block of chert was found in one section of the site and
among the numerous fragments scattered about. it were several par-
tially completed implements. ‘The block was probably the source
of an arrow maker’s material. Two perforated stones were found,
one a large discoid bead and the other a fragment of an unfinished
gorget. Unio shelis were numerous and there were fragments of
the bones of deer, bear, wild turkey, raccoon and several varieties
of fish.
Ash pits were numerous and within an area of one hundred
square feet, fourteen were noted. In nearly all of them the under-
lying sand was burned hard and red and the accumulation of white
ash in several instances was from three to six or seven inches in
depth. In a large deposit which appeared to be a central location
there was a saucer-shaped depression filled with ashes and car-
bonaceous substances. This depression was fourteen feet in
diameter and in the center there was a depression paved with flat
stones. This was filled with ashes. The remains of a dog’s jaw,
fragments of split deer bone, fish bones and several kernels of
charred corn and hickory nuts were found in the ashes. The stone
basin was taken up and has been restored for exhibition purposes
in the Museum.
An examination of the pottery articles leads to the conclusion
that they are of Algonkian origin. They are similar in every
respect to articles found on Algonkian sites along the Seneca river,
Oneida lake and along the east shore of Lake Ontario stretching
northward to the St Lawrence. Similar material is also found
southward in the valley of the Chenango and along the tributaries
of the Susquehanna. From the character of the articles we judge
that the site was precolonial and perhaps prehistoric. The occu-
pants were probably some division of the Delaware family who
came into the region before the Iroquois obtained control of central
New York. The collection has been cataloged and has already
been installed in archeological hall.
One of the important specimens in the collection is the pottery
vessel restored from more than two hundred fragments. This vessel
is typical Algonkian in shape and decoration and is the largest
Algonkian pottery vessel now in the possession of the State Museum.
Se ae
60 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
XI
STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF (S@IENGE
The members of the staff, permanent and temporary, of the
Department of Science as at present constituted are:
ADMINISTRATION
John M. Clarke, Director
Jacob Van Deloo, Director’s Clerk
Paul E. Reynolds, Stenographer
GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY
John M. Clarke, State Geologist and Paleontologist
David H. Newland, Assistant State Geologist, Curator of Geology
Rudolf Ruedemann, Assistant State Paleontologist, Curator of
Paleontology
C. A. Hartnagel, Assistant in Geology, Curator of Stratigraphy
Robert W. Jones, Assistant in Economic Geology, Assistant Curator
of Industrial Geology
D. Dana Luther, Field Geologist
Herbert P. Whitlock, Mineralogist, Curator of Mineralogy
George S. Barkentin, Draftsman
Noah T. Clarke, Technical Assistant
Winifred Goldring, Assistant in Paleontology
H. C. Wardell, Preparator, Assistant Curator of Paleontology
Theodore J. Lipsky, Stenographer
Charles P. Heidenrich, Mechanical Assistant
Joseph Bylancik, Junior Clerk |
Temporary experts
Areal geology
Prof. H. P. Cushing, Adelbert College
Prof. James F. Kemp, Columbia University
Prof. W. J. Miller, Hamilton College
Prof. G. H. Hudson, Plattsburg State Normal School
Dr W. O. Crosby, Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Prof. George H. Chadwick, St Lawrence University
James C. Martin, Princeton University
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 61
Geographic geology
Prof. Herman L. Fairchild, University of Rochester
Prof. James H. Stoller, Union College
Paleontology
Edwin J. Stein, Albany
Ira Edwards, Holley
BOTANY
Charles H. Peck, State Botanist
Homer D. House, Assistant, Curator of Botany
ENTOMOLOGY
Ephraim P. Felt, State Entomologist
D. B. Young, Assistant State Entomologist, Curator of Entomology
Fanny T. Hartman, Assistant, Assistant Curator of Entomology
Anna M. Tolhurst, Stenographer
A. S. McGaughan, Page
ZOOLOGY
Willard G. Van Name, Zoologist, Curator of Zoology
Arthur Paladin, Taxidermist
Temporary experts
Dr H. A. Pilsbry, Philadelphia
ARCHEOLOGY
Arthur C. Parker, Archeologist, Curator of Archeology and
Ethnology
Temporary assistant
Howard A. Lansing, Albany
62 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
XII
ACCESSIONS TO THE: COLLECTIONS
MINERALOGY
Donation
Dr John M. Clarke, Albany
Calcite (Mexican onyx, polished). 7 ...........stecue eee
Detroit Rock Salt Co., Detroit, Mich.
Halite, Petit’ Anse; Warnoos 4s cacaee wuss das ee Oo
Dr George E. Gorham, Albany
Quartz (chalcedony) Tampa, Fla............0. ceo
C. A. Holmes, New Berlin
Calemte; alot: Springs,S. Dy oo joccdsde ds cel andes ee eee
Shimmatsu Ichikawa, Japan
Arsenic, Akadani, Echizen, Japan. :......0./)....se ee eee
Molybdenite,, Kimbuzan Kai) Japan) a... ce scl eee nee eee
Otartz, Tanokamiyama, Omi; Japan: ......2V.. Jon. se eee
Quartz, Aikawa, Sado, Japanii. 2h... o.es0s's oe tee
Quartz; Kimbrizant kai, Japan) o.- ssc sesso eee Bey:
Quartz, Tatemori, Kai, Japati..c. ob..s. 0s ca 0s 6a ee
W. B. Kane, Joplin, Mo. :
Mareasite; Joplin.) Mocunc ooo since bet one oe Re eee
Sphalerite on quartz, Joplin, Mo... ...4).; 5.5. 2. eee
Chalcopyrite, Joplin, (Mos. wien. eke e es cae eoe Jee
Galena;’ Joplin, MO2.2 0. cs. yanks oe elo one oo ee eee
Quartz, Joplin: Moss ies, Selec ia ee ha poe spree oe eee
Calcite,’ Joplin, Moigasie. colo. ence ee Pe oe ee
C. W. Lyon, Albany <
The Morton Salt Co., Chicago, III.
Halite, ;Detrottys Mich: fo cetser eh vaio cuss Coe ease 31s OC
Dr John R. Palmer, St Johnsville
Quartz “iCerystals) i oe va hake ee ele. os oe ee
A. C. Terrill, Los Angeles, Cal.
Vanadinite, Gots; (Call. visegaa. ack calc Gea ne. Janeen ee ee
Exchange
The Charleston Museum, Charleston, S. C.
Tourmaline (crystals), Miesa “Grande; (Cal. 2 sce o)p cbs ate
The Egleston Museum, Columbia University, N. Y.
Halite) Botax “vake.(Calesun Soe eae Soe ie cares reo cae ate etree eee
Sylvite; | Staasiunt., sSasconiyere Genmeativerere ct ern cane rete
Boleite; Boleo; Lower Calitoniiaa. sees ener een eee een
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5
Cummengite, Lower California
Bauxite, Floyd county, Georgia
STEPPE RAIL MMEANU Keel TIS CUS an ara ea hc ete OS Uae oN gy fut ns Pats tetany aA SOR 8 al
Agata tii) PeO@lmeerSland, AgSt sac. «iss ste uidia'siu sand Stmrnaaard dhe.a srareeeh oretees
Sn er NCES ETA) PRUE ICO ie Ses Gory sae ere. 5. ane, cialeucherdiatabe helo nahovle etaluretereds oidears
Smithsonite, Vielle Montagne, France
AN @vritleutiare,” “UU igity gel Exe al [eM D1 0) cr a eagle ee oe a
EMOOMELE HO VEOIIE! VieStivitiss [tally i. 2s 4... «cseaciours ithe le cieperechate Wapeetahe
Eapeecene ne Namemetle, «| NOT WAY. iis) <3, oi 10) «es odie fis a alapsia ave ny « aveelane bated Weta
ynoxen em Oibhyelealce’ (ania Calter evens: cle 44 cin.-lalehe vidte svoj gare eres Gulden
PeuRUDNe tM TOC TOT Gay Mballyie css. lic d's irerehn.oic share syed cva-a) etaleuanleis pedo a ee athe
ECR MEO TEy RNCTUIc ys NGs NY. citys, arya o.oo at avsyerssavara lo snarerartte dhermateraie waaay oatas
Pyroxene, Tilly Foster Mine, N. Y
enone Gree eIl aly Ue IN|OT WA Wiss is:ccs ctesois aio. « issikae tronee Vslene feat So aah s seatolveveiene
Amphibole, Langban, Sweden
Amphibole, Russell, N. Y
BAR copy carzeamme CO) TT et eed NP CUTTS ans poe Ser SR is eS eA ASN hel- wens eat hoy sh Shade hokey asemc lane ley Rel aboho reds
FES pcs CMP ANUL aS Lect pi eine ay SI reer Ne eee Sl in aceasta ax cpenatieds aberehcl al Sothiang peed
Epidote, Yancy county, North Carolina
Tourmaline, St Gothard, Switzerland
Cplemamitet San, Bermarcdimos je Cali vipwosrs arses cin dt alshe) aro cropedcesedvenrcvereiae aeue
PaNenneaemmehniuguicameata, » Chilit. a. j25 0 ses owsa coins aoe feces ties
Coleen; TL ere Fe nye se OIN GN Ure ne ie a a a A eR yee
@Gelestite) Schoharie county, New, Yorks. 2. jac nce sacs ets otoe -
William Carpenter, Butte, Mont.
(Covelliitevm ithe Vio mt aes comet tyne hres rental See teticb oat tuyst cock vazdags Gy enayarslever ein
Shimmatsu Ichikawa, Japan
Waamiz(emystals)), iimbuzant Wat, Papas crc. sieve c\cyac)cied «ss -ale's ss > 0
Onranizm(enystals)). Wakemont. Kat Japan: ..ij5 2.cec ecco so mje.o see's see ele
Ouantz (polished hall), Lakemori, Kat, “Japan. .........22..:.3--.+-2-
H. S. Peck, Menands :
“DE ENS. “WBS tise TBE Ra a ie oh ak enc Sn gp ag
STM ISO TiiteMCelly Ney uIVIba ene ee ie ng pce Wn tcl a co leeches cia itiaes
Ward’s Natural Science Establishment, Rochester
CO) call mma Vsti ot ee geal xem pig seta) 3 acct sve Ave a's fee ANcioy fy suarolorani el saad) claieis, erste <
Benitoite, San Bernito county, California....<................0ee eee
ee |
CC
ee ce cr
ey
Collected
D. H. Newland, Albany
Microcline (Amazon stone), Valhalla, N. Y............ a Denclg note
Biclconytite nan) caleitemicossion, NY 445 rc. log ed 60's sae dials ale eso «
Curator of Mineralogy, Albany
Mecrachne ~CAmazon stone), Valhalla, N.Y. 22.22.22. cnicee tee nes
PALEONTOLOGY
Donation
Anderson, Albert S. Chazy
Large slab Upper Chazy limestone from Chazy, N. Y................
Chadwick, Prof. George H. Rochester
Crustaceans from Pittsford shale at Pittsford, N. Y..................
II
21
15
64 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Cleland, Prof. H. F.
Type of Caritodens demissa (Conrad), Lorraine atte Cee
Foerste, Prof. A. F.
Eurypterid, Ordovician: Collingwood, Ont. .....- 77252
Harris, John G. Middleville
Endoceras proteiforme from the Trenton limestone near
Middlevalle, «Ni Y..¢o.5.2e0 ae ee a I
Hill, Hon. Henry W. Buffalo
Polished slab of Chazy limestone with sections of cephalopods and
coralline-algae.... 0.0. sss ie se oleate cs cee) ope eee I
Jones, R. W.
Hamilton fossils from High Falls and Becraft limestone at Catskill,
iN es Se ee ee A Ns oa cocoate aK0)
Shoemaker, L. D. Elmira
Fossil sponge from Wellsburg,) Ni Y. 20... .5. 0.260 ee eee I
Stein, Edwin J. Albany
Climacograptus parvus Hall, Normanskill shale, Kenwood,
IN ONG sek a Ail nlokiialiiedia elo wa ace Ria I
Vassar College, Poughkeepsie, through Dr Aaron L. Treadwell
Cambrian and Ordovician fossils from Stissing mountain and vicinity
of Poughkeepsie, N. Y., collected by Prof. W. B. Dwight.........% 8000
Exchange
Baker, Dr Smith. Utica
Lituites undatus, Black River limestone, Watertown, N. Y.. 1
Gyroceras, Onondaga limestone, south of Utica, N. Y............. Aen
Mathes, K. B. Batavia ;
Phacops rania, Hamilton, Alden, Erie co., N.. Yo). ae5eee eee 10
Phacops tana, Hamilton, Buffalo creek, N., Yoos3.9ee-eeeeeeee 113}
Phacops rana, Hamilton, Mast Bethany, N’vYo-s-o eee 18
Phacops rana and Proetus rowi on same slab, Ce
from near Alden, Ni Yeo... 050k... kane ot oe on Ree eee I
Cryphaeus boothi Green, Hamilton shale, East Betiane NY ta
Pyrite concretions, Hamilton shales, Ellicott creek, near Alden, N.Y. 17
Goniatites found in pyrite concretions in Hamilton shales, Ellicott
creek, east of Alden, Nw Y os. dedicc seen ceicttinde oe ee 13
Meristella barrisi, Stafford limestone, near Stafford, N. Y.. 91
Camarotoechia sappho, Stafford limestone, Stafford, N. Y. 48
Purchase
American Museum of Natural History. New York
Restoration in miniature of the mastodon by Charles R. Knight .
Restoration in miniature of the extinct elephant or mammoth El e-
phas primigenius Blumenbach, by Charles R. Knight
F. P. Barrett. Gainesville
Parts of two skeletons of peccaries (Platygonus compres-
sus) found near Gainesville, Wyoming co. N. Y. 2 skulls and
27 separate bones
Plourde, Anthony.
Fossil fishes (Devonian) from Migouasha, P. Q., Canada............ 200
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 65
Kinnear, W. T. Kirkbuddo, Forfar, Scotland
The following fossil fishes from the Old Red Sandstone at Sandwick,
Island of Mainland, Orkneys, Scotland: .
Papertate lotahivas. crit l Weird) oe ils Oe hss waa'oa ae oe oe gak Uae ake 2
Miimerma cy incr Stayt tart toy ies io Loe ele ei a oa 2
PRI MoVem nub See SE Ua tise 6. aidsioes.s lec odes k lke lee cee. 2
emp elbOn pi ntleits ti Sia aS ais: SHNZINe = Ftd 8s has wise ates Wie g Clo eee e ae I
PNAC a iy tls) CANIM PRG 1 eee eos voce Po lbs ae cen s beh I
Oorc Ge OVSnire) UsSie GICICHIT PME MES Nh. Po eee wee ee ce case ence o4 2
The rare Upper Silurian (Downtonian) fish from Slot Burn, Segg-
holm, Ayrshire, Scotland
EES S wiauipimia tus PTAC Ak os Me. ai eee be Sets heen el whe I
Vermont Marble Co., Proctor, Vt. i
Polished=slab ior lUsle la Motte marble. 0.5.2.2... <.es2.--2- ste se I
With sections of Maclurites magnus Leseuer.
Ward’s Natural Science Establishment, Rochester
Restoration of Dinichthys intermedius Newberry......... I
Restoration of head of Dinichthys magnificus Bryant.... 1
Restorations of
Pleuracanthus gaudryi Brongniart, Carboniferous: Coal
measures, Commentry, Allier, France
S€mionotus tenuiceps (Agassiz), Triassic: Triassic sand-
stone, Sunderland, Mass.
Models of
Neoceratodus forsteri Krefft
Polypterus bichir Geoffr.
ENTOMOLOGY
Donation
Hymenoptera
Bailey, G. A. Geneseo. Abia inflata Nort., honeysuckle sawfly, larva
on honeysuckle, July 6
Dodge, J. H. Rochester, Trichiosoma tibialis Steph, hawthorn
sawfly, cocoon, March 4
Burnham, S. H. Hudson Falls. Pontania hyalina Nort. gall on
Shia eina owls, july. ro, Also Neuroterus umbiliveatus
Bass., galls on burr oak, July 196; Amphibolips inanis O.S,, empty
oak apple, August 30; Callirhytis futilis O. S., gall on white oak;
Andricus excavatus Ashm. galls on Quercus velutina ;
Aylax tatraxaci Ashm., gall on dandelion; Rhodites dich-
locerus Harr., long rose gallon Rosa blanda
Gardner, Mrs E. P. Canandaigua. Pontania hyalina Nort. gall
on willow, October 5. Also P. pomum Walsh, willow apple gall on
willow; Holcaspis globulus Fitch, gall on oak; Andricus
batatoides Ashm., potato gall, gall and adults on live oak, March 16,
from Ortego, Fla.; A. lana Fitch, woolly oak gall, October 5; Vespa
diabolica Sauss., yellow jacket, adults, July 20
Bucknam, C. I. West Newton, Mass. Kaliosysphinga ulmi Sund.,
European elm leaf miner, larvae and work on elm, June 26
66 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Hill, Jannette W. Malden. Through State Department of: Agriculture.
Monophadnoides caryae Nort., larvae on butternut, August 20
Walker, R. S. Chattanooga, Tenn. Callirhytis ceropteroides
Bass., galls, April 15
Ruggles, H. E. St Paul, Minn. Andricus lana Fitch, woolly oak
gall, November 16
Luke, Walter. Scarsdale. Andricus petiolicola Bass. galls on
oak, May 21
Baker, T. R. Winter Park, Fla. Through W. W. Yothers. Andricus
turneri Ashm., gall on oak, April
Cooke, Mabel. Lake George. Rhodites rosae Linn. mossy rose
gall on rose, June 24
Stene, A. E. Kingston, R. I. Rhodites fulgens Gill, gall, Feb-
ruary 2
Edwards, O. S. Rensselaer. Megarhyssa lunator Fabr., lunate
long sting, August 14
Greene, Mrs Horace L. Fort Plain. Sceliphron caementarium
Dru., mud dauber, nest, March 6
Coleoptera
Wood, Mrs Walter A. Hoosick Falls. Through State Department of
Agriculture Hylesinus opaculus Lec., dark elm borer, adult on
elm, June 24
Burnham, 8S. H. Hudson Falls. Hylesinus aculeatus Say, ash
timber beetle, work on ash, January 18. Also Diaperis maculata
Oliv., larvae on Polyporus, September 9; Saperda concolor Lec,
gall on poplar, March 30; Phymatodes amoenus Say, work on
Vitis riparia, April 22; Agrilus otiosus Say, galltonm@stiay
March 30
Livingston, J. H. Tivoli. Eccoptogaster 4=-Spinosa shat,
hickory bark beetle, adult and work on hickory, July 29
Simons, L. R. Mineolas Conotrachelus crataegi Walsh, work
in quince, September 29. Also Coptocycla bicolor Fabr., golden
tortoise beetle, May 31; Chalaepus dorsalis Thunb., locust leaf
miner on locust, May 31; Lachnosterna tristis) Babneiume
beetle, adults, May 28; Agriotes mancus Say, wheat wireworm,
larvae on corn, June 26
Johnston, W. C. Cooperstown. Ceutorhynchus sericans Lec.
var. and Rhinoncus pyrrhopus Boh,, adults on pine, May 1
Shumway, L. T. Cooperstown. Same as preceding
Sweigert, J. C. Plattsburgs Cryptorhynchus lapathi Linn,
mottled willow and poplar borer, grubs and work on Carolina poplar,
June 24. Also Pissodes strobi Peck, white pine weevil, larvae and
pupae on Norway spruce, July 7
eS ee ee
Dunbar, John. Rochester. Cryptorhynchus lapathi Linn, work
and adults on poplar, July 19
Brown, M. A. Delhi. Pissodes strobi Peck, white pine weevil,
adult and work on pine, March 6
Hunter, David. San Antonio, Tex. Epicaerus imbricatus Say,
imbricated snout beetle, adult on grape?, May 1. Sent with specimens of
Fidia cana. Also Fidia cana Horn, adults on grape, May 3
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 67
Rice, F. M. Albany. Rhynchites bicolor Fabr., rose curculio,
adults on rose, June 14
Ennis, J. A. Pattersonville. Through State Department of Agriculture.
Pomphopoea sayi Lec. Say’s blister beetle, adults on locust, June 21
Barkley, J. E. Albany. Nacerdes melanura Linn. adults, July 20
Lintner, G. A. Summit, N. J. Coptocycla bicolor Fabr., golden
tortoise beetle, on hickory, June 3
Zimmer, C. H. Lynbrook. Through State Department of Agriculture.
Chalaepus dorsalis Thunb., locust leaf miner, adult, August 11
Rose, F. J. South Byron. Galerucella cavicollis Lec. cherry
leaf beetle, adults on sour cherry, June 24
Dodge, J. H. Rochester. Same as preceding, on ornamental cherry, June 24
Thompson, J. O. Jonesville Diabrotica vittata Fabr., striped
cucumber beetle, adults, June 21
Ferris, S. B. Upper Saranac. Callidium antennatum Newm,, Hier
pine borer in rustic work, June 24
Phelps, Katherine D. Canton. Osmoderma scabra Beauv., rough
flower beetle, adult, August 12
Haggerty, D. V. Wiccopeee Euphoria inda Linn. bumble flower
beetle, adults, May 21
Hollister, A. M. Saratoga Springs. Same as preceding, on corn, August’31
Bowles, F. P. Gloversville. Same as preceding, adults on maple, October 14
Niles, T. F. Mount Kisco. Through State Department of Agriculture.
Cotalpa lanigera Linn., goldsmith beetle, adult, June 9
Hammond, Benjamin. Garden City Anomala lucicola. Fabr.,
light-loving grapevine beetle, adult, July 10. Also Macrodactylus
subspinosus Fabr., rose beetle, adults, July 10
State Department of Agriculture. Garden City. Hoplia sackenii
Lec., adults on birch, June 29
Gardner, Mrs E. P. Canandaigua. Photuris pennsylvanica DeG,
firefly, larvae, September 16 Pe 4)
Merkel, H. 'W. New York. Agrilus sinuatus - Oliv., sinuate pear
borer, work on pear, October 7
Kniffen, A. L. West (Coxsackie. Dicerca divaricata Say, divari-
cate Buprestis, adults, June 7
Flanders, G. L. ‘North Chatham. Alaus oculatus Linn., eyed elater,
adult, July
Reist, Mrs H. G. Schenectady. Dermestes lardarius Linn,, larder
beetle, adult, August 7
Velie, C. G. & Son. Marlborough. Byturus unicolor Say, Tasp-
berry Byturus, adults and work on raspberry, May 12
Darrow, Mary. New York. Thelydrias contractus Motsh,,
larvae, October 15 eS
. Ward’s Natural Science Establishment. Through State Department of
s<eticulture. Cc arabus nemora lis Mull., adults, May 6-
Diptera
Livingston, J. G. New York. Culex sollicitans Walk. salt marsh
mosquito, August 31
Adams, M. J. Rensselaer. Rhabdophaga aceris creat maple
leaf midge, larvae on soft maple, July 27
5
68 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
> et ee
Ropes, J. M. Albany. Same as preceding, larvae and cocoons on soft
maple, July 28 oe
Fracker, S. B. Madison, Wis. Same as preceding, adult, August 24
Gardner, Mrs E. P. Canandaigua. Rhabdophaga batatas O.S,,
willow potato gall on willow, October 5. Also Dasyneura com-
- munis Felt, gall on sugar and soft maple, June 14, October 5; Phyto = 5
phaga ulmi Beutm., elm bud gall on elm, October 5; Rhopalomyia
anthophila O.S., fuzzy goldenrod gall on goldenrod, September 7;
-Lasioptera corni Felt, ocellate leaf gall on (Cornus, September 7;
L. farinosa O. S., warty blackberry gall, October 5; Neolasiop-
tera eupatorii Felt, snakeroot stem gall, September 7; N. hamata
_Felt, September 24; Asphondylia eupatorii Felt, snakeroot bud
gall; Itonida foliora Rssl. & Hkr., oak leaf .fold gall on oak,
July 20; Cecidomyia pellex O. S. on ash, June 14; C. viticola®
- QO. S., conical grape gall on grape, October 5
Cosens, A. Toronto, Ont. Rhabdophaga salicis Schrk., European
~ willow stem gall, galls and adults on willow, July 3
Ricker, D. A. West Springfield, Mass. Dasyneura communis
. Felt, galls on maple, June 8
Pettit, R. H. Adrian, Mich Diarthronomyia hypogaea H. Lw.,
chrysanthemum midge, adult and gall, March 27
Smith, E. D. & Company. Adrian, Mich. Same as preceding, larvae and
galls on chrysanthemum, April 13, October 9, 13
Essig, E. O. Berkeley, ‘Cal. Same as preceding, adults and sails September
24. Also Monarthropalpus buxi Lab. May 6
Gibson, Arthur. Ottawa, Can. Same as preceding, September 25
Chubb, S. H. Kings Bridge. Through G. Clyde Fisher. Rhopalomyia
‘‘anthophila O.S., galls on Solidago, September 29
Fisher, G. C. Leonia, N. J. Rhopalomyia fusiformis Felt,
fusiform goldenrod gall on Solidago, September 19. Also Asteromyia
carbonifera Felt, black blister gall on Solidago gramin-
ifolia
Bethel, E. Denver, Col Rhopalomyia millefolii H. Lw,, galls
on; yarrow, October 2
Binkley, Mrs L. T. Austin, Tex. Walshomyia texana Felt, adults
cand galls on wild Texas cedar, Sabina sabinoides, October 4
Frost & Bartlett Company. Stamford, Conn. Lasioptera clavula
,Beut., dogwood club gall on Cornus, March 19
Headlee, T. J. New Brunswick, N. J. Lasioptera vitisO.S,, tumid
“grape gall, June 2
Kirk, H. G. Harrisburg, Pa. Same as preceding, gall on grape, August 12
Burnham, S. H. Hudson Falls. Neolasioptera cornicola
Beutm., dogwood stem gall on dogwood, March 30
‘Chapais, Sp C. Quebec, Que. ‘(Contarina virginianiae Felt, choke-
cherry midge, galls on. chokecherry, August 8
Sinan L. R. Mineola. Mo net La oe DES buxi Lab. box leat
> midge, larvae on. box, April 2
See H. D. Sacramento, Cal. Same as aera galls and adults on
> box, April 10 iN : :
‘MacMillan, D. K. Chieees, il Parallelodiplosis cattleyae
Moll., orchid root gall, galls on orchid roots, November 12 —
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 69
Dobbin, Frank. Shushan. Cecidomyia bedeguar Walsh, mossy
thorn gall on Crataegus, June 14
Hand, Mrs B. L. Elizabethtown. Eristalis tenax Linn., drone fly,
rat-tailed larva, September 24
Miller, George. Rhinebeck. Through F. H. Lacy. Rhagoletis
— pomonella Walsh, apple maggot, work in apple, September 7
Lane, A. M. Schenectady. Same as preceding, October 6
Wickham, D. O. Champlain. Pollenia rudis Fabr., cluster fly,
- adults, September 18
Lepidoptera
Squire, Nettie E. Canton. Papilio glaucus-turnus Linn. black
- swallow-tail, caterpillar, September 17
Scott, Emma E. Albany. Callosamia promethea Dru, Prome-
thea moth, adult, July 7, Also Erebus odora Linn., adult, June 23.
First taken in the State and brought to the Museum in twenty years
Fahrenkopf, Margaret. Albany. Callosamia promethea Dru,
Promethea moth, July 9
Mead, Mrs E. Russel. Albany. Same as preceding, larva on lilac,
August 23
Greene, Mrs Horace L. Fort Plain. Tropea luna Linn., luna moth,
cocoon, April 12
Albright, Thomas. West Coxsackie. Same as preceding, adult, June 30
Wakely, H. T. Corinthh Telea polyphemus Cram., American silk
worm moth, June 17
Adriance, Edward. Albany. Same as preceding, adult, September 2
Gale, L. A.G. Albany. Automeris io Fabr., io moth, larva, August 30
Eldredge, Laura F. Canajoharie. Same as preceding, larvae, September 3
Hessberg, Samuel. Albany. Basilona imperialis Dru. Imperial
moth, caterpillar, September 20
Atwood, G. G. Jericho. Through State Department of Agriculture.
Estigmene acraea Dru., Acraea moth, June 4. Also from Cayuga
county, Peridroma saucia Hubn., variegated cutworm, caterpillar,
February 24; from Geneva, Yponomeuta malinella Zell., ermine
moth, young caterpillars, June 4
Blunt, Eliza S. New Russia. Estigmene acraea Dru., Acraea moth,
June 23
Hartnacel, ©. A. Albany. Halisidota caryaé Harr., caterpillar,
September 20
King, Joseph. Nassau. Agrotis ypsilon Rot, greasy cutworm,
larvae on gladioli, June 6
Gavit, Mrs Frances P. Stony ree Noctua clandestina Harr.,
September 16
Avery, R. F. Kinderhook, Euthisanotia grata Fabr., beautiful
wood nymph, adult, July 16
Keil, P. F. Westbury, Datana ?major Grt. & Rob., larvae on Rhodo-
dendron, July 19
Simons, L. R. Mineolas Datana intege rrima Grt. & Rob., cater-
pillars, August 6. Also Oxyptilus periscelidactylus Fitch,
gartered plume moth, caterpillar on grape, May 28
7O NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Cooper, E. H. Troy. Hemerocampa leucostigma Sm. & Abb.,
white-marked tussock moth, eggs on horsechestnut, March 24
Griffith, L. C. Amagansett. Euproctis chrysorrhoea Linn,
brown-tail moth, nests, February 11
State Department of Agriculture. Same as preceding, web on Massachu-
setts stock, May 11. Also from Buffalo, Evetria buoliana Schiff.
European pine twig moth, work, April; on Mugho pine June 29
Gillett, J. R. Kingston. Erannis tiliaria Harr., imago, October 22
Bishop, Delbert. Millerton. Through F. H. Lacy, Ennomos mag-
narius Guen., notch-wing, adults, November 11
Wheaton, J.C. Yonkers. Sibine stimulea Clem., saddle-back cater--
pillar, larvae on golden glow, September 5
Barron, Leonard. Garden City. Zeuzera pyrina Linn., leopard
moth, larva on Gordonia altamaha, September 9
Zimmer, C. H. Lynbrook. Phlyctaenia ferrugalis Hubn., green-
house leaf-tyer, moth and work on chrysanthemum, October 22
Dunbar, John. Rochester. Same as preceding, adult and larva, January 23
Case, Ruth M. Peconic. Plodia interpunctella MHubn, Indian
meal moth, adult, July 17
Waterbury, W. E. East Schodack. Same as preceding, larvae in beans,
September 29
Harris, 8. G. Tarrytown. Evetria buoliana Schiff., European pine
twig moth, larvae, June 1
Miller, A. R. South Jamaica. Through State Department of Agriculture.
Same as preceding, pupae on Mugho pine, June 15
de Vyver, J. James. Flushing. Same as preceding, pupa on pine, June 22
Butler, C. B. East Greenbush. Archips cerasivorana Fitch, ugly
nest cherry worm, in web on Lombardy poplar, June 18
Howard, J. C. Ogdensburg. Ectoedemia populella Busck., ridged
leaf-stem gall, galls and larva on cottonwood, August 23,
Seaver, F. J. New York. Coptodisca splendoriferella Clem,
' resplendent shield bearer, work on wild cherry, October 19
Bailey, H. L. .Bradford, Vt. Incurvaria acerifoliellamtiten
maple leaf cutter, work on maple, September Io
Platyptera
Melius, W. A. Ghent. Corydalis cornuta Linn., horned Corydalis,
August 5
Odonata
Sullivan, Raymond. Albany. Aeschna cle P sydra Say, dragonfly,
adult, June 29
Hemiptera
Livingston, J. H. Tivoli) Tibicen septemdecim Limnn., seventeen
- year cicada, adult, June 18 Bie
Tedford, R. H. Albany. Ormenis pruniosa Say, lightning leaf
_ hopper, nymphs on grape, etc., July ar-
Vander Veer, Albert. Big Moose Lake. Aphrophora quadrino-
tata y Saye fope Pee spittle insect, adults and larvae on Helianthus,
July 7
Haggerty, D. V. Boden kesoste: Philaenus lineatus Linn, lined
spittle insect on grass, June 25
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 71
Doubleday, Page & Company. Garden City. Oncometopia undata
Fabr., adults, June 30
Dobpin, Frank. Shushan. ?Phylloxera caryaecaulis Fitch,
hickory stem gall, June 14
Board of Park Commissioners. Rochester. Through John Dunbar. Same
as preceding, June 26 : ie ae
Gardner, Mrs E. P. Canandaigua. Same as preceding, on hickory. Also
P. foveola Perg., on hickory, June 14; Chermes.abietis Linn.,
spruce cone gall on spruce, April 15; Pemphigus ulmifusus
Walsh, slippery elm gall on elm, October 5; Eulecanium fletcheri
CkIL, on juniper, June 14
Cowee, Arthur. Berlin. Chermes pinifoliae Fitch, pine leaf
‘Chermes, eggs on white pine, January 19
Harter, P. W. Utica. Same as preceding, young on pine, July 30. Also
C. strobilobius Kalt., woolly larch aphis, adults and young on
larch, July 29
Hammond, Benjamin. Beacon. Same as preceding, adults, eggs and young,
June 15. Also Schizoneura lanigera MHausm., woolly -apple
aphis, June 19; Aulacaspis rosae Sandb., rose scale, eggs on rose,
March 27
Simons, L. R. Mineolas Pemphigus populicaulis Fitch, galls
on poplar, July 16
Naramere, Martha J. Ossining. Colopha ulmicola Fitch, cocks-
comb elm gall on elm, June 30
Langford, J. S. Shushan. Aphis mali Fabr., green aphis on apple,
April 21
Lintner, G. A. Summit, N. J. Aphis sorbi Kalt,, Oey aphis on young
orchard trees, June 3
Wilson, Harold, jr. Clermont. Myzus ribis linn’, currant aphis on
currant, May 22 nee zat
Phelps. Mrs Charles 'S. Canton. Same as preceding, young, June 18
Johnston, W. C. Cooperstown. Myzus cerasi -Fabr., black cherry
aphis, adults on cherry, June 18 iy
Seaver, F. J. New York. Gossyparia spuria Mod., elm bark louse,
-adults, June 9. Also Aspidiotus abietis .Schr., on hemlock, Sep-
tember 30
Baldwin, T. W. Nyack. Gossyparia spuria Mod., elm bark louse,
adults on elm, June 12 y
Phelps, C. P. Canton. Eriococcus azaleae Comst., adults on
huckleberry, May 22 iP a
de Vyver, J. J. Flushing Phenacoccus acericola King, false
maple scale, male cocoons. April 30. Also Chionas B is pinifoliae
Fitch, pine leaf scale on pine, October 17
Smith, A. C. Mount Vernon. Same as i eae adults on sugar maple,
August 21 ieee Tie
‘Mead, Mrs E. Russel. Albany. Pseudococcus citri Risso, mealy
bug, August 5 ce |
Aammond, Mrs A, C. Schenectady. Coccus hesperidum Linn,
soft or brown scale on fern, January 25
La Clair, Antoine. Valcour. Eulecanium fletcheri CkIl., June 15
V2 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Whaley, F. J. Albany. Eulecanium nigro fascia tuimpeeeray
terrapin scale on red maple, November 12. Also Aspidiotus per-
aw ciosus Comst., San José scale on birch infested by parasites, October
Sweigert, J. A. Plattsburg, Chionaspis pinifoliae Fitch, pine
leaf scale, eggs on pine, November 5
Shears, H.C. Hyde Park. Same as preceding, March 17
Harrar, Richard. New York. Same as preceding on spruce, September 18
Frost & Bartlett Company. Stamford, Conn. Leucaspis japonca
Ckll., on Norway maple and privet, December 5
Orthoptera
- Eldredge, C. E. Leon. Blatta orientalis Linn, cockroach, adult,
September 7m ae PRA) icea © 5
Thysanura
Stubing, F. J. Mount Vernon. Thermobia furnor u m Rov., silver-
fish, bristle-tail or fish moth, adult, March 26
Mallophaga
Van Name, W. G. Saranac Lake. T hrough State Conservation Commis-
sion. Docophorus haleti Osb., on Eagle, June 2
Exchange
Banks, Dr Nathan. East Falls Church, Va. Psychoda nigra Bks.,
P. superba’ Bks., Pi apicalis Bks.,. 2. al biases
Clitellaria subulata Lw, Apatolestes comastes Will,
Rhachicerus obscuripennis Lw., Dialysis ‘si natiemres
say, Chrysopila rotundipennis Lw., ©. apmea tic cae
C..basalis Say, Exoprosopa emarginata Macq. sion ae
pus macer Lw., Geron senilis. Fabr., Leptogastem aime
dorsalis Back, L. brevicornis Lw, Holopogon philadel-
phicus Schin, .Cerotania macrocera. Say, Miallopimoma
clausicella Macq, Asilus autumnalis Bks, Baccha tar-
chetius Walk, Myrmecomyia myrmecomoides Ly,
Euxesta scoriacea Lw., Lipochaeta slossonae Cog.
Parker, R. R. Bozeman, Mont. Wohlfahrtia opaca Coq, Boett-
cheria latisterna R. Pkr, B. bisetosa R. Pkr.,, B. cimbicis
Towns. Sarcophaga sinuata Meigen, S. cooleyi R, Pkr., S.
aldrichi Mans, S. haemorrhoidalis Meigen, S. falculata
Pandellé, S. dalmatina Schiner, |S. sarraceniae ) Riley oy
kellyi Aldrich, S. harpax Pandellé, S. bullata Mans, S. sco-
paria Pandellé, S. helicis Towns, 5S: assidua Walk. Ra-
yinia communis Ro Pk R. peniculata R. Play: quadri
setosa Coq.
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 73
ZOOLOGY
Donation
Birds
Seymour, Miss M. Lake Placid
Empie iuch Carpodacus purpureus (Gmelin).:........0.. I
State Conservation Commission. Albany
Florida gallinuley Gallinula galeata. (Lichtenstein)........... 2
Bald eagle) Haliaeetus leucocephalus. (Linnaeus)........:.. 1
Reptiles
Baxter, M. S. Rochester
Banded ground lizard, Lygosoma laterale (Say)..........., I
Goldring, Miss W. Slingerlands
Milk snake, Lampropeltis doliatus trianguaus (Boie),
tape mane S SS. Oat Sk sch eniala eels oeteecle'd dais Wha aecle Recep Une ck ON BOR I
Fishes
State Conservation Commission. Albany
Spawu-eacer, Notropis hudsonius (Clinton))............5... 2
Miinnows INUOL TO pls | Til baat moms) ACCOpe) cscs ceieace gece ss cc ses 7
Black-nosed dace, Rhinichthys atronasus (Mitchill)...... I
akeshernms. Ineuctchtinyes .anteda Cle, Sueur)... ..3..822...: 6
Lake herring, Leucichthys ontariensis Jordan and Ever-
PLACRELS ae RPS tine Se SS ve P MOEN acon ois Malik a Ua ett a cha Aleta aah EP aches Sipps 2
millibee Leucichthys tullibee. (Richardson)... ...0.2.202.. I
Stanley’s whitefish, Coregonus stanleyi Kendall............ 2
Repwietrout, Salmo fario- Linnaeus young... sé. v...2e~s aso 0s I lot
Lake trout, Cristivomer namaycush Walbaum, eggs and
TOES CoO eas AO OARS COCR GEO enn SESE O ae enn Et oC O one aE aane 1 lot
Brook trout, Salvelinus fontinalis (Mitchill), young.... 8 lots
Smelt, Osmerus mordax (Mitchill), eggs and young......... 4 lots
Brook stickleback, Eucalia inconstans (Kirtland).......... 1 lot
Sunfish, Eupomotis gibbosus, (Linnaeus), young............ 3
Small-mouthed black bass, Micropterus dolomieu Lacepede,
RO UM reser yee ortictarctaisaice doce 6 codecs < ROR E GES Sic Coe arene 6
Pike perch, Stizostedion vitreum (Mitchill), young....... 2
Pike perch, Stizostedion vitreum (Mitchill), eggs..;..... 1 lot
Mallers: thunh,.Uranidea gracilis (Heckel) ...c.cn 05. oi. 28¢ 2
Invertebrates
Gould, Julia N. Boston, Mass.
SeSMENt Gt ila. Stet itar (Got e gig kts atjhool orsta couse cece sleicteja a Faecal
Jones, Idwal. Quartz, Cal.
MPESHECR TAT AIC lacjas wile ane Setiaerc Aeon che ake reste se Seema mee’d ieee Penne |
State Conservation Commisson. Albany
Fresh water mussels, Unio complanatus (Solander) Dillwyn..
3
Lobster, Homarus americanus Milne-Edwards, young..... 2 lots
74 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Purchase
Mammals (mounted)
Cliff, Harry. Albany
Gray squirrel, Sciurus sar alimeneic leucotis .(Gappem) ae
Fox squirrel, Sciurusjniger neglectts....... ecco it
Cottontail rabbit, Sylvilagus transitionalis (Bangs).... 2
Gray fox, Urocyon cinereoargenteus (Schreber)........ I
Skunk) Mephitis, putida Boitard..... 12.000 ae 3
Mink; Mustela vison Schreber:....:..5..)2 00s eee ee B,
Bonaparte’s weasel, Mustela cicognanii Bonaparte......... 2
Pine marten, Martes americana (Turton) 2). eons eee I
Raccoon, Procyon lotor (Linnaeus) .:..::s2206 a. oneeeeeeeee I
Ward’s Natural Science Establishment. Rochester
Crimacky Ikpbe) IL Avinos Calle Glemgis INerroooocs "sola: ake ha) ana eee 93
Fisher, Martes pennanti -(Erxleben), young,):.0i:--e--eeeeee 3
_ Virginia deer, .Odocoileus americanus, (Erxleben) sa Ses:
Skeleton
Right whale, Balaena glacialis -Bonnaterre....>. eee I
Birds (mounted)
Barker, Fred. Parker’s Prairie, Minn.
Long-billed marsh wren, Telmatodytes palustris (Wilson). I
Migrant shrike, Lanius ludovicianus migrans Palmer.. 1
Tree ‘swallow, Tridoprocme bicolor’ (Vicillot)) 23). eee I
Crested flycatcher, Myiarchus crinitus (Linnaeus) os. aeen I
Rough-legged hawk, Archibuteo lagopus sancti-johan-
Nis *( Gmelin) se alec scl ls ewes on ses ose ee I
_ Uperd plover, Bartramia lone ieauda. (Bechstem)i asses I
Lesser’ yellowlegs, ‘Totanus flavipes (Gmelin) 2.9. .2 see I
Cliff, Harry. Albany
Pine grosbeak, Pintcola enucleator leucura Mulley) eet
Nighthawk; Chordeiles virginianus ((Gmelin)p epee I
Great horned owl, Bubo virginianus (Gmelin)............... ae
(ngs ee ed hawk, SUES DELS © {egos Sane
‘mis! (Gmelin) ste cis ae ides ti Oo I
Red-tailed hawk, Buteo Lee (Gmelin)... 02. eee I
Marsh*hawk, ‘Circus hudsonius , (Linnaeus) |.) 2.0eeee eee I
' Ring-necked pheasant, Phasianus torquatus (Gmelin)....... I
Golden pheasant, Chrysolophus pictus (Gmelin)......... I
Partridge, Bonasa umbellus ‘(linnaeus) ..). 2.) os. Soave ETE
Woodcock, Philohela minor (Gmelin) <..s..222.-.- eee I
Reineke, Ottomar. Buffalo
Whistling swan, Olor columbianus (Ord) ot: si cists eke 5
Domestic poultry (mounted)
Hartley, B. M. West Haven, Conn.
Rhode: Islands reds eis Ware ee TOS a ae Oe enlace ele oietenateenneneS 2
White: ‘Orpington’: |. gecivichticate aia eto ere see iors eke ia eee eee 2
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5
Domestic pigeons (mounted)
PAC Ka AMO OM as Seis ere ea wists unto s retest asieiieidic loleeare' Pesala) Seen wat rave AM 8
gun om MERION UOTTLE Tener centric tee cttverratcich erste F ahGloraters Glare os Givlale clele' elgg starsat
TRICE AMES S +5 Se Uae Re per ly ks er a aS EN ge Re EA
SwwalllOwies sc cers ccccs cccees Pe ee NN SAN en hecho abet. ora ice SP cates
Bisel jacobin 6200.05...) NSE eee Pena er et CU eee se
FRc! eee re Ae A eR RP RRP EN NSN tr alta adic kt CL De
C@MATAO LAN [RESCH Aa cs ete amr PT 5 rt A aaa Ct Ne
LE RDIDIUGNE 0.46 GIRS SG A Te eg A RE an
(Giesrrmmvanrim, [pySe irra, ee cia Raney BUNS ete Sat aes A DR a AUR en
Epes TAMMIE CLOT a slo. ewan Hele Gh cicero ciccalol es Suse vie Coslevaliare api Selmavara e Wietsie
VRRGuaL GRNETEUS RIEL TE TiS a See RS Is Sat ee Sa ae A A hee Oe La
JRL TMNUNaT ans oe nate RRR ey tee a OE AOS NS SUG RE Seat RU eS TAOS oR RIS Aa Raa eA
ARCHEOLOGY
Henry K. Deisher. Kutztown, Pa. November 1914
(CEN. DOE "8 A TeV Ene Bate MEIN Rn anne yO Ve Oe UN eR ica Aer ee RRS
SHG [ODED ciel ett eines Blea teats eel ne nese i Slee hohe ae nO a le
SE OTCMEE IOC MEP ay fe et Pear Aad Artic on Aen ans 348 ave neslaleda a etal al esr
(GORE 5 5 Bibles Be eile 8 Bie ree Caos lel cits ty Ceo ee aT Pcl Re nyu aur een a
Sirpimespon beadsmelassnancd: Sirelle cmv sae e cin acivee clelsisie eielere! eletensserace ors
CGO MErAeAUEKOW EP OUMMES mo nceAceneni recor ee aia ie hee Crarerel chetinis ws. e etaver tora oe alae ale we
Card of stone objects, arrow points and spearheads................
Stones pestle ue ve. oe ss See RIE IG eR MSs Dee A
William W. Adams. Union Springs. November 1914
Dy ETA gee SSO LC geerocete aaa nate aN Natt aya /otala Io’ aal ejojelslai's eta lapetetenedd eretwiayeleietals
(CNIS AINE ae ne Se AP aT ete Teese cy cela cae alternated atte et
SHUSIHS, “SCEAIDSTES Wiesb Rea SORCERY Et Aes
JP SSace Tue y GUN 5 ele inate es UA or Bs SO a Pen er gee DP DC Ae
WPeatclmma tn rile paneer senor creme core cune a Munn attics ata MILL Cal Naa lel lan al evan Ne 1S
Flint chips GwiGrke deere ee meee Arb.) aia ei. Ze a SPN
ed ra baea ciate OU TITLES ARIS CHE iss iu upsl rh Ss elbow te aah alaga)wyeha minarets lala atalls eehesate x
oe William A. Howe. Albany. February 1915 :
Siigiae (EStle Neem RAEN tn) ARN OO Neenela mess Botte Nie Bate Sees
Noah T. Clarke. Albany. April 1915
SLOMERPESE CMe ee ante MRM Ree okse Rie a uenLck nate tat Ina Seep ieee Olen Lie Ret ead
76 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Henry K. Deisher. Kutztown, Pa. April 1915
Grooved ‘sinker (.. sj 005 ses eke b keeles on nak et ee eee
Notched sinker) oscil onsale 5 sere ale pine Sle oR ee ieeres
Blint arrow points a: coy 4..'c0k vaaoe ces sock dae ote ee
Mary Seymour St Arnauld. Albany. May 1915
“CIAY “DIPS 5 joc weeesb stile wie ee ob ales ce b Leiee Valine et sten ae
Bhint arrow point 0.0)... css ec aisls bd done sen os eae ee ee
GOW s aes ober aed ae cane calc Vales Gouetar sheet ote NORE EAU NONE 7 er
GOES lle re larereus ayeee er eidocr ar Bee are Bronte ore Ure Rete RSE Oe ea
Celts ie karen Bk oe mie eon eldue tena auatera ela a CERES ciate ee BAN
POESHEFAS <5 sy sje 'e a's shila As core sie @eieoe Oe cielo ek wore aie 6 a
Speatlieads: vcs cic cpc ce ele alesis oa Whee ede aa sae ee 00 See ae ee
H. L. Bowers. Oshawa, Ont. May 19015
Pottery. fragments.) oe ccc es cre oe w wads ele es oe ale snl
Steatite’ fragments, As. Mees. cas bee siege octamer Raber
Bariner StOmes 5 arses csidis 0.6.6 5.0% sera gies ole slgite Hele ee Oe eee
Flint (spearheads! iio occ Gace ob -scevele We 8 teas nhelal 0:6 51s ha ne ON ee eee
Blin, blades: is ieee 0s Pode delieaeed se lowes dee ees Sona ana
Plint drills oooec oabis Sisidilanuee ds Meike bok Oe eee ;
Plint ‘arrow poitits', bes. f ceicieisis sdlessiere ino fa avis claves peltele ee
Broken gorget 032.6. b less dks bene bse ss olsees anes e ett te ee
GOF GEES lei esta wid ace berets Aietele SRO SSE eee eee
Flint sctaper : s ciou pistes Vee cigtin’d og ea eiee. lebe etn alee hee ae ee
Crudejaxe .(StOne)9a.5.2)... 2 sieve vies avs wiaiche the wielciel oats See er
Gels: id bie Wisse ve Gls vd sia'eieneey 3-0 Bleue os alc ahh Sage ele pres Oc ee
Gira HM yee a aceie Wiad ie, od apo iahs oro(ees eine Oo MRS occ oe
Pikegpoler headin 14. s ccs a4 sheep aeciels Ruse lee eres eee ” pra lcsacw aie Re Nee
F. V. L. Ryder. Troy. June rg915
Banner Stone: (amiinished) o.)...2. /ce.'s sat bos 1 oss ole 0
Alden C. Merrick. Albany. August 1915
Striped beadiy sini roh eg Mies ais orm coaple elect ora bes eyes aca Oe
Collection
A. C. Parker. Owasco Lake. August 1915 .
Wino shells) eeeeeee Pane bb Ne a BL PS
Clay pipe bowls) ei ee de alaee aleeie aes tis oN
Potshetds 2!) eho 20.640 hobs oe ASE bee Sea OMe ee ae a ee
Clay DIPES eM soe eee ee eS aera eee ate eee Soke ele ee eee
Flint‘spearheads: = 424.055... d208g cate. Sen cee fhaee aoe ener
Net stnlcets: iid . GBB 55208 Sek Pe o's wien tele teme etal etalon tore ee tet eee
Jaw sot, beats: i Fas oP See Ne Gis Gad 23 ee nei: cee ae
Wnfinished \goreet Wee tees pens aek te See ee es See ee Be,
(OC GE Ae Re Rca CRINE DS AMC GR ne: SIA NPC nRR MR Cc. OO OKC
Clay? pipestenm Wiye0 Fe eek sarees Le acim oat enlc te Ueto teie eee
ATTOW'* DOMMES) cnn aha sce oe Wey data Ne deol cells! he
Stone bead ess be ee ee A eee ated es cc yey latte nts eee :
Bone: ‘beat +) 6 o85.e 2g SHR e esas peeve 2 a. ene ee fy
Phalan ces isc tet icte oi tose ene jocotoneetete vets Me veo ettns ot evar dol ete 248s at ofodata ets ee eae
Moller sta. t eae SER Ha indent Been ano aber binbree ene PAA racio a oc
Boner pinches, .c/ Jee: cic cess atone sccvencroat stereo te eleeetal ever Bie beets wae ette
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5
ENGRIC MMT cHIgINO WMA gnON ces, ee igre ncn eee ec ive Navals. satan tastecch gt com cmaeteeee mae gt aceon
FBsG i> FEVULIV OVS) ees aa eR es a at eg Ee eC
Bonemnecedle 2595. ia. cases ace SB) ck nt POE SR OR ou SE Vata A Ba Cea
ADM eMet ta aM DTI SEOTLES 0 ot (ort tere cesar aiarsies Oss oa evi we Re a ayelcraulo bats
Small piece copper tube
Several pieces pigment
Large lump of flint
Small quantity charred wood .,
F. Ryder and H. A. Lansing. Coxsackie. September 1915
EGIiniamSecIgINeA mm NUS Cant Pirin erecta un abt AOC Se a aoe
PechiimMetESKOMES IP ItTE Mua ae cis) micieia ea vcehn ae iacestayavedsies ely tec eid wie Sida's ale ie esas
INISE GATES Sse ie Sia ce Otc SIRT Eney Chet acl cr OICEE SEER ees ohio enn aC anna
ANEIROW? [DOWEL aie Goa g Atao re ty OIA T Sic Oso OCCU REE Rene I ear nae arena
Large worked stone (may have been agricultural implement)
Mrs F. A. McCombs. Rushville. September 1915
Sanmdstone= pipe DOW ss .c% scl cewiseciie ci ecieisle nce a cielels 6 EPROM ernee ee hetaers
Flattened piece slate, polished (may have been part of gorget)
WH eH
+ eae
, ¢
- U k
t
L = . sk
sa ole . ‘ . ‘
t
t aie: alan reat Sahay e
: )
f a ie © wie
j
} .
te Pe We tes ee wer Wr uk ese est
LL Pa
‘
* )
’
t
a
2 ee
‘
y J ‘
rt
‘ era
tig wile
ry
hy 4
/ Sie eM.
XII
SCIENTIFIC PAPERS
LANDSLIDES IN UNCONSOLIDATED SEDIMENTS; WITH A
_ DESCRIPTION OF SOME OCCURRENCES IN THE HUDSON
VALLEY
BY DAVID H. NEWLAND
Introduction
Landslides, or landslips, involving bodies cf soft materials like
the recent accumulations of clay and sand in many valleys of the
glaciated region, are not unfamiliar. They have been described
from time to time as individual occurrences having attracted atten-
tion by reason of some striking feature or incidental interest. Less
notice has been taken, however, of their relation to the processes of
degradation or surface leveling, which from a geological stand-
point is of first importance. |
The subject of landslides has been treated in a systematic manner
by Heim! who gives a classification of the forms which they assume
under different conditions. His work, naturally enough, is con-
cerned rather with their occurrence and effects in mountain
regions, and especially such rugged regions as the Alps, the scene of
most of his observations. Howe? in his monograph on the San
Juan-landslides includes a broad study of the phenomena, adopting
the general conclusions of Heim with some modifications, but
giving more explicit reference to the kinds of disturbances that are
under present consideration ; his treatment is probably the best that
the subject has received in recent years.
The observations upon which this paper is based relate mostly to
the Hudson valley and are such as have been recently collected by
the writer, supplemented by published data of an earlier date. The
valley is typical for the well-opened glaciated valleys of the north-
eastern part of the country, most of which were flooded during the
period of ice retreat. In the waters which reached well up the
slopes of the rock-walled valley were deposited clays, sands and
fine gravels in sorted beds of considerable thickness. With later
1Ueber Bergstiirze (Zurich, 1882).
2Landslides in the San Juan Mountains, Colorado. U..S. Geol. Surv.
Professional paper 67 (Washington 1909)
[79]
8o NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
subsidence of the waters the beds were exposed as a smooth plain,
now dissected by the river and its tributaries so as to give the
appearance of an interrupted series of flat-topped ridges whose
level sky line marks the general terraced attitude.
Forms of Landslides in Loose Sediments
Displacements of bedded clays and sands often occur on small
gradients. ‘The materials as a whole possess less stability under
varying conditions of moisture content and climate than the
unsorted heterogeneous accumulations of rock weathering that are
commonly involved in slides in mountain regions. Their forms are
correspondingly varied and complex, in some instances embodying
very puzzling mechanical features. The gravity stress which is
the fundamental cause of dislocation may be transmitted long dis-
tances through the medium of a practically fluid stratum below the
zone of rupture, as has not infrequently happened in the Hudson
valley. Unlike the usual condition in mountain forms, there need
be no essential variations in the character of the material displaced
and the undisturbed beds. Any structural change that could be of
significance in the formation of such slides in the very nature of
the case is scarcely to be looked for, and the same is true also with
respect to a slipping surface.
The conditions attendant upon the disturbances are generally
determinable by observation or by testing the ground in the
vicinity, from which some conclusion may be drawn as to the
causes leading up to the slides. The exact impetus or proximate
cause, however, can seldom be ascertained. Usually several factors
must be taken into consideration in determining the origin of
individual slides and their relative importance is difficult to esti-
mate. The matter may be further complicated by the entrance of
some external influence into the situation either of natural develop-
ment or arising from the agency of man.
Of the conditions which govern the form taken by the movement,
those of more immediate moment are the nature of the beds, that
is, whether clay, sand or mixture of the two; the moisture content ;
and the surface contour. The forms that have come under obser-
vation in the Hudson valley are as follows:
I Surface creep; involving soil, sand ard gravel, little active in
clays. ;
2 Slumping and flows; peculiar to clays and silts that have been
rendered mobile by water |
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 Sil
3 Earth slides; materials of any sort, but not fiuent; the move-
ment takes place on the face of slopes that are fairly steep and is
accomplished in one stage.
4 Subsidence of surface through squeezing out of a wet clay
substratum on the plane of its bed.
5 Subsidence of surface from unbalanced pressure upon confined
liquid substratum, leading to a reciprocal upward movement at a
distance.
The forms named in the first three classes are well known and
are mentioned by Howe in his classification of landslides under
the division ‘““ Movements of detritus.” The last two, however, do
not seem to have come under general observation, at least they have
not been specifically referred to in the more important treatises on
landslides. The forms mentioned by Howe under “ Movements of
detritus” are: soil or earth slips; earth slides or soil slips; mud
flows; talus slumps; and submarine flows. Of his last two classes
there seem to be no equivalents in the region under discussion,
although it is not unlikely that submarine flows may occur, inas-
much as the delta clays extend below tidewater in many places
under conditions which make their occurrence possible.
I Surface creep. Creep is the gradual downward movement of
materials on slopes under the influence of gravity aided more or
less by climatic conditions. It is the commonest of all forms in
unconsolidated beds; that is its occurrence is to be inferred from
effects frequently observed in the beds, although its progress is
too slow to be followed step by step. It takes place in gravels
and sands on light slopes, but not to the same extent in plastic
clays which, through their coherence and tenacity, are quite resist-
ant to its influence under ordinary conditions. Creeping operates
especially in the spring, just as the frost leaves the ground; it is
most effective at the surface, decreasing rapidly toward the interior
where frictional resistance at a greater or lesser depth overcomes
the influence of gravity. The action of frost is upon the moisture
held in the pores, causing an expansion which férces the particles
apart so that the body of material as a whole is enlarged. The
surface in consequence is lifted or heaved, a movement that is
translated into a downward one, on a slope as soon as the frost
bond is dissolved. Moisture alone acts in a somewhat similar
manner.
Clay beds are affected by creep ane in their passage from a dry
state to one of wetness. When thoroughly wet they give rise to
other forms of movement, particularly slumps and flows.
82 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM .
The influence of creep is diminished by sod, as the interwoven
root fibers give coherence to the superficial layer of soil and earth
where the tendency to creep is greatest. There are no peculiar
features in its workings in the region under discussion, and the sub-.
ject need not be further treated at this time. A very compre-
hensive description of the phenomena of creep has been given by 2s
Kerr, whose paper does not appear to have been generally noticed
by geologists. |
2 Slumping and flows. These are peculiar to clay beds and
silts which are wet or saturated with water. They are superficial
in their extent, seldom reaching more than a few feet below the
soil, the depth varying with the nature of the materials, angle of
slope, rainfall etc.
Slumping is a word rather loosely used for sudden movements of
earthy materials on slopes, whether in the nature of flows or slides.
It is here applied more strictly to the local disturbance or down-
ward movement of clayey materials more rapid than creep, but not
of such volume or continuity as involved by flow. It does not
require so much moisture as the latter, but takes place when the
clay is in a weakened though not thoroughly mobile state. It pro-
ceeds more slowly than flow and is apt to be intermittent, ceasing
with the hardening of the clay to resume motion again when the
latter has been softened once more by moisture. Its effect upon a
clay bank is to produce a lunate scar that lengthens downward with
progress, the resultant gradient of the exposed beds being steeper
than that of the original slope. The displaced clay gathers in a
formless mass at the base where it may give rise temporarily to a
reversed slope, thus enclosing a longitudinal depaesiene in 1 which the
drainage is imponded.
Slumping may be observed in almost every clay bank of the
Hudson valley. It becomes a troublesome feature when buildings
are placed on clays without any provision for its control, as has
often been done. In the city of Albany a few years since a whole
row of houses had to be abandoned and dismantled on account of
the subsidence of a bank of clay bordering a ravine. The move-
ment was not extensive or continuous, ‘but renewed itself from
time to’time. Sod is a deterrent, but not preventive of slumping,
and in time it leads to the rupture of the sod through removal of the
supporting layer. After the sod is een and displaced it pro-
eds more rapidly.
1 Frost in eee of. Superficial Materials. Am.-Jour. Sci. xxi
ser. 3, p. 345. 1881.
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQIS 83
The occurrence of slumps is subject to seasonable variation, being
most frequent in spring with the melting of the winter snows and
the heavy rainfall of the spring months. The same movement may
renew itself from year to year if not completed in one period.
_ Flow refers to movements of wet clay, so mobile as to run with
the freedom almost of a liquid. It occurs therefore on slight slopes,
or even in a horizontal bed if there is pressure upon an underlying
mass to force the clays to spread. The movement is between
different layers or parts of the loose sediments, seldom of the
latter along a rock surface; flows on a bed of rock have never been
recorded in the Hudson valley so far as the writer has been able
to ascertain, and apparently they are rare elsewhere in the glaciated
region.
Fig.1 Effects of slumping in bank of clay and sand
In the Hudson valley flows are restricted practically to the sur-
faces of the clay terraces fronting the river and may be considered
simply an accelerated phase of slumping. They are relatively
small. On top of the terraces where movements of larger volume
might be expected, the surface clays are firm and coherent, so much
so that they do not readily soften in the presence of water. The
movements then take the forms referred to under classes 4 and 5.
Extraordinary examples of flow have been described from the
St Lawrence valley where the bottom is floored by the silty Leda
clay, which shows a marked tendency to movements of this kind
6
84 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
on account of its ready absorption of water and its high degree of
mobility when thoroughly soaked. They are perhaps the best
illustrations of flow on small gradients that have yet come to notice.
The flow of May 7, 1888, on the Riviére Bianche, near the village
of St Casimir, Quebec, is described by Chalmers! as having had a
length of 1050 yards and an extreme width of 600 yards, yet the
descent of the bed for the whole distance was only 27 feet or only
10 inches in 100 feet. The volume of the disturbed clay was esti-
mated by G. M. Dawson? at 93,654,000 cubic feet. An occurrence
at St Alban in the same vicinity, on April 27, 1894, is described by
Monsigneur Laflamme,? who placed the volume of the flow at from
600 to 700 millions of cubic feet. In the disturbance that took place
on the Liévre river, October 11, 1903, according to Ells,* the satu-
rated mobile clay was not the surface layer but a bed lying some 20
feet deep into which the water penetrated from below, and the
surface materials floated on this moving mass which found an out-
let on the extension of its bed. The occurrence had thus points of
similarity with the slides described under class 4. Other extensive
slides in this region are on record or evidenced by present con-
ditions, the first published description of them haying been given
by Sir William Logan.®
In flows of very fluid materials like the Leda clay it is not neces-
sary that the bed or slipping surface have any pronounced slope, so
long as there is a favoring surface contour. The initial stress may
come from a preponderance of weight on one part of a buried
horizontal layer compared with the weight exerted at another
point, the stress thus set up causing a general movement of the
whole mass toward the unweighted ground. If the surface layer is
coherent and does not follow the motion of the lower bed but sub-
sides in place, the slide takes on the character described under class
Aor 5.
3 Earth slides. These refer to disturbances of earthy materials
in a nonfluid state, such as take place on a relatively high slope and
resemble earth avalanches in mountain regions. They arise in
1Report on the Geology of the Three Rivers Map Sheet. Geol. Surv.
Can. Ann. Rep’t. v. 11, p. 62 J. 1900.
2Remarkable Landslip in Portneuf County, Quebec. Geol. Soc. Ann.
Bul. 10, p. 487. 1899-1900.
3 Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., v. 12, pt 4, p. 63. 1894.
4'The Recent Landslide on the Liévre River, P. O., Geol. Surv. Can. Ann.
Rep’t, v. 15, p. 136 A. 1906.
5 Proceed. Geol. Soc. London, v. 3, p. 767.
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 85
various ways but have a common cause, the oversteepening of the
slope under the conditions existing at the time. This oversteepen-
ing may come about by undermining of the base through artificial
or natural means, by a local softening of the mass near the base,
and by the development of vertical cracks and fissures in beds of
clay which weaken their structure. Some external impulse, like the
jar from an earthquake or a heavy explosion, may serve to start
the movement, but such impulse is not essential.
Slides of bedded clays possess some features not shared by those
of other soft materials. One feature is their marked tendency to
hold together and move en masse, which arises from their natural
tenacity when dry. The dislocations consequently occur in blocks
which may be of large size and develop tremendous momentum in
their course down a slope. Examples of this feature are illustrated
by several damaging slides that have taken place in the vicinity of
Troy, where the terraced clay beds rise steeply to a level 200 feet
or more above the main section of the city. Portions of the upper
beds, with some surface gravels and sands, break away from the
face of the terrace and slide down the slope, sweeping outward
toward the river with overwhelming violence. Particulars of these
disastrous disturbances are given on a later page.
As the cause of earth slides, undermining by stream erosion may
be inferred to be commonly effective in such a region as the Hud-
son valley; its operation scarcely requires explanation. The same
may be said of undermining by the hand of man which has been
responsible for disastrous slides in clay banks. One such occurred
a few years since in a clay pit at Haverstraw, causing the demoli-
tion of several houses and the loss of many lives.
A condition of temporary instability or oversteepening in a bank
may result from the infiltration of water into the lower beds,
thereby diminishing their strength and ability to sustain their load.
This infiltration may take place in a horizontal direction through
the presence of sandy layers which overlap on a sloping rock sur-
face. It is probable that some of the Troy slides have been caused
in this way, for they seem to have been accompanied in certain
cases by more or less wet clay, the horizon of which is indicated by
a shelflike projection left on the face of the cliff above the base.
Clay beds in drying out after heavy rains or melting of, the winter
frost are apt to develop cracks which on the edge of a decided slope
may so weaken the structure as to lead to their dislodgement. Sub-
sequent rains which cause the filling of the joints by water may
facilitate the movement through the hydrostatic pressure exerted
86. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
upon the jointed blocks. Small slides thus produced have been
observed in actual progress by the writer on the face of a new-
formed bank, where the beds had been left in a jomnted condition.
Mather! attributes the formation of the slide at Troy on January
I, 1837, to the opening of a fissure at the top of the bank into which
surface waters found access, thus producing a pressure at the back
of the mass sufficient to dislodge it.
4. Subsidence from squeezing out of wet substratum. The
distinctive feature of this type of disturbance as compared with
those already described is in the combination of a vertical move-
ment or subsidence at the surface and a lateral flowage in the
underlying substratum. The latter, rendered mobile by saturation
Fig. 2 Earth slide caused by soft layers between firmer beds
with water, finds escape along the plane of its bed by extrusion on
the face of a slope or bank where it outcrops. On the other hand,
if the saturated layer lies below the lowest point of the neighboring
depression, the conditions are favorable for the occurrence of
slides of the next class.
In subsidences of this kind the surface materials have to be
sharply differentiated from the underlying clay stratum in their
capacity for flowage. The former behave as a relatively firm
coherent layer which by its weight exerts a compressive strain
upon the mobile mass, squeezing this out in a horizontal direction.
As the clay escapes by extrusion, the upper layer sinks down along
one or more fracture lines just as in the faulting of rocks. The
-1Geology of New York. Pt 1, The First Geological District, p. 33-34.
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 87
examples of such subsidence are often remarkable in their diagram-
matic resemblance to crustal displacements, a feature exemplified,
for instance, in plate 2, which shows the effects of a landslide that
was uncovered in the excavation for the present State Capitol at
Albany.
The drag of the lower layer may suffice to displace the surface
blocks more or less horizontally, but if the overlying beds are tena-
cious, the main component of movement will be vertical. The
necessary conditions for the occurrence of slides of this type are
supplied in the Hudson valley; the weathered clays, which are up
to 40 feet thick, are relatively impervious to water, and tough,
whereas the underlying unweathered blue clay often takes up
water to change into a thin, slippery mass that flows under com-
pressive strain. Just what change is brought about by weathering
a=
(
Sy
Vr
AIDS
CN
‘Fig. 3 Clay block displaced by subsurface flowage
to cause this difference in behavior of the clay is not yet apparent,
but there is no doubt of the existence of such variations as shown
by frequent instances of slides involving these precise conditions.
If the surface beds are essentially the same as the lower stratum
they will settle down or “ melt” into the latter, and the slip will
become a flow of the kind described in the previous class.
The source of ground water which produces the zone of satura-
tion does not come directly from the surface; rather it is to be
looked for in a horizontal seepage along the bedding planes, since
plastic clays are almost impermeable to the circulation of water.
The sand partings invariably present in clays laid down in standing
water provide the necessary channels for the horizontal movement
of water that may be admitted along the edges of the strata where
these overlap on a rock slope. The partings may be exceedingly
88 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
thin, even of capillary size, but they afford the only means for the
admission of moisture into the lower beds of a thick series of clays.
5 Subsidence from unbalanced pressure on confined liquid
substratum. The mechanism of the movements in this case are of
considerable complexity, and so far as can be ascertained, the only
examples of the kind that have been recognized are from the Hud-
son valley where they are not uncommon but seem to have escaped
general attention. The subsidences are a variation of the preceding
type, but as the wet layer lies too deep to find escape on the plane
of its bed, it compensates the unbalanced pressure by raising the
bottom of the nearest depression or wherever the structure of the
overlying beds is weakest. An outflow of liquid clay may occur
from under the upraised block as a secondary phenomenon of the
disturbance.
Fig 4 Subsidence arising from subsurface flowage, with compensating
uplift of lower ground. A type common in the Hudson valley.
There is some similarity between the type and that of rock slides
produced by artificial excavations which leave an unbalanced load
upon an incompetent layer, as illustrated by certain occurrences
in the Culebra cut of the Panama canal. These slides, according to
D. F. McDonald,! are characteristic of rocks possessing low crush-
ing strength, but high tensile strength. The load produces a down-
ward-outward-upward movement somewhat analogous to that in
the present case. But fundamentally there is a wide difference in
the conditions, as the clay slides involve an upper rigid layer, the
compressing medium, and a substratum that behaves practically as
a fluid in transmitting the pressure; the adjustment takes place
1 Excavation Deformations. Compte-Rendu Cong. Geol. International XII
Session, p. 781. 1914.
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 89
between parts of the upper layer which lie at different levels and
thus out of balance.
The physical variation of the beds, which is a necessary con-
dition in such disturbances, is probably not a very common feature
among clays although it seems prevalent over the Hudson valley
within the area covered by the sediments of former Lake Albany.
Similarity of absorptive powers and of tenacity between the upper
and lower beds removes the possibility of the formation of slides
of this kind. |
There is little doubt that there have been many occurrences of
such slides, and they are not at all the exceptional types which
might be inferred from the little notice that has been taken of them.
The writer personally has observed two occurrences, one at Stock-
port in 1908 and the other last year at Hudson. Only one previous
record has been made, that by W. B. Dwight who in 1866 gave a
description of a slide at Coxsackie, presenting sufficient details to
show its relations beyond peradventure. A rather vague allusion
to an occurrence of the same character is made by Mather in his
Geology of the First District. No doubt many have escaped atten-
tion, or have been considered as simple cases of subsidence.
Geological and Engineering Aspects of the Landslides
The influence of the various gravity movements described as a
factor in degradation is difficult to estimate, but none the less it has
considerable importance within an area like the Hudson valley.
There is good reason to believe that locally the work thus accom-
plished may predominate over that of all other leveling processes,
notwithstanding the supposedly rapid erosive action to which soft
sediments are exposed. As a matter of fact, erosion may be quite
stagnant on a surface that is protected by sod and vegetation: and
it is only when the earthy materials are directly exposed by rupture
of the protecting cover that they are appreciably degraded by the
runoff. -
The full effects of such disturbances are likely to escape notice;
for it is only the more extensive ones that manifest themselves on
casual inspection, and they are the exception of course. The incon-
spicuous forms —too slow or too interrupted in their movements
to attract attention — are responsible for the largest share of level-
ing, since they are widely active with cumulative effect. Of large-
scale catastrophic slides, some ten or twelve are on record as
having taken place in the middle Fludson valley within the last
gO NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
‘seventy-five years. The larger ones have involved upwards of
100,000 cubic yards of earth.
The study of the phenomena has a very practical side. Their
range of occurrence coincides with the fertile, thickly populated
districts, where they are often of serious consequence in regard to
building foundations. There is need of exercising due precaution
in selecting the sites for heavy structures, and also providing for
their security, if they are to be placed upon earth. Ordinarily it
is not a difficult matter to test the conditions that exist in any par-
ticular plot of ground, but the interpretation of the evidences
requires the consideration of many factors which are not readily
apparent. The changes of contour likely to occur through the hand
of man and the influence of possible climatic variations particularly
must be taken into account.
In nearly all cases the primary cause of earth dislocations may
be ascribed to the presence of water in some portion of the beds.
Consequently it may be possible to control their occurrence, if
proper provision can be taken to regulate the flow of groundwater.
The superfiscial phases of disturbance, like slumping, creep and flow,
naturally, are the least difficult to deal with; while those involving
a deeper source of instability present a more serious problem, to
be solved, if at all, on the basis of a thorough investigation of the
local. conditions.
Characters of the Hudson Valley Clays and Their Associates
The clays of the Hudson valley consist of horizontal beds which
for the most part were laid down in the expanded waters that
occupied the valley in late Pleistocene time, and that are known as
Lake Albany. They have a vertical range of over 300 feet, of
which the lower part extends below sea level, but it is only in the
immediate vicinity of the river that they reach a thickness of much
over 100 feet. They are remarkably uniform and seldom are inter-
rupted by any considerable intercalations of other materials,
although there occur all through the beds minute, often paper-thin
partings of fine sand which lend the bedded appearance always ap-
parent when the clays are seen in cross section. These sand partings
mark original fluctuations of sedimentation, but just what signifi-
cance they may have with regard to time periods, if any, is not
known. A discussion of this feature, as well as of the conditions
under which the clays were probably deposited, will be found in
Woodworth’s “Ancient Water Levels of the Champlain and Hudson
‘AOIT, ‘“8Pl WN ‘opl[s pjO Ue Aq gyoyT SUlusdO asi", SuIMOYs ‘speq Aueqiy axe] ul Ayde1ssodo} opyspuey
:
a a
I 9}8[q
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I915 gl
Valleys.’ The sand partings, as is observed elsewhere, have a
bearing upon the formation of some landslips.
_ The clays are of fat, plastic nature and of bluish color except
in the upper beds, which have a brownish yellow tint from the
oxidation of the contained iron under weathering influences. The
division between the yellow and blue clay is sharp but not con-
stant as to depth, being in some places a few feet from the surface
and in others 30 or 40 feet; it is sometimes marked by the occur-
rence at this level of “ clay-dogs” or calcareous concretions formed
by the leaching of the upper layers. The blue and yellow clays are
not very different in their chemical or physical properties; but the
former is usually a little higher in silica and alumina and lower in
the alkalis and alkaline earths than the latter, as it is also some-
what less plastic. Both are extensively employed in the making of
brick, in the molding of which they require from 25 to 30 per cent
of water to develop the proper degree of plasticity.
The composition of the clays is indicated by the following
analyses of samples from the vicinity of Albany:
I 2
SEOs ceone tee Cee e ORE eS eee Sennen eis Bes ean 59.68 ~ 56.08
AMINO) bibin, 5 RAB Oe) Ie PERE CURE us Clie UI rn Sena Lav ne ig ea 14.16 15.36
Pra Ob so rh OOOO a CREE Seed aR PRE eg S70 5.22
THOS 60'S Sica SReRS SoA eae ye Nida ean gett ed ae ae .90 gO
OTN eh a hte tera Mi cy corer ttehad Stal evs gre brerers 6.68 7.20
MBO oo 5 CAS RSA E IIA A CSIR Ge IRCA Bae) eaearen 4.84 2.76
EoD) o'n 0 OG BSR Sete SCG te eee eo ete OEE eee : Pa 3.19
Raw OIE SE yf re mas 21s Ht iB eae aloe hepetn a nares: -40 1.47
MEER CM per ye aan tari cle Moist ove ovelichedclars auevate sis oe ave .65 1.16
[SSRURTEWONMY G5) bc BPE SRC Re CERES HE ic PEE he eis et 7-75 7.90
99.57 IOI.24
Texturally, the clays are fine and soft, as the sand admixture
which arises from the clay partings is small in amount. A sample
from the recent landslip at Hudson showed 10.5 per cent of sand
and silt, the particles of which were all less than .1 mm in diameter.
The same clay after drying in the air bath absorbed 30.8 per cent
of water by weight before crumbling or slacking began, thereby
attaining the proper consistency for molding. Plasticity disap-
peared with the addition of 50 per cent of water, when the clay
became slightly fluent in the mass and no longer would hold its
form. With 75 per cent of water it was semifluid, slippery,
1N, Y, State Mus. Bul. 84, p. 175 et seq. 1905.
g2 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
scarcely to be retained in the hand, similar to its condition observed
in natural flows.
The clays rest upon an uneven rock surface with an intervening
bed of gravel or till that was deposited by the Pleistocene ice sheet
before Lake Albany came into existence.
In some places the deposit is hard bowlder clay or ground
moraine, but more commonly perhaps it consists of gravels and
sands in imperfectly sorted conditions evidently laid down in front
of the ice by the waters issuing from it. These morainal gravels
and sands thicken wherever the glacier halted for any length of
time in its retreat and in North Albany they rise up into a promi-
nent ridge which overtops the adjacent banks of clay, evidently
marking a rather long interruption in the general withdrawal of the
ice northward. The Albany gravels have been considered by some
geologists as later than the clays, but their relations appear to con-
firm rather the view here given, which is that adopted by Wood-
worth in the work already cited.
Above, the clays are succeeded by a layer of sand which extends
to the surface. The layer was the last of the Lake Albany deposits
and originally formed a continuous sheet over the whole area. It
is now very unequally distributed as the result of erosion by the
winds chiefly, which have heaped it up in dunes wherever the bed
has not been protected by vegetation. Wind action is evidenced
also in the well-sorted texture of much of the sand. The general
run of the material is fine, some of it almost as fine as loess. In
fact, the sand over considerable areas bears a striking similarity to
some deposits of loess, except for the fact that it has an argil-
laceous bond instead of a calcareous one.. The argillaceous sands
are extensively shipped from the district for foundry use.
Conformation of the Rock Surface
The Hudson valley, in the section covered by the stratified clays
and sands which mark the bed of the former Lake Albany, con-
sists of an outer well-opened part with smoothly contoured sides
of gentle slope and an inner gorge that is defined by much steeper
rock walls. The gorge is one to three miles wide and in the stretch
below Albany is bottomed well below sea level, the present river
flowing over glacial and alluvial deposits well above the rock
channel. The rocks, however, come to the surface near Albany,
and from Troy north the gorge is above the reach of tidewater.
Plate 2
Faulted and contorted beds at Albany. Cross-bedded eolian sands are
shown downfaulted, so as to abut against disturbed clays. The lower view
represents the continuation of the beds to the right of the section in the
upper one,
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 93
The rock under the valley is almost wholly shale, from Trenton
to Lorraine in age, the so-called Hudson river formation, but out-
liers of Siluric limestones occur here and there, remnants of a
once continuous mantle which is now all but destroyed by erosion.
The shales are upturned at a high angle and have a northerly to
northeasterly strike to which the course of the river approximately
- conforms.
The valley, it is apparent from several considerations that need
not be set forth here, was marked out and largely formed as early
as Tertiary time. The gorge represents a stage of erosion during
a period of renewed uplift which accentuated the cutting power
of the streams.
The rim of the gorge lies at about 200 feet above tide for the
most part, but varies somewhat from place to place. It is defined
rather sharply by a bench or terrace at the line of intersection with
the outer valley which has a very gradual rise toward the bounding
hills. The gorge is breached by old tributary channels now in part
masked by morainal and water-laid beds. A large channel that
may have carried the preglacial Mohawk lies under the site of
Albany as indicated by the rock contours revealed in test holes that
have been put down through the unconsolidated sediments. The
soundings have shown that the clays here rest upon morainal
gravels and sands, the bottom of which for some distance back
from the river is below sea level. The Mohawk channel, if it
does mark the ancient course of that stream, enters the gorge nearly
at grade, and the same is probably true of the Stockport channel
above Hudson, as well as of other streams; the indications there-
fore point to a long period for the gorge cutting during which the
tributaries were able to adjust themselves to the lowering of the
main channel. Glacial erosion was of minor importance in the
formation of this part of the valley.
One feature, however, that may be ascribed to the ice or to the
work of subglacial streams is the deep furrowing of the shales
whereby their surface in many places shows a succession of longi-
_ tudinal troughs between parallel ridges or hummocks. The bed
of the gorge, especially, appears to be of this uneven character.
A single ridge does not continue for any great distance but as it
dies out through gradual decrease of heisht and contraction
laterally, it is succeeded by another on either side of its axis.
Soundings in the section about Albany indicate there is a great
variation in the size and distribution of the ridges and hollows.
94. : NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
The inequalities seldom show at the surface owing to the conceal-
ing mantle of morainal and alluvial materials; the tops of the
ridges may be seen occasionally to rise a few feet above the general
level, disappearing again with a slope that is more rapid to the
east and west than north and south on the line of their axes.
Present Topography
The clays and sands within the valley have a distinctly terraced
form when the beds are viewed from a point near the river or
when their bounds are traced on a topographic map. The original
flat contours, a sequence of their disposition in open waters, have
been modified more or less by wind and stream erosion, which
has been particularly effective upon the soft, fine Lake Albany
' sediments ; yet the terraced arrangement is still well shown, indeed
lends the most characteristic feature to the topography along the
river north of the Highlands.
The terraces front the river as a series of bluffs and sloping
banks, that are dissected here and there by lateral stream channels.
They are present, though not developed evenly throughout, as
far as Fort Edward, near the junction with the Champlain valley
which begins across a low divide just north of that place. Similar
terraces occur in the Champlain valley, and it is considered probable
by Woodworth that the waters of the two basins were confluent —
during a part of the period when the sediments were laid down.
In altitude, the terraces fronting the river range from 40 or 50
feet up to 200 feet. The lower elevations mark those formed as
outwash plains and lateral moraines while the ice was _ still
present in the valley. They are to be seen in the section in the
Highlands southward, beyond the limits of the clay terraces of
Lake Albany which extended only as far south as Kingston. The
Lake Albany terraces where they front the river have their upper
surfaces mostly at 150 or 200 feet above tidewater, rising slightly
above the top of the rock gorge and thence extending outward over
the valley floor. In the widened section of the lake near Albany
the terraced beds extend back to Schenectady where they lie at an.
elevation of about 400 feet, and well-marked flats at that altitude
are found west of Round lake, which seem to belong to the same
series of deposits. These higher levels are floored with fine sands,
whereas the clay does not appear to reach above 250° feet and is
mainly below the 200 feet contour. Mh
The fine sands that mantle the clays have been worked over and
redistributed by the winds, as stated in a previous paragraph, so
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 95
_ that they are now unequally distributed, forming dunes 40 or 50
feet high in places and very thin or absent in other sections. Their
contact with the clays normally shows no interruption in the suc-
cession, but in one or two localities has been found to evidence a
marked unconformity as the result of erosion. This relation seems
best explained by an interval of erosion after the beds were exposed
to the air and had been temporarily denuded of the protecting
sands, following which they were again covered by wind deposits.
The beds are trenched to various depths by lateral streams which
head in the ranges of hills on either side of the valley and by a
network of streamlets which have their sources within the lower
lands. A few powerful tributaries like the Mohawk and Hoosic
carry drainage from far beyond the valley confines.
The contours along the river are rather sharp where the beds
are dissected almost to their base and show no marked change of
slope to the top of the terraces. The actual gradient may reach
35 or 40 degrees. This seems a high angle for such soft materials
in a region of fairly heavy rainfall, and is traceable to the effects
of landslides in continuously renewing the slope as the rains
remove the waste which has been brought down by previous slides.
In the interior the contours are less abrupt, the cross valleys
for the most part being shallow except where they mark a pre-
glacial drainage line. In the latter case their bottoms lie well
below the terraces and there is a steep rise to the level of the latter.
The Mohawk is exceptional among the larger streams in that it
occupies a postglacial rock channel from its outlet at Cohoes to
Schenectady, and falls with the Hudson gorge in a series of
cataracts. The clays along its course consequently are thin.
Observations on the Hudson Valley Slides
_ Troy. Many evidences of slides are met with in the clay bluffs
that front the river in Troy and the stretch south of there to
Rensselaer. In fact, scarcely any of the banks in that section
have slopes that are the result of erosion directly; their steep
gradients, concavities and talus accumulations show the influence
of creep or flow and of occasional large slides. }
~ One of the earlier records of an extensive disturbance of the
kind relates to a slide that took place in Troy January 1, 1837.
Mather, in his report on the geology of the first district,’ gives a
rather circumstantial account of it which reveals some interesting
- 1Albany, 1843, p. 37-38.
|
|
96 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
features. The place where the disturbance occurred, he states, |
was a nearly vertical bank of clay and gravel 237 feet high. ‘‘ The
upper part of the cliff probably cracked, and the land spring . . .
filled the fissure, rendered the clay slippery and acting by its great
hydrostatic pressure, burst off the cliff, which tumbled in huge
fragments, sliding along as a mass of ruins, carrying everything |
before it. The avalanche, after reaching level ground, slid onwards —
about 800 feet, crossed one street, and stopped at the second, |
crushing three houses and two barns and destroyed the lives of
several persons, who were buried beneath the materials. The
avalanche was accompanied by torrents of mud and water, rushing
with a roaring noise over the fallen ruins. The fragments of
the cliff form a very uneven surface of small irregular hills; the
masses of clay are in huge fragments, with their layers placed at
every angle of inclination and in every direction, and cover a
surface about equivalent to 200 yards in length by 100 in breadth,
and from 10 to 40 feet deep. By a moderate estimate 200,000
tons of earth were thus transported to a distance of 200 yards.”
The local details which Mather includes in his description point
to the site of the slide as being on the west slope of Prospéct Parl<
in the southern part of the City. The occurrence apparently
belonged rather to the mass slides than to the flow type, the mud
and water being an accompaniment of the earth fall,
The next important slide was in 1843 (February 17th) and seems
to have been the most destructive of all that are a matter of record.
The only descriptions available, apparently, are to be found in the
contemporary items of the local press which give few details as to
the nature of the disturbance. It is said to have comprised a section
of Mt Ida east of Fifth street and to have passed down Washington
street to Hill street which it crossed. It moved about 500 feet on
the level beyond the base of the hill, Many houses were demol-
ished; and 15 people were killed, either entombed within their
homes, or overwhelmed in the streets while attempting to flee the
onrushing mass. The work of rescue and of recovering the dead
went on for a whole week. In 1859 St Peters College, which was
in course of construction near the base of Mt Ida at the head of
Washington street, was destroyed by an earth slide. The Troy
Times of March 18th states that the disaster occurred about 8 p. m.,
March 17th, the mass of earth advancing with little noise until it
reached the near wall of the college which checked its progress
momentarily, but gathering new energy it burst through with a
rush and heavy report and demolished the edifice. The presence of
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 97
the building at this point seems to have prevented the slide from
continuing down the slope with its first force, so that the many
houses and a hospital in its path escaped destruction. The noise
from the disturbance was heard over the whole city. This again
seems to have been a slide of earth 1 in more or less coherent con-
dition and not a flow.
Albany. The terraces on which Albany is built have a rather
gentle slope toward the river in contrast with those on the east
bank. Few large slides have taken place within recent times, but ©
minor disturbances are common and have to be reckoned with in
building and engineering operations. In some of the older sections
the walls of buildings show a general settlement of the ground in
one direction which is perhaps referable to creep.
The geological conditions in this vicinity are rather unusual,
as has been already noted. The rock walls of the Hudson gorge
are exposed north and south of the city in the first rise of ground,
but under Albany itself there appears to be a broad embayment
opening into the gorge at grade and extending west below the
terrace of Capitol hill. Its presence is concealed by morainal
gravels and bedded clays, and is inferred from test borings which
have been carried down to rock. How far this depression may
extend to the west has not been determined. It seems most likely
to mark the mouth of some preglacial stream channel and if so it
is probably the old outlet of the Mohawk now shifted 10 miles
to the north.
The great depth of blue clay under Albany is an element of inse-
curity, accountable for most of the movements of ground that have
taken place from time:to time. The clay attains a thickness of over
100 feet and its lower part is likely to be wet. It lies upon a thin
bed of till, below which is generally found water-saturated sand,
10 feet or so thick. As an example of the general conditions,
the following section from the site of the New York Telephone
Company’s building on State street, below the Capitol, is shown:
IBIS GLEN: SiS as ee ee Stat CPR ao oa GR ard eee aE eee 103 feet
Oleh gecrnl Geena AGLI er carncanen voee hes es aL ee Gale mien Men 2 BY
EI MMCMScILd MGWater DEAKING )e. jithaeieehs oslo ate dion aero ene es ONS ie
WILE calr aire Spe Cae ake TE se or al Mee ie AE Ne PPE PR Feat cia Ons
TS Sich Gl Deanrgh «Ls Sacati cad SRR MOAR Rt mt ae OOo ta i a(0\0) |
HEHE (SMALE ites faye to's v agave Wen cou tusbauseg eve rn tetas or nalas Wier ets oes
The layer of till above the sand acts as a seal to the water which
may be under considerable hydraulic head. The basal. part of
98 . NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
the clay is often wet, probably through infiltration along the bed-
ding from some distant source. This wet layer has the usual
mobility of blue clay in that state and consequently tends to squeeze
out under pressure whenever there is opportunity for escape. The
conditions favorable to movement may develop unexpectedly. In
a city where excavations are going on the surface load is changing ©
all the time, so that caution should be exercised in the placing of@
heavy structures upon the clay, especially if the sites are Sufeuee on |
the edge or sides of the terraces.
‘By the subsidence of a clay bank on the north side ae Elk
street, west of Swan street, a few years ago, several houses were ©
rendered uninhabitable. The ground moved downwards along the
: |
face of the bank, as the result of a slump at the base. The land —
has since been converted into a park.
The collapse of the Myers building on Pearl street in 1905 was 4
caused by a giving way of the foundations which rested upon blue
clay. The base of the sediments was below water level. Later —
excavation for foundations of the new structure showed the lower
beds of blue clay to be thoroughly saturated.
That extensive movements have taken place in past times in the
Albany terraces is indicated by the conditions encountered in the
excavations for the present Capitol. Some views of the founda-
tion work are preserved in the State Library, among them being
photographs of the banks of clay on the northern and western
sides which are of great interest. The bank exhibits evidence of ©
disturbance over a considerable distance, especially in the north-
western section where faulting and plication have taken place on a
large scale. One rather remarkable fault may be seen in the
accompanying illustration reproduced from one of the photographs
referred to. The fault brings the clays in juxtaposition with cross-_
bedded sands that apparently are an uneroded remnant of an old
dune. The throw of the fault, so far as can be judged from the
photograph, exceeds 35 feet. The disturbance is of the type pro-
duced by flowage of the underlying layer, as described under class
4 in the general discussion. The ground within a short distance of
the fault falls away both to the north and east, in the latter direction |
sloping down to the Hudson which here. is little above sea level.
Coxsackie. A subsidence of several acres of the terraced clays —
near this place, which occurred in 1863, has been described by the
Rey. W. B. Dwight, who seems to have first visited the locality
1Am. Jour. Sci, 2d ser., p. 12-15. 1866.
a eae
Like ince = iss
‘ |
a &
es Gy ee
aes
Re
7:
H. P. Whitlock, photo
slide at Stockport, March 6, 1908. View along outer fracture,
showing a drop of 40 feet vertically in one block.
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 99
a couple of years later when the original marks, no doubt, were
more or less erased. However, his account clearly shows that it
was a typical case of the adjustment of an unbalanced load on a wet
substratum similar to that described as having occurred recently at
Hudson.
The scene of the disturbance was on the farm of Casper Flans-
burgh, 4 miles north of Coxsackie and 2 miles back from the river,
along the bank of a small creek which is stated to have occupied
a ravine about 75 feet below the terrace level. The time of the
occurrence was in March, between 5 p. m. of the 15th and 9 a. m.
of the 16th. There was no frost in the ground. The more
important features are thus set forth in the original account:
The mass of earth consisting.of the slope of the west bank and
a part of the summit level, broke off sharply and perpendicularly
across the top of the bank about 30 or 4o feet back from the
brow ; the line of fracture then curved to the east on both sides until
it touched the creek, after inclosing a semicircular tract of about
6% acres. The flexure seems to have been determined by small
ravines running toward the creek at right angles to its course.
The fragment, which was in fact an enormous wedge of earth,
75 feet thick at the back, being now free, was at once subjected
to two different forces; for it was immediately separated into
two parts by a chasm opening lengthwise and stretching from end
to end (N. and S.), at the distance from the upper edge of about
one-third of the whole width of the detached mass. The portion
west of this line, consisting of the brow of the hill, and the higher
part of the slope, at once sunk, partially throughout its whole
extent, but most deeply at its western edge, which rested at a
depth of 40 feet below its former position at the terrace level; it
probably moved also a few feet to the eastward.
The other fragment also sunk considerably at its thicker end,
thus bringing its surface nearer to a level; but it had also a decided
~ sliding movement toward the creek, for the distance of from a foot
or two at the southern, to 42 feet at the northern end. This
meastirement was obtained by ascertaining the variation of a line of
stakes, trees and other landmarks, from the original line which
was known.
The effect of this double movement upon the ground at the creek
was extraordinary; the whole bed of the stream, together with a
portion of its borders, was lifted bodily, and left at the top of a long
and nearly continuous mound. This mound is from 75 to I50
feet wide at the base, and in most places 30 feet high, thus becoming
the highest ground on the eastern section of the slide.
It appears that blue clay came to the surface on the outer edge
of the uplifted block. Of the sunken area a large part came down
7
IO0O NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
as a mass and was quite unbroken, but on the north and south ends
the ground was intersected by fissures, “ making the surface to
resemble the irregular fragments of a floe of ice left by the tide ©
upon a sloping shore.” In regard to the cause of the subsidence,
Mr Dwight expresses the following view: q
There was then a tongue of land of considerable tenacity, a —
few feet thick at the lower end, and 75 at the upper, resting upon ~
a very mobile and smooth clay; the erosion of a shallow channel at
the creek, afforded a passage for the exit of this clay; and the —
great and principal force which caused the fracture was, in my
judgment, one acting in a perpendicular direction, as shown from
the fact, first, that the fracture is a sharp, perpendicular well-
defined line, and not the ragged, irregular sloping line usually seen
where the soil has been simply drawn down a declivity; second,
that immediately after the fracture, the thickest and heaviest portion —
did sink and forced the blue clay before it, outward, and upward,
at the lower levels; its own lateral motion being very small.
Stockport. The occurrence of a landslide near Stockport,
Columbia county, on March 6, 1908, was communicated to the
State Geologist by Mr C. R. Van de Carr of that place, and the
writer was detailed to make an inspection of the conditions which, ~
from the details supplied, appeared to be rather remarkable. An ~
account of the disturbance was published in the Report of the
Director of the New York State Museum for 1908, from which
the following abbreviated description is taken:
A section of the bank of a small tributary of Stockport creek
that empties into the latter opposite Columbiaville, with a vertical
elevation of from 60 to 75 feet, forming part of the 100-foot
terrace at this point, cracked along two parallel planes about 50
feet apart as a maximum, and the included mass dropped down about
40 feet, measured on the outer fractured plane. This plane had a
slope of 80° toward the ravine. Its appearance and the adjacent ~
margin of the faulted block is shown in plate 3. The walls of the
second fracture, about half way down the slope, were inclined
away from each other owing to the tilt of the sunken block toward |
the bank and the uplifting of the abutting clay beds in the bottom of
the ravine. A gap fully 15. feet wide was thus produced (see 4
plate 4). The uplifted section included the stream bed that in |
this way was so obstructed as to cause the waters above to form |
a pool.
The clay beds exposed to view were little broken up by the
movement; in fact they behaved much as solid rocks might have
°
g
[o)
a
2,
at
oO
fe)
=
=
=<
Ay
is0]
7)
as
(2)
fe)
a
45)
i)
of
ise)
u
Q
‘S|
uv
‘=|
(9)
=
=
e)}
w
ae
rie)
cs
ie)
uw
o
ce}
Y
S
vu
cd)
=
~
o
pa)
oO
u
=)
i?)
mn
eC
S
cD)
a
Oo
Stockport slide.
Soft clay in bottom extruded from below.
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 IOI
acted in similar circumstances. The main scarp was clean-cut and
the sunken block held together in a body.
The cause of the disturbance was ascribed at the time to the
presence of a layer of water-soaked liquid clay which came to the
surface in the very lowest part of the ravine and upon which the
upper bed rested in a state of delicate equilibrium, ready to be
precipitated by some impulse. It was thought this may have been
supplied by the weakening of the structure through cracking, as it
was noticed that a longitudinal crack had developed along the bank
shortly before the disturbance occurred, which was during the
night. With increase of pressure upon the liquid layer the latter
sought escape at the lowest outlet, whereupon the whole block
came down at once. The sudden exertion of pressure upon the
liquid layer upraised the beds in the ravine but not to an extent
that could be considered proportionate to the volume of the sub-
sidence which was estimated at from 4000 to 5000 cubic yards.
An interesting circumstance, of no significance probably with
respect to the cause of the disturbance, was the occurrence of a
' heavy earthquake in Mexico, the vibrations of which reached
Albany at 6.10 p. m., the same date.
The vicinity of Stockport bears evidences of having been the
scene of numerous slides of the terraced clays. Another section
of the same bank is reported to have subsided since the occurrence
here described.
Hudson. A disturbance of serious proportions took place
August 2, 1915, on the property of the Knickerbocker Portland
Cement Co., just outside the city of Hudson. In some features
it was the most remarkable of the recorded landslides in the Hudson
valley, as it undoubtedly has been the object of more thorough
inquiry than any previous disturbance in this section. Although
many employees of the company were within the zone of dis-
turbance at the time (shortly before 6 a. m.), few, if any, could
give a connected account of the succession of events, so rapid and
overwhelming they appeared to the senses. The company immedi-
ately instituted an investigation into the causes of the catastrophe,
which in addition to large property damage involved the death of
five workmen-and injuries to many more, most of whom were
caught in the wreckage of the power house.*
1For description of the general effects of the slide, see the Engineering
Record, August 7, 1915. An account of the geological and engineering
features was published by the same paper in the issue of August 28, 1915.
102 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
The disturbed ground consisted of bedded blue and brown clays
of the normal Lake Albany type, with sands and silts distributed
unevenly over the top. The surface was quite level except for a
slight slope toward Claverack creek, and represented part of the
terrace flat which here is about 150 feet above tide. The accom-
panying cross section, prepared by R. W. Jones of the Museum
staff, shows the general situation. On‘the south the clay terrace ©
terminates abruptly against the steep edge of Becraft mountain, an
uneroded remnant of Siluric-Devonic limestones, only slightly dis-
turbed, which rest upon the upturned edges of the metamorphosed —
Hudson river (Ordovicic shales). The limestones and the Pleis-
tocene clays form the basis of the cement mixture. The most
marked depression within the area previous to the slip was the
trench of Claverack creek, perhaps 7 or 8 feet deep and 50 feet wide, -
the bank of which was about 120 feet above tidewater. The slope
from the base to the main buildings to the creek was 30 to 40 feet
in a distance of 300 feet or more, or about 1 in 10, but somewhat
irregular. :
The clays with the surface silts or sands have a thickness in this
part of from 75 to 100 feet. They rest upon morainal gravels of
considerable thickness, which in turn lie upon the uneven surface of
shale and, on the southern end, of limestone. The glacial gravels or
bottom moraine no doubt increase in thickness toward the side of
Becraft mountain and tend to smooth out the irregularities of the
rock contours.
In its character, the slide was typical of the unbalanced-pressure
class in which equilibrium is sought by subsidence of the heavier
load and uplift of the lighter, the adjustment taking place through
a confined substratum of wet clay. The subsided area included the
section between the river and the line of break west of the latter;
the break was defined by a nearly vertical bank of the freshly-
fractured clays up to 20 feet high. This bank described a broad
curve open toward the creek, with its center about 225 feet from
the stream channel; it was traceable for a distance of about 1200 —
feet. The vertical displacement amounted to 25 feet as a maximum, ~
and was greatest in the southern half of the belt, decreasing to
the north and also toward the creek. Along the creek itself the ©
conditions were reversed, the channel and the adjoining area to
the east being upraised, so that for a distance of 600 feet the former i
bed was left high and dry and the waters above were. ponded back 4
until a new channel could be opened through the clays. The new ©
channels follows a much straighter course, as it cuts off the bends —
shown on the map.
eee ee ee
——
‘pauopurqe MOU ‘YaeI9 YOVIOAR[D JO 9SIMNOd JOWIOF dy} SyIVUI asnoy JoMod JO 4YSII 0} sooI} FO OUT] oY T, “oTppIu ul juvyd
IoMOd poxyoIM pure punors910F5 ul jno peoids 900}s poysnsid JO aIq ‘UOspNyT Jvou Vote poepisqns sy} FO qied JO MorA
ojoyd ‘souor "AA “Y g ,
rt ee i, es
‘YSIy Joof O [eM [eoyIOA
eB pow4o} spues pue sAvjo FO sospo posodxe ay], ‘oplys uospny, “4sed j[es}Ue UT oINJOeIF Ue SUOTe Y}IOU sUIyOOT
ojoyd ‘soup “Al “YY : 2
9 938I1d |
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5
The disturbance came suddenly, without any
warning that was sensed by those on the ground
so that they could secure their safety, and was
over probably in a couple of minutes from its
start. Accounts of the eye witnesses are con-
flicting as to details; but there seems little doubt
that the first distinct manifestations of the dis-
turbance were at the creek bed. One of the wit-
nesses whose attention was turned in that direc-
tion, saw the waters rise and rush out of the
channel in a great flood, of which abundant evi-
dences were to be found for a long time after-
ward in the leveled appearance of the adjoining
fields. So quickly were the waters discharged
that fish were stranded on the bottom. The up-
heaval was accompanied by tremors and settle-
ment of the higher land to the west, the ground
rocking as if it were in the throes of an earth-
quake. The subsidence was effected in blocks or
strips, elongated, in a north-south direction, the
blocks being uniformly tilted toward the west,
probably as the result of the drag of the wet clay
below in its flow toward the creek.
With the rupture of the surface clays at the
creek by their upthrust of 20 feet or so, a way of
escape was opened for the lower fluid layer
which under pressure then flowed out onto the
flats east of the old channel. The clays exposed
in the dry creek bed were turned on edge; they
consisted of tough, coherent brown clay little
softened by their continuous contact with water.
The flowed clay on the other hand was of blue
color, very wet and greasy, without the. definite
lamination that it shows when in place; or else
with the lamination much contorted.
It is apparent from the features already set
forth that the creek channel constituted a zone of
weakness and was one of the essential causes of
the disturbances. There was little evidence,
however, to indicate material deepening of the
channel by erosion just previous to the event,
although it was a time of heavy rains and high
waters. It was noticed that the clays were
4
i \
The broken line shows original contour of surface; the depression at right of cen-
103
of August 2, 1915, near Hudson.
Subsiden-
Fig. 5
ter marks bed of Claverack Creek which here was upraised by the unbalanced load on the fluid stratum below.
104 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
honeycombed with worm borings which hardly would have been
the case if they had beensubject to any considerable cutting by the
stream.
The most important element in determining the character of
the slide, no doubt, was the saturated substratum of blue clay.
For some distance below the contact with the upper brown clay the
blue clay was thoroughly water-soaked, containing upwards of
50 per cent of water, and had become soft and greasy. It behaved
under the load of the higher ground exactly as a fluid, transmitting
the pressure horizontally and overcoming the resistance offered by
the thin crust of brown clay under the creek bed, which it lifted
bodily in the air, as already described. Test borings showed that
the condition of water saturation varied considerably from place to
place, and apparently the supply of water came not so much from
surface seepage as from lateral infiltration along the beds. The
extreme of wetness was encountered just beyond the northeast
point of Becraft mountain in near vicinity to the line of break, and
it would appear likely that there was an underground circulation of
water from that part of the mountain toward Claverack creek,
perhaps following a fissure or a brecciated zone in the limestones.
The period immediately preceding the slide was one of unusually
heavy rainfall, the July precipitation, reported by the Albany
weather station, amounting to 5.05 inches. The wet zone was
doubtless raised above the normal level by the excess of rain, while
the thickness of the overlying coherent layer was by so much
diminished and the structure thereby weakened.
The coherent brown clay which acted as a load upon the wet
substratum measured from Io to 30 feet thick, increasing toward
the higher ground. To its weight should be added the artificial
load represented by the buildings and the stock pile of crushed
stone, this latter amounting to about 25,000 tons. Altogether, how-
ever, the artificial load was a mere fraction of the natural load
represented in the upper. clay layers and to the writer hardly
appears to have been an appreciable factor in the precipitation of
the slide. .
Newburgh. The existence of early slides in the clay terraces of
this vicinity is inferred from the disturbed condition of the beds
revealed in some of the banks worked by the brick plants. Mather?
mentions the occurrence of a fault at a point one-half or three-
fourths of a mile below the city on the river shore, made noticeable
1 Geology of First District, p. 156. 1843.
q
|
‘Spueys JoyeM oY} YOTYM UT qsed peqinystpun oY} sulutof[pe ‘JooID YIeIVACTD, FO UOT}IIS posreidn oy} JO puso YON
oyoyd ‘seuor "MY
ZL 93e1g
‘OPTS 9} pojteqys Jeyy 3ooI9 yoeIoAryD
Aq opem jno oy} suoje mnyerjsqns sty} fo adeoso oy} SPM JT “pod 4I2ID PjO JO seo Vey 0}U0 Aeyo onyq JoM FO MOTT
oyoyd ‘sour *A\ “WY
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 105
by the occurrence of sand on one side and gravel on the other of a
vertical line, and both covered by beds of coarse gravel evidently
deposited after the fault had been formed. Features of somewhat
similar nature are described by W. B. Dwight! as present in the
clay beds at Clark’s Dock Station 3 miles northeast of Newburgh.
Haverstraw. The brickyards at the north end of the town were
the scene of an earth slide on January 8, 1906, that was accountable
for extensive damage and the loss of 20 lives. It is one of the few
examples of an artificially produced disturbance of catastrophic
proportions on record in the Hudson valley. ‘The cause is ascrib-
able to the overdeepening of a cut in terraced clays, the latter
belonging to the series of clay beds which front the river in this
section but of somewhat different character than those of Lake
Albany. The clays had been worked back from the river until the
bank, about three-fourths of a mile long, had approached close to
one of the village streets. The cut, apparently, was made vertically
down into the beds and did not leave any sufficient mass to resist
the thrust from the higher ground which had the additional weight
of the street and buildings to maintain. Shortly before the slide a
crack developed at some distance from the edge of the cut that
seems to have been regarded by a few of the dwellers as warning
of the impending trouble, for they moved out of the zone of
danger. The other inmates of the houses mostly were unable to
effect their escape, as the movement began suddenly in the night
and, once started, proceeded rapidly until so much earth had slid
into the pit that a condition of temporary stability had been
attained. Eleven houses altogether toppled over into the pit as the
result of the first movement; they were completely wrecked and in
many cases set on fire, while the safety of many others was so
endangered as to necessitate their abandonment.
1 Vassar Bros. Inst. Trans, v. 3, p. 86-95. 1884-85.
ALBANY MOLDING SAND?
BY DAVID H. NEWLAND
This paper deals more particularly with the features of molding
sand as exhibited in the field. Its scope will be restricted to the
_ description of the deposits in the Albany district, one of the better
known sources of sands for general foundry use in the East and in
_ some respects, perhaps, typical as an illustration of their occur-
rence in this section. |
The study of molding sands from the present standpoint does not
seem to have engaged much attention heretofore. There are one
or two state reports of relatively recent issue, but aside from these
little information may be found in regard to the distribution of the
resources, their geological association, extent of available supplies
and other matters that have direct relation to the productive
industry and that in the future may develop critical importance.
In view of the wide interest that has been manifest of late in the
investigation and appraisal of the supplies of other natural
materials that have engineering or technical value, the lack of infor-
mation upon this subject seems the more striking and prompts the
inquiry whether any real incentive for such study has been forth-
coming from those who should be mainly concerned — the foundry-
men themselves.
General Features of the District
_ Albany molding sand is the product of a single district, but has
a more extended distribution than the name might suggest to one
unfamiliar with the conditions. The district includes a stretch of
about 100 miles on the meridian and takes in both banks of the
Hudson river from near Glens Falls on the north to Kingston on
the south. Albany lies near the center of the area, but by itself is
not an important factor in the industry, although good sand is
found within the city limits.
The deposits occur here and there over the distance mentioned,
but usually are restricted to a very narrow section within close
proximity of the river. From Kingston to Albany county they do
not reach back usually more than a mile or two from either bank.
With the expansion of the valley near Albany through the entrance
1 This paper was presented before the American Foundrymen’s Associa-
tion, Atlantic City Meeting, 1915.
[107]
108
ALBA\NY Co.|l / Glo!
\
\
\
{
\
\
1
1
!
\
i
|
!
i
aa
|
Pe
—
!
i
1
1
{
|
i
1
i
GREENE I\
Gatskil}
{
1
1
\
-'COLUMBIA CO.
\
i
i}
t
!
i
co. / !
; .
i S |
1
I
Be I)
th t DUTCHESS CO.
" eS on
eo
Fig. 1 Map of the Albany mold-
ing sand district
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
- sea level.
of the Mohawk, which occupies _
a broad valley that extends west-
ward for over 100 miles, the
sands attain a much wider devol-
opment and are traceable on the —
west bank as far as Schenectady. —
North of the Mohawk the dis- —
Z
trict again narrows perceptibly,
but for a considerable interval it
is still broader than the average —
of the southern section.
In its limits as thus indicated —
the district conforms with cer-
tain geological conditions which —
need to be set forth before the ~
discussion of the sand deposits —
themselves is taken up.
~ The present Hudson valley is
an open, well-rounded excava-
tion in shales and sandstones
that belong to the so-called Hud-
son river formation of Ordo-
vician age. ‘These rocks seldom
come to the surface within the —
lower ground, as they are man-
tled by unconsolidated sediments
—clays, sands and gravels —
which evidently were deposited
ages ago but still rather recently
as geological time is reckoned.
The latter beds attract the notice
of visitors to the region owing ©
to their being arranged in ter-
races, which rise abruptly from
near the river to summits that
for long distances are flat and
preserve a uniform height. The ©
terraces attain their greatest
height in the north and also on }
the west edge of the district near —
Schenectady where their upper 7
surface is about 400 feet above
The general level of
hana
ae
;
a
SS
a
Pin tees
i teh Bian 2 Bie oe
i
=
ee
“Avo pue ‘pues uado ‘pues SuIpyour [IOS sit YUeq dy} FO 1W0}10q 0} dO} WOI] UOTSs9DNNS OYJ, “PULS SUIP[OW FO 9dU9IINIIO [VWIION
<3
SZ
I 938d
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 109
those in the middle and southern section is from 180 to 200 feet,
but there are still lower ones in the south.
The sands and clays were laid down in standing water and their
deposition dates back to late Pleistocene time when the Hudson,
instead of flowing freely to the sea as now, was held back or im-
ponded so that its waters reached the higher levels‘marked by the
terraces. The sediment swept into this temporary lake by the
Mohawk and other tributaries was deposited layer upon layer until
the accumulations attained an elevation of 400 feet or more above
the old river bottom and extended from side to side of the valley
depression. With the later lowering of the outlet the waters were
drained off and the river began cutting down a channel through the
soft beds which it now occupies.
The clays and sands retain their original stratified arrangement
for the most part; the former especially show a division into
longitudinal layers or seams just as they were first deposited.
The clays occur mostly in the lower and the sands in the upper
part of the series. The latter were iaid down in the closing stages
of the history of Lake Albany, as the flooded valley is called, and
originally formed a mantle over the whole district. It is these sur-
face sands that are of present interest.
Distribution and Occurrence of the Sand
At the present time the sand deposits are by no means continuous
over the whole district. Lying at the surface they have been sub-
jected to erosional influences which over some areas have effected
their complete removal. In general, they are not very thick, 15 or
20 feet being about the maximum, except where they have been
heaped up in ridges and dunes by the work of the winds. The
action of the wind has a prominent part in the present arrangement
_and distribution of the sands, and they are still being shifted about
wherever they are not anchored by a mantle of soil and vegetation.
The area covered by the old Mohawk delta contains tracts occupied
by live dunes that are in course of continuous change as to form
and position. Frequently the topography bears evidences of similar
wind work, although the surface may have been protected from it
for a long time.
In consequence of this working over by the winds the sand now
occupies no definite position in the series, but is distributed over
the surface from near sea level to several hundred feet above. Hts
contact with the clays below may be seen in places to be quite
IIo NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
irregular, although originally the sands were deposited on a level :
platform.
Another influence of the same agency is to be found in the even-
ness of texture which characterizes the sand; the first sorting by
the water may have produced a fairly even grain, but no doubt this —
feature has been further promoted by the sifting action of the wind.
The uniformity of texture does not obtain over long distances, but
only within rather narrow limits, as the same layer may be seen to
change gradually to a coarser or finer condition when traced along
the surface. Some banks of a few acres extent may produce two ~
or three commercial sizes. The coarsest grain seldom approaches
that of fine gravel, the latter material being rarely met with
among the molding sands.
The drift sand from the bare wind-swept areas has the same
textures as the sand that lies under sod, but differs from the latter
markedly in appearance and in other features. It is an incoherent
aggregate running readily on slopes under slight propulsion, and
has no strength, to speak of, when moistened. Its color is grayish
from the admixture of dark grains of shale and sandstone with
those of white or transparent quartz. On the other hand, the sand
taken from under an old soil has a brownish yellow or ochreous
color and contains enough clay usually to show good bonding
power. Banks of the latter will stand vertical for a long time
unless thoroughly dried out by removal of the protecting cover.
This yellow, loamy sand in depth usually grades over into a sand
of looser more “ open” nature which resembles more or less the
drift sand.
It is rather evident from the associations that these variations
reflect different stages of weathering and decomposition after the
sand was deposited. Wherever the sand has been held down by
soil for a long period the shaly particles have disintegrated so as
to form clay and at the same time some of the iron has been released
and oxidized. The change has proceeded from the surface down-
ward under the influence of moisture, frost and probably the acids
of the soil.
The Molding Sand Layer
The molding sand represents a very small fraction of the whole
accumulation of sand. Its occurrence is quite without rule, except
that when present it is always the layer directly below the soil. In
many places this layer may lack the necessary qualities of texture _
or cohesiveness to constitute a good sand, and there is no way of
determining the conditions except by actual exploratory tests.
t
Aejd JO sdefins paposo uodn surtd] pues Aueqry
% 93e[d
ae, ee eee es ST Nee ee ee
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 UE AL
The unsodded drift sand, as already stated, has little bonding
power, although in texture it may resemble the commercial
_ material. |
The thickness of the molding sand layer ranges from a few
inches up to 4 or 5 feet, which represents about the maximum for
_ the thoroughly weathered layer. In the usual run of the bank the
thickness probably is not much more than 18 or 20 inches. Its
limits above and below are defined quite sharply, but less so in the
latter direction where it shows gradation rather quickly, that is,
within a few inches, into grayish open sand. The sod cover with the
soil usually amounts to 10 or 12 inches.
The continuity of the layer shows no interruption as a rule from
minor irregularities of the surface; but the sand is cut off by
stream depressions and never extends far down the sides of steep
banks. The product comes mainly from the upland flats, 200 feet
or more above sea level.
Composition and Textures
The commercial molding sand consists almost wholly of quartz
grains bonded by clay. Examination of numerous samples evi-
dences its very simple mineral composition. Some unresolved
shale or sandstone, an occasional particle of feldspar, chlorite or
other silicate constitutes about the only variation that may be
noticed. The quartz particles, when freed from the attached coat-
ing of clay, are seen to be tinted a faint yellow by limonite which
adheres to their surface and lends the ochreous color to the sand
as seen in the mass.
The ratio between granular aggregate and clay bond varies of
course in the bank within rather wide limits. In the usual run of
commercial sand of the finer sizes, the latter amounts to about one-
third or one-fourth by weight of the whole process.
A feature of the sand that comes out prominently when viewed
under the microscope is the angularity of the individual particles,
even down to the very finest that can be seen. This is no doubt of
practical significance since it has been shown that angular particles
do not pack so closely as round ones and therefore should have
increased permeability to gases. The angularity is evidenced by
wedge-shaped forms and concave surfaces which are characteristic
of quartz sands comminuted by crushing under pressure rather
than by attrition or abrasion. Such sand is formed by glacial
erosion. The deposits of sand and clay in the Albany dis-
trict represent the finer residue of the load of rock debris which
II2 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
the Pleistocene ice sheet carried along in its sweep from the north _
and in its later retreat left scattered over the country as moraines.
The morainal accumulations within reach of the waters that
drained into Lake Albany were worked over and the finer parts —
carried off to be deposited in the well-sorted beds which are seen
today. Later abrasion by wind has not materially changed the —
character of the quartz grains.
Although several different grades or sizes of sand are obtained,
it is the finer sizes which constitute the more typical material com-
monly associated with the name Albany sand. The grading by the
shippers, as will be explained later, is not based on uniformity of
practice and does not always lead to closely similar results; but in
general the sands are graded from no. 0, the finest, to no. 4, which
is the coarsest that is commonly shipped. Mechanical tests of no. 0
sand from different banks show that in the average from 95 to 98
per cent of the whole, inclusive of clay, will pass the 100 mesh
screen, or in other words is finer than .147 mm (.0058 inches).
An average sample from a stock pile of this grade, to give an
example, showed 96.64 per cent as passing the 100 mesh, while all
but .71 per cent passed the 80 mesh sieve. There are few molding
sands elsewhere comparable in fineness and uniformity of grain,
so far as evidenced by published data.
The Methods of Extracting the Sand
The methods employed in the production of the molding sand for
the market are simple and in view of the large quantity that is
shipped from the district, they may appear at first as somewhat
crude. The conditions, however, are such that mechanical methods
can not well be adapted to the purpose. These conditions pertain
particularly to the variable thickness of the layer as it is traced
from place to place, ranging from a few inches to 2 or 3 feet, and
to the rather abrupt changes of texture which occur and which
require that constant attention be given lest the grades becom
mixed. ; |
The entire operation of removing the sod and excavating the
sand is carried out with hand shovels. The usual practice is to
work the ground in sections, according to the number of grades
that may be present in the land. The first work is to take off the
sod, carefully cutting down to the lower limit of the soil, from a
strip a few rods long and about 3 feet wide. The sod and soil
after the first strip is worked are placed on the excavated ground,
which practice is followed throughout so that at the end the land
eer
“YOIY] SOyDUL QI ynoqe st
UMOYS Se J9}}e] oY} Jo Joke] posodxo oy], ‘pues SuIpjou oY} JO [eAOWAI J0¥ [IOs pue pos surddiyjs fo poyjoy[
€ 931d
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQ!5 Il3
may be returned to agricultural use without material decrease of
fertility. The bank of molding sand which is thus exposed is
shoveled into wagons, care again being necessary not to extend
the cut below the layer into the open sand. The sand is then
_ hauled to the nearest siding for shipment, or is placed in stock pile
for loading in the future.
_ ‘The business for the most part is in the hands of regular dealers
_ who carry on operations in several places and are able to supply the
_ yarious requirements of the market. The individual land owner
- seldom has enough familiarity with the grading of sand to enable
_ him to undertake the business. The right of digging the sand on a
' parcel is sold under contract, the shipper paying either a lump sum
_ or on a tonnage basis with the agreement that he shall have a cer-
_ tain term of years in which to complete the removal. The amount
_ that is paid depends altogether on circumstances which vary with
each particular tract, such as the grade of the sand, thickness of
the layer and distance to railroad siding or to the river.
The crop obtainable is placed roundly at 1ooo tons for each 6
q inches of thickness, a 30 inch layer thus yielding 5000 tons to the
Beacte.
_ Haulage is one of the largest items in the cost and one that can
not well be reduced; it is likely rather to increase as time goes on
and the more accessible lands are exhausted. About 5 miles is the
maximum limit of haulage at present.
The methods of production are the same as were employed in the
beginning of the industry in the district, but it is doubtful if they
can be materially improved as to mechanical features. The abso-
lute need of personal contact with and supervision of the operations
is a bar to any great change in that respect.
_ The weakest feature of the practice, in the writer’s estimation,
_ is the lack of positive standards for the grading of the sand in the
- field. As conducted at present, the grading is a matter of rule-of-
q thumb tests dependent for their value upon the skill and experience
- of the practitioner and consequently involving an indeterminable
personal factor. In such circumstances it could hardly be expected
; that uniformity of grading would obtain between different pro-
_ ducers; on the other hand, the way is opened for considerable
variation not only as between different producers but also with
regard to separate shipments from the same source.
_ Just how far-reaching the results of such lack of precision in
grading molding sand may be is not within the writer’s knowledge,
and is a matter which the foundrymen themselves can best answer.
aa
— ee
ITt4 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
The methods alluded to are in general use throughout the
industry, not peculiar to the Albany district by itself, so that the
same conditions probably hold with respect to sands of different
origins. |
Any plan for improvement of the practice would seem to have
its basis in the introduction of physical tests in line with those
employed in laboratory work, but not necessarily so refined or com-
prehensive as the latter. The Albany sands show a degree of con-
stancy in many features that makes for simplicity in the testing
operations. They are all quartz sands of high purity, at least the
weathered surface portion that is the source of practically the
whole output, and the constituent grains are of similar physical
development, differing only in size. -The bond is also of similar
nature throughout. Consequently the features upon which the
varied properties of the sands in use depend are, first, the relative
grain sizes and, second, the clay percentages. A method for com-
parison of these features that is readily applicable in the field should
not prove difficult to find, in fact may be said to be already at hand.
The examination for size is merely a matter of screening with a
set of standard sieves, as explained in an article by Mr Karr.
The estimation of the percentage of clay bond is performed by
rubbing a moistened sample in the fingers to secure disintegration
and then shaking it well in a graduated glass cylinder with suth-
cient water; the contents are then allowed to settle, when the clay
' will form a distinct layer above the sand. The volumes of each
may then be read directly from the scale. This method is not very
precise, but sufficiently so probably to serve the purpose of field
classification.
Production and Supply
The present output is obtained from numerous localities that
altogether cover pretty well the whole district. By far the largest
share, however, comes from the central section, that is within a
stretch of 20 miles or so north and south of a line drawn between
Schenectady and Albany. Among the more important localities
for the shipment of the sands are Elnora, Round Lake and
Mechanicville, Saratoga county; Albany, Wemple, Selkirk and
Delmar, Albany county; South Schenectady and Carmen, Schenec-
tady county; Rensselaer and Van Hosens, Rensselaer county;
Coxsackie, Greene county ; Rhinecliff and New Hamburg, Dutchess
county; and Kingston, Ulster county.
1A preliminary report on molding sands. Amer. Foundrymen’s Ass.
Trans., v. 24. Cleveland, 1916.
ee ee ee ton ere Bre
quowdrys Supieme oid yo}s Ul pues surpjojy
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 I15
The annual production ranges from 300,000 to 300,000 tons a
_ year. The following statistics represent the aggregate production
of molding sand in New York State for the years 1908-14 as col-
lected by the State Geologist’s office. They may be regarded as
practically equivalent to the output of the Albany district, for the
industry outside is very small.
* Output of molding sand
YEAR TONS
oie ePaper SE eat AEN ce s-als- a 'e oo ies Pd ace! © sor dl eyo go dvataral eis 312 819
EAH) EE eat SAIC easy ey SSS DERE chau, Sas enchails: piclerecers. war svele-a leiea,ecovatee 468 609
Hes OMIM Oe SEY etc cose, 5S ctelgin gthe e avsvece elated Sve ate crore laa 471 351
PORT 6 o.0'0 003 May OO BStie EC EE OI ei ere Ree Oe 476 O14
TDTZ 6.5.0 OSU S66 5 Oe NA ES ee rae eee ae Lak Pe ee eR 409 138
THT Bs 0.8 0 0s 6 SAE OS oh SERA She Ea AUN aI Pe a ed 504 348
HID PER cyte GS Chas Wala ain gr Nico cha-eitgleln ciaid clShebace 310 727
A production of 500,000 tons a year means the exhaustion annu-
ally of about 125 acres of a 2 foot layer, based on an estimated
yield of 1000 tons for each 6 inches of sand on an acre, which is
said to be about the rate of yield. On this basis, a square mile of
territory is worked over every 5 years.
There is no doubt that the supply has been appreciably diminished
by past operations which have been conducted on an extensive
scale probably for the last 50 years or more. This is shown by the
fact that the sand is now hauled from more distant points than
formerly. Yet there is a large amount of unworked territory, suffi-
cient probably to meet the demand for a long time to come, but at
somewhat increased costs. The supply of the finest grade is likely
to give out first, since it is not so plentiful as the others.
The production of artificial molding sands to compete with the
finer grades of Albany sand does not appear possible, so long as
the latter can be obtained at moderate cost.
To grind such a tough material as quartz to a similar degree of
fineness is expensive and there are physical difficulties which may
prove insurmountable so far as practical operations are concerned.
One of these is the close attachment or adhesion between the clay
and the quartz, which no doubt is promoted by the slightly cor-
roded or roughened surfaces of the grains and their film by iron
oxide. Furthermore, it would probably be very difficult to obtain
an even distribution of the bond comparable as in the natural sand
of which every particle is separately coated by clay.
8
Cie,
eat:
iN
fn
pee re
.,
ON THE GENUS URASTERELLA WITH DESCRIPTION
OF CA] NEW, SPECIES
BY GEORGE HENRY HUDSON
Many fossil forms are imperfectly understood because of lack
of complete and accurate descriptions of material already preserved
in museums. The type of study that should be given such is well
exemplified in Bather’s “ Studies in Edrioasteroidea”’ appearing in
the Geological Magazine at various dates from 1898 to 1915 inclu-
sive and now privately published (October 1915) by the author at
“ Fabo,’ Marryat Road, Wimbledon, England. The writer of the
present paper has endeavored to pattern after so good an example
and he hopes that the more intensive study given to three American
specimens of Urasterella has revealed much that is new and of
profound import.
Bather’s studies also emphasize a second need, and that is for
more material. Collectors must come to realize that perfect speci-
mens are by no means the only ones desired. Well-weathered
fragments may often reveal anatomical detail not heretofore sus-
pected and any fragment may prove cf great value if used as
material for sectioning. Certain collectors, after examining some
indication of “a find” often decide that the fragment is worthless
as a cabinet specimen and many times it receives a parting blow,
thoughtlessly given with the face of the hammer. This condition
of things is not imaginary and in certain choice hunting grounds
has doubtless led to serious loss. In many localities all weathered
surfaces have been fairly well stripped. The value of, and desire
for, fragments of rare forms should be made widely known.
The studies to be presented here will illustrate also another
hinderance to understanding, and that is that our systems of classi-
fication and group definitions in many cases serve to cloud our
vision and not only lead us to insist on the presence of structures
where they do not exist but also to deny the reality of structures
truly present. For instance, the idea that species of Uras-
terella were asteroids has led students and authors for over
fifty years to give them arm cavities containing ampullae and double
rows of podial openings through the floors of their food grooves.
Even so keen and experienced an observer as Schuchert (1915)
has both specified and illustrated podial openings for this genus.
[117]
118 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
That they do not exist is amply shown by our plates 3 and 9. This
author, on the other hand, in his definition of paxillae (ig15,
page 16) expresses a paleontological article of faith when he adds
“None are known in Paleozoic genera.” In his plate 30, however,
he gives camera lucida drawings (figures 1 and 2) of structures
which he refers to on page 298 as “articular spines and probable
paxillae.” We shall take pleasure in adding more evidence for this
remarkable discovery and in making that word “ probable” unnec-
essary in this connection. Our plate 4 shows pawxillae with three
spinelets each; shows the spinelets in open and in closed positions ;
and shows also the articular faces of the pedicels. We are all
under the influence of preconceived ideas which make us hold the
false as true and the true as false and we are lucky indeed when
we succeed in freeing ourselves from a single one of these many
bonds. .
Intimately associated with classification is terminology, which is
also often a stumbling block in the way of both student and expert.
Urasterella gives us a good example.
Gregory, in 1900, page 250, placed Urasterella tumnder the
Phanerozonia, not because it had large marginals but because,
when the arm was preserved in open condition and viewed from
the oral side, its adambulacrals covered the marginals and hid them
from sight. He says (loc. cit.) “ The adambulacral plates are large
and act as marginal plates.” He then immediately confuses his
nomenclature and makes marginals and adambulacrals synonymous
terms. Speaking of the adambulacrals he proceeds to say, “ The
axes of the marginal plates are parallel and the rays petaloid (as in
Stenaster), or the axes of the marginal: plates are convergent ”; etc.
The latter statement must be confusing to the student who would
like to retain the idea that the two terms apply to radically different
elements. It will be seen later that the first statement quoted from
Gregory contains a serious error of fact, for the adambulacrals do
not function as marginals but rather as cover plates for the food
groove (see our plates 8 and 9). True marginals are present and
perform their own essential functions with relation to the plates of
the food groove.
Schuchert has a much more accurate conception of the structure
of the genus and in 1915, page 172-73, makes a new family for it
(Urasterellidae) and places it under the Cryptozonia of Sladen.
Even here it can rest but a short time, for in its anatomical struc-
“ure are certain details which it shares with many other Palaeozoic
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 I19g
sea stars, which wiil necessitate the formation of a new subclass of
Asterozoa. Spencer in 1914, page 47, says, “In fact, careful
analysis discovers that the true Asteroidea were represented in
early Palaeozoic times by but few genera and species.” Again, on
page 52, he says, “The number of divergent branches of the
Asterozoan stock can not be expressed by the present dual division
into Asteroidea and Ophiuroidea —a classification which, it must
be remembered, is merely based on knowledge of the recent sur-
vivors of many ages of experiment and trial.”
While writing my description of Protopaleaster nar-
rawayi I had before me the types of Urasterella pul-
chella (Billings) and Stenaster salteri, Billings. An
examination of a portion of a food groove of U. pulchella,
to reveal the exact location of the supposed necessary podial open-
ings, demonstrated the fact that such pores were not present where
we find them in Asteroidea. There remained only the possibility,
suggested by the relaxed condition of certain arms such as that
shown in plate 11, figure 2, that the podial openings formed a single
medial series, a conclusion apparently verified by my belief that in
Protopalaeaster narrawayi I was viewing the oral
surface of the specimen.
Here then appeared to be a new type of food groove and one
apparently also shown by Palaeaster niagarensis Hall,
mdmvVesopalweaster. (2)! parviusculus (Billings):
True ambulacra appeared to be absent and therefore in my defini-
tion of the new order Eostelleroidae (1912, page 5) I used the term
adambulacra as synonymous with floor plates where ambulacrals
were believed to be lacking. The form, in my definition, requiring
the double row of podial openings was Stenaster salteri,
which seemed to show but one double row of plates inside true
marginals. Had I excavated but a single one of these apparent
podial openings I should have been forced to the conclusion that’
here at least was a form absolutely without such structures.
Spencer’s studies of hundreds of specimens had already led him to
the belief that none of the oldest fossil sea-stars had developed
podial openings. Had I possessed his grasp of these older con-
ditions, the fact that P. narrawayi showed a medial line of
pores would have been used as evidence that the plates between
which they passed could not be floor plates. Of course, the most
conclusive evidence as to whether I mistook the apical for an oral
aspect in my description must come from the additional evidence
I20 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
given by the six species classed by Schuchert under Hudsonaster! or
perhaps more properly from the three good specimens which he
refers to P. narrawayi, for he suggests (1915, page 59) that
these specimens are perhaps generically distinct from the other
species of Hudsonaster and that Protopalaeaster (accepted by
Spencer in 1914) may have to be revived. My studies of the holo-
type (1912, 1913a, 1913b) will show that the four good specimens
now referred to this species should receive more detailed analysis.
No attempt will be made to redefine my proposed new order of
sea stars, for Spencer’s careful work certainly should make this
field his own, but I shall enter here a protest against the use of the
terms ambulacra and adambulacra in any class of echinoderms
save the Echinoidea. Whether the plates there designated by these
terms are homologous with the plates so named in Crinoidea or
Asteroidea we do not know, but we do know that in the last two
cases they are applied to plates having entirely different origins.
The terms are intrinsically meaningless so far as their application
to echinoderms is concerned and they are both cumbersome and
confusing. Their use will therefore be abandoned here and the
terms floor plate and cover plate, as used by Bather in his “ Studies
in Edrioasteroidea,”’ accepted in their place.
Urasterella clearly shows that the food groove is an organ apart
by itself, with a cover plate for every floor plate, and this organ
shows also an utter disregard for the serial arrangement of the
inframarginals. The presence of a food groove similarly con-
structed is as apparent in Blastoidocrinus as it is in Edrioaster and
is also found in Blastoidea, Crinoidea and Cystidea. So primitive
and fundamental a structure and one so essential to alimentation in
most echinoderms should have a truly descriptive terminology, and
one so applied to all forms retaining the food groove as to assist in
keeping the homology in view.
Raymond (December 1912, plate VI) figured a specimen of
Urasterella from the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge,
Mass., to show that a fossil sea star might be so weathered as to
lose most of its apical skeleton and reveal the apical surfaces of its
floor plates. Doctor Raymond, afterward, very kindly loaned me
this specimen for study. It shows much that is new to our present
hipaa te NAAT EA Stal ‘
1The six species of Hudsonaster will probably be reduced to five,
for according to Bather (10915, p. 425-26) he and Spencer are agreed that
in H.. batheri,. Schuchert mistook an apical aspect of Tetrasten
wiville-thompsoni for an oral aspect of a new species.
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 121
conception of the genus and also represents what the writer believes
to be a new species.
Urasterella medusa, new species"
(Plates 1-6)
Peristomial ring heavy. Axillary inframarginal prominent, its
long axis parallel with the ring. First floor plates (peristomial)
with radial diameters equal to the sum of those of the three follow-
ing floor plates. Arm marginals with long axes set parallel with
the ray. Supramarginals and axial columns consist of prominent
plates. All plates of the apical skeleton bear paxillae. Infra-
marginals and cover plates also bear paxillae but those of the latter
plates are small and delicate structures with short or modified
pedicels.
In U. pulchella (Billings), to which this species is most
closely allied, the axillary inframarginals have their long axes
placed radially ; the first floor plates have radial diameters but twice
as great as those of the following floor plates; and the infra-
marginals are placed with their long axes perpendicular to the ray.
Other differences will be noted in the more detailed description and
comparison which follow.
Raymond’s figure (loc. cit.) and those here given are of the
holotype. The specimen was collected by Dr C. D. Walcott from
the Trenton limestone at Trenton Falls, N. Y., and is now in the
collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard Uni-
versity.
Description of the Preserved Structure of three American Fossil
Sea Stars Referred to the genus Urasterella, McCoy
Floor Plates of the Peristonual Ring
These plates are oppositely placed. In U. medusa (plate 2,
figure 1, apical aspect) their average radial length is 1.2 of their
transverse diameter (measured along the edge of a distal face)
and the exposed edges of their inner (common) faces is 1.15 of
iveruouter in U- ypulchella , (plate 10, oral aspect of
plesiotype) the average radial length of these plates is but .8 of
their transverse diameter while their inner edges are 1.5 the length
of the outer. As the width of the floor of the food groove is prac-
tically identical in the two specimens, and as the plates measured in
the plesiotype (those next interradius d) were cut down to about
half their thickness and allowance also made for overiap of the
122 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
following floor plates, these differences can hardly be attributed to
either age or difference in aspect. U. pulchella seems to be
the more primitive form and one in which the peristomial floor
plates could move slightly inward and function as jaws. In
U. medusa the ring seems to be too solid to allow such move-
ment and the projecting ends of these jaws were therefore partially
lost.
In plate 10, radii A to D inclusive, portions of the oral surface of
these plates which are still buried in sediment suggest podial open-
ings. With the permission of former Director R. W. Brock,
interradius (d) was gradually cut down and a series of stereograms
made of it during the process. Our plate represents the last of
these. This cutting involved two peristomial floor plates. The
floor plate of arm D has lost the distal excavation seen in other
plates but still shows a portion of the proximal excavation. In
arm E the further cutting down of the plate next interradius (d)
has demonstrated the fact that these pits were not podial openings.
The proximal pit seems to have served as a muscle pit for an
adductor which assisted in drawing inward the first or interradial
pair of cover plates. The latter are seen to have formed a very
effective outer jaw (note particularly interradius a) for retention,
crushing, or thrusting captured specimens into the oral cavity. This
specimen shows an oral armature of both types, floor plate and
cover plate. The latter is of course the more primitive form.
Turning now to plate 2, figure 1, it will be noted first, that the
evidence against podial openings is conclusive. Regarding the
projection of medial toothlike processes, the upper left corner of
this plate seems to show a projection 1.21 times the outer face
of the plate but the arm is here viewed more from the side and
plate 1, figure 1, shows some displacement of this pair of floor
plates.
The proximal faces of a pair of peristomial floor plates are
shown in plate 2, figure 2. The outer edges of these faces measure
about .6 of their long or lateral diameters, while their inner faces,
due to thickening of the oral surface, measure .8 of this diameter.
The oral surface of each plate appears to have a shallow radially
placed channel. In plate 1, figure 1, the left channel of arm C
contains an apparently pear-shaped ossicle which, as it lies between
a pair of spines and the plate and seems to fit the excavation, may
belong to the specimen. The exposed end of this ossicle shows
longitudinal striae (or cleavage planes) and a suggestion of a
central, axial pore. It presents'an appearance somewhat like that
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 123
which Schuchert gives for the madreporite of Petraster
' speciosus (Miller and Dyer) in 1915, plate 27, figure 3, only
it is much smaller.
Schuchert! (1915) mentions no heavy first fioor plates for any
species of Urasterella. In his plate 27, figure 7, he presents
a camera lucida drawing of part of the proximal, oral area of a
ray of U. grandis (Meek) of which he says (page 298) “ The
complete oral armature is preserved.” ‘The first floor plates, as here
represented, are no heavier than those which follow them and
instead of together forming a medial toothlike projection, they
present a very marked concavity next the oral aperture. Schu-
chert’s plate 28, figure 5, presents the first floor plates of U.
girvanensis Schuchert, as no larger than others in the same
ray and (in the long arm) recessed next the oral cavity. Spencer
(1914, plate I, figure 4) gives essentially the same form for these
plates. These facts should be sufficient excuse for the details here
given. The markedly different character of the peristomial floor
plates, shown in our figures, and the essentially different form
they give to the border of the oral cavity may be generic characters.
Arm Floor Plates
The arm floor plates are placed with their inner ends thrust
toward the mouth and they are also imbricated. Near the per-
istomial ring the proximal face of each plate, when viewed orally,
slightly overlaps the distal face of its older neighbor. This con-
dition is well shown in plate 1, figure 1, arm A. In plate 2, figure
I, the apical aspect of the second floor plates, or those next the
peristomial ring, would indicate that the overlap was confined
largely to the inner ends of the plates. The majority of the floor
plates, however, are tipped the other way and slightly overlap their
-younger neighbors when viewed orally. See plate i, figure 2, and
plate 6, figure 1.
In U. pulchella (plate 10, ray ¢) the seven and cne-half
floor plates, following the first, form a line 3 mm long and the long
axes of these plates measure 1.3 mm. In U. medusa (plate
2, figure 1) there are but six floor plates in a similarly placed line,
1As Schuchert’s important recent work (1915) must be accepted as a
standard, we shall make ‘frequent reference to it. Our dissection, gum
mounting, photomicrographs and stereograms have revealed much that is
new concerning the genus Urasterella. In some instances it will make
necessary a modification of Schuchert’s description of this genus; in others
it will corroborate certain very important deductions of his.
124 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
while the long axes of the plates measure but 1.2 mm. As the
cover plates, when in open position, rest partly on the outer beveled
faces of the floor plates (plate 1, figure 1, arm A) our measure of
the long axis of the latter in U. pulchella may be slightly
under the true length. If we increase this length, however, we
but increase the difference in form in the two species. We may
then safely say that the oral faces of these plates in U. pul-
chella are more slender than in U. medusa. We should
note also a change in form as we pass to more distal portions of
the arm. In plate 3, figure 1, the sum of the radial diameters of
plates 2 to 8 inclusive is 3.4 mm, while plates 9 to 16 measure 4.1
mm. With this slight increase in radial diameters there goes a
decrease in transverse diameters and a marked thickening of the
floor apically. This thickening is already apparent in the third
floor plate of the left row in figure 1. In both figures of our plate
3, this thickening is seen rapidly to bring about a marked convexity
of the apical surface of the arm floor. This thickening and the
concomitant convexity is still more manifest in the last floor plates
shown in plate I, figure 2.
Turning now to the holotype of U. pulchella (plate 9;
figure 3) we find that at the sixteenth floor piate the medial thicken-
ing of the floor has given the inner faces of these plates a length
equal to that of their oral faces. These sections of arm A of
the holotype reveal the fact that at this distance from the mouth
the apical skeleton was in contact with and fitted the apical surface
of the arm floor. As evidence of this condition note, in the figure
referred to, the curve where the supramarginal at the left fits the
floor plate. In plate 5 the radials and supramarginals conform
closely to irregularities of the floor plates and pits left by the loss
of two plates of the radial series may be clearly seen. Both
figures of plate 3 show other decided imprints of apical plates
and in figure 1, in the region of the fifth and sixth floor plates, a
single radial is still present in its pit and a similar pit lies over the
inner ends of the third and fourth floor plates. Plate 1, figure 1,
shows the solitary radial viewed somewhat from the side. From
the evidence given above we must conclude that the viscera did
not extend into the arms beyond the second floor pieces.
The evidence given is also against the assumption that the genus
possessed internal ampullae and podial openings. ‘The exposed
apical surfaces of the floor plates in our figures of U. medusa
give positive proof that such was not the case. U. medusa is,
however, not alone in yielding this evidence. In 1915, plate II, a
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 OA AI2
_ view of a portion of arm D of the holotype of U. pulchella
_ was given. The flooring plates there shown had lost a portion of
their oral surfaces by exfoliation. They display close sutures on
all sides and no trace of podial openings.
The oral aspect of the floor plates differs very markedly from
the apical. In plate 11, figure 2, floor plate no. 23 of the right
row shows a broad inner end (in imbricated position?) from which
a narrow transverse ridge of uniform diameter runs to and abuts
against an inframarginal. This ridge, near the middle, bears a
marked angle projecting orally. It will be seen that the cover
plates, three of which are shown in the lower right corner of figure,
rest against the outer side of this angle when the arm is open.
Between these ridges and over the line of plate contact there is
thus left a groove with parallel sides, which is usually shown
filled with sediment as in our figure. In this condition the outline
of a single plate resembles that of a round-headed tack. This
seems to be the appearance Schuchert had in mind when he stated
of this genus (1915, page 174), “ Each plate is excavated laterally,
along a proximal edge, leaving a more or less long, slender podial
opening between adjoining plates.” The floor plates of the left row
on our figure have lost more of their oral surfaces and present an
aspect somewhat like that figured by Schuchert (1915, plate 30,
figure 3) to show the podial openings of Urasterella gran-
dis (Meek) and of which he says (page 298), “ The podial open-
ings are situated laterally between the thinner ends of the ossicles.”
The only other species of which Schuchert mentions the pores is
his U. girvanensis. His figure is in part copied from
Nicholson and Etheridge and shows somewhat diamond-shaped
openings (see his plate 28, figure 5).
If now we examine plate 12, figure 2, we may clearly see a linear
series of comparatively large, black circles lying between the left
floor plates and their cover plates. These would most assuredly
be taken for outlines of podial openings by most students, but they
are truly the remains of organic structures lying wholly on the
oral side of the floor plates. It must be noted that the two apparent
pores nearest the twentieth cover plate seem to have double inner
walls. Here and elsewhere there are two distinct half circles
which, if completed, would cause the circles to intersect. We
must interpret these features as sections through the thin and more
or less crumpled walls of external ampullae or podia. This plate
affords another interesting example of the preservation of soft,
organic structures and of the value of the gum damar mounting
126 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
in revealing the same. From these circles or parts of such there.
runs a channel which becomes less wide and deep and which crosses —
diagonally from one plate to the next one on the proximal side.
On the latter plate the channel is soon lost. Between the convex
(in section) inner ends of the floor plates there is a preserved mass
of organic fibers, most of which run parallel with the axis of the
arm. We are here probably dealing with a portion of the radial
branch of the water-vascular system and the more delicate side
branches have been lost by weathering. At this level the inner
ends of the floor plates seem to be separated, and this appearance —
led me at first (1914, page 5, lines 3-4) to assume that here at
least was a line along which a single row of podial openings might
have found exit. A similar aspect doubtless led Schuchert (1915,
page 174) to give as a character of the genus Urasterella that
“Medially the columns loosely adjoin.” In plate 9, figure 3, the
great depth of the inner sutures of the floor plates and their close
contact would seem to negative such an assumption. So also would
the position of the median water vessel clearly shown in cross
section in figure 2 of this plate. The delicate lateral branches of
this vessel had to pass over the oral surface of the floor plates to
reach the position of the podia and podial sacs already noted. For
further evidence of close suture at the inner ends of the floor plates,
see our plates 2 and 3 and the photomicrograph, X20 dia., given
in Hudson, 1915.
Another detail of the floor plates requires attention. In plate 2,
figure 1, the second, third, fourth and sixth floor plates of the upper
row have had their outer faces vertically charineled to correspond
with similar channels on the inner faces of the inframarginals.
The pores so formed have a diameter (measured on plate 4, third
floor plate) of .o5 mm. From many of the outer arm faces these
channels are decidedly absent. Papulae were numerous on the
apical surface of the genus as shown in Schuchert’s drawing of
the apical surface of a young U. ulrichi (10915, plate 30, figure
6). Wehavein U. medusa an example of a fringe of papulae
issuing between the inframarginals and the covering plates. When
the food groove was closed these papulae would appear on the oral
surface; when the arm was open they would appear on the apical
surface. In plate 3, figure 1, floor plates 6, 12, and 132 of the
right column show small pores penetrating the outer end of the
plates. These are seen also in the right column of figure 2, floor
plates 2 and 5, and elsewhere. Note also what appears to be a
pore passing between floor plates 8 and 9 of this series and in still
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 127
other places in our figures. With apical plates in contact with floor
plates, there must needs have been passages for flow of coelomic
fluid, for nerves, etc. The study of other well-weathered material,
even fragmental, or of series of sections must be undertaken before
any decided opinion is expressed concerning the nature of these
apparently irregular passages.
The arrangement of the flooring plates in U. medusa is
for the greater part an alternate one. Those oppositely placed being
those of the peristomial ring and a few following them; arm A
has nine pairs oppositely placed, arm B but two pairs and arm C
apparently but one pair. In U. pulchella, however, in both
holotype and plesiotype, the arrangement so far as seen is an
opposite one. Only confusion can come from persisting in using
this character, of alternate or opposite arrangement of floor plates,
in our definitions of genera or larger groups of paleozoic sea stars.
In Blastoidocrinus, the blastids, and all forms in which the growing
arm tip rests against bibrachials, radials or terminal plates, the
flooring plates are developed alternately. When one has become
well grown and stiffened with stereom it takes up the thrusts
against the growing arm tip and leaves a space on the opposite
side, practically free from compression, where the embryonic new
plate and its concomitant structures may assume their proper
positions. The subsequent arrangement of these plates is due to
other factors and they may be found alternately placed in one
arm while oppositely placed in another of the same individual.
Cover Piates
Schuchert (1915, page 174) calls these plates “ coin-shaped ”
but the term is rather misleading. Plate 1, figure 1, lower left,
shows the proximal and outer surfaces of one of them. The form
here approximates that of a parallelopiped. The apical face rests
against an outer beveled portion of the oral surface of a floor
plate. The opposite or oral face is roughly semicircular and bears
a median crest. It is this part of the plate alone which suggests
the coin shape when the arm is in closed condition. The apical
faces of fifteen cover plates are shown in figure 2. These faces
are ridged or grooved transversely and show remains of muscle
fibers. The outer surface (as viewed in cross section) is either flat
or convex and the form taken seems to be due to the manner of
meeting the inframarginals. The last inframarginal on the right
shows one of these contacts which here gives a convex outer
surface to the cover piece. The portion of the inner surface next
128 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
the apical end of the plate bears a central ridge showing an acute
angle on cross section, the oral portion of the inner surface is
ventricose and between these ends the plate seems to be rather
deeply excavated. ‘The character of the outer surface of a series
of six is shown in plate 6, figure 1. Note that the apical ends
where they meet the floor plates may be either flat or convex. Each
cover plate meets two floor plates, one by its apical face and one by
a portion of its proximal face. ‘The plates are thus set alternately
with the floor plates. They are also imbricated with the oral face
tipped toward the mouth. Figure 2 shows four of the same plates
from an apical aspect.
That these plates, though bound together serially, could still act
as cover pieces is shown in plate 8, where the food groove is pre-
sented in open, partially closed and completely closed positions.
The closing of one side of the arm may be also seen in plate 11,
figure 1. This plate shows a distal, somewhat central concavity
in the last cover plate in the lower corner of figure 2, and the same
concavity is also revealed in the upper half of the right column in
figure 1. Sections revealing sigmoid flexures are to be seen in the
greatly relaxed position of the upper plates of the leit column of
figure I, and throughout the left column in figure 2. Note par-
ticularly the form of the ends where contact is shown with the
floor plates as in figure 2. The twist of this portion of the plate
apparently allowed each cover piece to rest diagonally across two
floor plates and so prevent injury to tissues lying in the transverse
cavities of the latter. The extremely relaxed condition shown in
this plate is in part due to the beginning of disintegration. This
is shown in figure 2 by the displaced floor plate in the upper portion
and the appearance of what seem to be two plates of the apical
skeleton in the lower part of the figure. It is difficult to believe
that the inner faces of the floor plates in this plesiotype had the
same depth of those shown in the holotype. It will be easily seen
that decay of an open.arm in a form like the holotype, if lying
oral surface up, would tend to drag apart the oral portion of the
inner faces, of the floor plates and press their apical portions
together.
In plate 10, arm E, disintegration has still further opened the
food groove and scattered some of the cover plates. Their alter-
nate arrangement is, however, well demonstrated in the upper
margin of arm D and we shall be able to demonstrate that for
every floor plate there was one cover plate and one alone, even at
the very beginning of the development of the arm. In interradius c
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 129
we have numbered one series of these plates and in interradius e
two others. The oral armature is therefore very primitive. The
first floor plates have been modified by a marked increase in size
and their acute proximal angles form a well-marked inner jaw.
The form of the interradial cover plates is also modified to form
a very effective outer jaw. We must note particularly the pair
shown in interradius a. While situated over a large axillary infra-
marginal (see section shown in interradius d) they maintain close
contact with each other and yet show distinct contact with a central
transverse ridge on the first floor plates. Their attachment to
both the axillary inframarginal and the first floor plates is also
shown in plate 1, figure 1.
Interesting sections of more distally placed cover plates are
shown in plate 9. In figure 1, the right cover piece shows a portion
of its distal central pit. In figure 3 the section passes close to
the narrow, transverse ridge which runs from the position of an
inner oral spine to the middle of the outer surface of the plate.
It appears here to be an easily detachable surface feature of the
plate. Several of these ridges are seen in the upper left of this
figure and also in figure 2. It is these ridges which present the
coinlike appearance so manifest in plate 8, figure 1. The spines
borne by these cover plates are of exceptional interest, but we
shall better understand their nature if we postpone their con-
sideration until after the spines of the remaining arm plates have
received our attention.
The Inframarginals
In U. medusa, plate 1, figure 1, we are viewing two axillary
inframarginals at an angle which shows both their proximal and
apical faces. The proximal faces are concave and show the
impression of plates of the apical skeleton. In plate 2, figure 1,
the aspect is purely apical. Unlike the arm inframarginals, these
plates bear no horizontally placed spinous processes but are
markedly concave distally. There can be no doubt therefore that
the radial diameter of the plate is here fully shown. That we have
also the full lateral diameter will be seen 1f we note that these
plates, in their apical aspect, overlap both the first floor plates and
the arm marginals next to them. The radial diameter here is but
.64 times the transverse diameter. In plate 10, interradius d, the
overlap of the first floor plates has been largely cut away and
the horizontal section of the axillary inframarginal is roughly
I30 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
circular in outline, with -a proximal concavity. The holotype,
however, (plate 7, figure 1, interradius c) shows a very different
outline and again arouses a suspicion that the plesiotype is perhaps
specifically distinct from the holotype. The radial diameter here is
1.2 times the transverse diameter.
Of these plates, Schuchert says, in his description of generic
characters in Urasterella, 1915, page 174, ‘In none of the mature
specimens have been seen well-developed or larger axillary infra-
marginals or interbrachial marginal plates.” From the great thick-
ening of the first floor plates in two of the specimens under study,
it would seem reasonable to assign an approach to maturity in
the specimens here under study.
If the axillary inframarginals were spine-bearing, this spine
must have arisen from the oral surface. In plate 10, we find what
appears to be a cross section of such a spine. It lies between the
second and third pairs of covering plates of interradius a.
In turning now to the arm marginals we shall describe first of
all the new revelation which U. medusa makes concerning the
“articular spines and probable paxillae” which Schuchert (1915,
page 2908) feels he must credit to Urasterella eiamidaes
(Meek) though, following a universally accepted opinion, under
his definition of paxillae (1915, page 16) he says “ None are known
in Paleozoic genera.” In U. medusa, however, we have forms
preserved which are strikingly like the paxillae of Hymenaster
perissonotus Fisher (1911, plate 115, figure 2a)}pomlyeule
plate bases are not so deeply incised and the pedicels are more
nearly perpendicular to these bases. In fact, the three long and
slender articulated spinelets borne on the projective pedicels of the
inframarginals of U. medusa and the certainty that all the
apical plates bore similar pedicels with similar spinelets, almost
leads one to infer that this ancient species possessed a nidamental
membrane. The paxillae we are about to describe are without
doubt homologous with those of recent forms, but they show
peculiarities well worth careful study.
We will first examine plate 4. The fourth marginal of arm B
shows two of its spinelets turned distally at an angle of a little
more than 45 degrees with the axis of the pedicel. The upper
of the two spinelets is slightly separated from the pedicel and
shows its concave articular face. Both spinelets are longer than
the pedicel and plate thickness combined. The head of the same
pedicel shows an articular face from which a spinelet has been
lost. The seventh marginal of the same arm shows two spinelets
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 131
turned in opposite directions but still remaining in close contact
with the head of the pedicel. The space occupied by their bases
indicates room for a buried third spinelet. In arm C the fourth and
fifth marginals each show the basal diameters of single spinelets
still practically in contact with their respective pedicels. These
diameters are such as to allow the pedicel heads to possess three
articular surfaces for such spines, and three only. The gum
mounting shows that the spinelets and pedicels are built of an alter-
nating series of light and dark discs. The dark discs indicate the
former presence of organic tissues, the white discs the presence of
more open or spongy stereom formation. The writer would inter-
_ pret this appearance as indicating that the spinelets were increased
in length by a series of tissue extensions at the tips, these exten-
sions becoming consecutive centers of stereom formation which,
however, did not completely join one another. The spines seem
also to have been formed in the same manner and the whole struc-
ture is of a very primitive nature.
Such a structure must not only have kept the spinelets from
becoming very rigid bodies, but it must also have allowed them to
fall apart, like a broken string of beads, in decay. Plate 2 presents
evidence to corroborate both suppositions. The upper half of
_ figure 3 shows three spinelets thus falling apart; the middle one is
long and contorted. The length of this spinelet must have been at
least 15 times its basal diameter. Near the lower part of the figure
_ we find the partially filled mold of a spine of approximately the
same length.
This figure shows that the pedicels also became separated from
_ the plate bases during decay and, like the spinelets, broke up into —
similar but more robust beads. In the upper right corner of figure
3 are seen two pedicel beads, the upper showing a concave face and
the lower an apparently convex face. Not far below this pair is a
larger portion of a separated pedicel. Its left face is convex and
either represents the face to which the spinelets were attached or
the outer face of the joint just under the head of the pedicel.
In plate 5 we will notice first, near the upper left corner, a bent
portion of a spinelet breaking up into discs. In the arm margin,
above the thirteenth floor plate, the pedicel of an ambital plate is
separating into discs. The ambital, seen in side view, immediately
at the left of this is crossed by white bands. A separation at these
bands would break the pedicel up into four parts. The head of
_ this pedicel is covered with black tufts in the calcite which ‘repre-
sent the muscles moving the spinelets; near the lower left of this
132 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
pedicel other “ heads ” are seen bearing similar tuits. Immediately
below the white-banded ambital the base of another is seen. The
latter has lost its pedicel and distinctly bears a white ovate scar
with acute tip. Immediately above the thirteenth floor plate is one
of a series of larger apical plates which Schuchert calls the supra-
marginals. This plate bears also a similar white scar indicating
loss of its pedicel at one of the white division planes. The separate
plate of the radial column, set over the inner ends of floor plates 14
and 15, possesses also a whitened central area. Similar indications
of loss of pedicels from other plates should be noted, as Schuchert’s
description of the genus states (1915, page 173) that all the apical
plates of the arm “excepting one or three middle columns, are
drawn out into more or less long, blunt, stout, erect, nonarticulating
rods.” In plate 3, figure 1, a single plate of the radial series is pre-
served but this still shows the base of a pedicel. In plate 6, figure
2, just below the middle of the figure, there are two supramarginals,
one each side of the median line, which still retain their pedicels
while others distinctly show the whitened area denoting planes of
separation. That the pedicels broke up into “ beads” is also shown
near the lower right corner of this figure.
Two large spines or spinelets are to be seen in plate 1, figure I,
near the beginning of arm C. Their position indicates some dis-
placement. If they belonged to the axillary inframarginal at the
left, its orally directed pedicel (indicated in plate 10) bore at least
two heavy spinelets. These may be simple spines borne at the ends
of the first cover plates, but a comparison with the tips of the latter,
two pairs of which are also shown in this figure, would indicate
that these spines are rather too large to be assigned to such an
origin. :
In comparing the horizontal outlines of the inframarginals of
U. medusa and U. pulchella, we shall omit the pedicels
and measure only the plate bases. In plate 2, figure 1, the longest
horizontal axis of these plates has the proximal end tipped in a
little toward the ray and the plates at the same time are imbricated
with the proximal apical ends slightly overlapping the plate nearer
the oral cavity, as in the fourth marginal of this figure. A long
axis, as near aS we can measure, appears to be .75 mm long. The
diameter at right angles to this measures about .{5 mm. In
U. pulchella, on the other hand (plate 7, figure 1; fourth,
fifth and sixth marginals of arm C next interradius d), these
marginals have a radial diameter of but .5 mm or one-third less
than in U. medusa, while their diameters perpendicular to
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 133
the ray measure at least .75 mm or one and one-half times greater
‘than in U. medusa.
We turn now to spinous processes which assuredly belong to the
cover plates. In plate 1, figure 1, arm A, we see a single spine pro-
jecting from the inner, oral, proximal corner of a preserved third
cover plate. This spine is .o8 mm in diameter and shows .3 mm of
its length. It is probable that it was one of a pair attached to the
inner edge of the coinlike medial ridge of the plate. In plate 2,
figure I, the area from which the floor plates were lost shows a
diverging pair of spines which apparently belonged to the inner,
oral end of cover plate 10. The right-hand spine is seen to fork
and show two very delicate spinelets which were bent inward by the
soft mud of the bottom and now show cross sections appearing like
minute white specks terminating the branches of the fork. These
pedicels, for such it seems we must call them, had diameters of but
.0o6 mm and a length (shown by the neighboring pedicel) of at
least 22mm. In U. pulchella, plate 9, figure 3, we find an
inner spine about .og and having a length of .4 mm. This spine is
on a fifteenth covering ossicle and yet is very markedly larger than
the pedicels in a similar position On a tenth cover plate in U.
medusa. This appears to be a simple spine but may also be one
of a pair. |
In plate 7, figure 2, upper left, we see several of the medial oral
coinlike ridges of U. pulchella. These are in the vicinity of
the thirtieth cover plate and where the arm begins to turn over and
show its apical surface. The transverse diameter of the ridge on
the uppermost cover plate, near its inner end, is .15 mm. This end
of the ridge is angulated and bears two articulated spines .o8 mm
in diameter. The following cover piece shows also the same outer
angle with one of a pair of spines still attached. From the evidence
we should be inclined to credit each cover piece with an inner, oral
pair of articulated spine bases, bearing two spinelets each.
Turning now to indications of spines on the outer, oral edges of
the cover plates, we find them first in plate 1, figure 2, where the
members of a consecutive series (in upper left of figure) show a
single spinous process each. This process is close to one end of the
medial, coinlike ridge which we have seen in U. pulchella
and may be but the end of that ridge. If these processes are pedi-
cels, their position is also such that the bottom muds would turn
back their spinelets. Both the twenty-third and twenty-fifth cover
plates show a pair of cross sections of such spinelets. Additional
white dots along the margin of this arm indicate the presence of
134 . NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
others. Both pedicels and spinelets seem, so far as size is con-
cerned, to be very like those already seen on the inner oral edges of >
the cover plates of this specimen. A study of the uncovered outer
faces of the cover plates shown in plate 6, figure 1, is indicative of
similar conditions at their oral edges but the outer face itself seems
to negative the idea that these plates bore additional and larger
paxillae, in pairs, on more apical portions of this face, such as
Schuchert credits to U. grandis. The three specimens here
under study show no evidence for any spines or paxillae on the
cover pieces save at the inner and outer ends of the medial, oral
ridge.
We are in a position now to note that if these specimens are to
be retained under Urasterella, the description of the genus must be
somewhat modified. Let us quote simply Schuchert’s description
of the cover plates (1915, page 174): “Adambulacral plates very
numerous, coin-shaped, and arranged on edge with the actinal sur-
face pustulose. Each plate on its actinal surface bears two or three
short thick spines, and on its ambulacral side there is a similar
spine. Along the outer edge of these plates toward the abactinal
side there is another row of spines, in pairs, which are long and
slender, flat and longitudinally grooved on two sides. The adam-
bulacral columns terminate in small triangular plates of the oral
armature. In the young of U. ulrichi five very stout, short,
pointed spas (tori) are inserted inside of the plates of ve oral
armature.”
None of our specimens show the actinal surface “ pustulose,”
but such structures are often easily removable. In plate 7, figure 2,
the spaces between the raised medial ridges of the cover pieces are
seen to be packed with fragments, suggestive of ova, which may be
removed pustules or separated beads of spines. In plate 12, figure
I, these ovoid blackened beads appear to be attached to both
vertical faces of the median, oral ridges and to have grown there-
from in a form resembling minute puffballs. Traces of these
structures are also seen in figure 2 of this plate.
The “two or three short thick spines” credited by Schuchert to
the oral (“‘actinal”) surface of these plates, seem to be repre-
sented in our specimens by the single outer, oral pedicels bearing
two spinelets each, in U. medusa.
On the inner oral edge or, perhaps more properly speaking, in an
excavated corner involving a part of the inner (arnbulacral) face, —
there appears to be a single spine in U. pulchella. In
U. medusa, however, the similarly attached spines seem to be
minute paxillae, each pedicel bearing two spinelets.
|
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 135
_ Plates 1 and 6 offer proof positive that in U. medusa there
were no spines on the outer faces of the caver plates. These are
the faces Schuchert evidently designates as abactinal. A portion of
these faces are covered by the marginals and the uncovered por-
tions are “ abactinal ” only when the arm is open. The true actinal
face is here called the apical and this, as we have seen, is articulated
with the floor plates. The spines which Schuchert credits to the
“abactinal” side of the cover plates in U. grandis (1915,
page 181) and illustrated in his plate 30, figures 1 and 2, would
seem to belong to the marginals. Figure 1 of this plate is very sug-
gestive of such an origin. The longitudinal grooving of these spines
here shown is doubtless a line of contact of two spinelets. These
spinelets (as measured from the figures) were nearly .8 mm long
and the pedicels about .13 mm in diameter. This diameter is but
slightly in excess of the .12 mm which we gave for the pedicels on
the marginals of U. medusa. An examination under gum
mounting would probably more clearly reveal the character of the
articulation of the spinelets with their pedicels.
Figure 7 of Schuchert’s plate 30 shows three of his “five very
stout, short pointed spines (tori) ” which “are inserted inside of
the oral armature.’ If these are spines, as represented, this speci-
men can not be congeneric with the plesiotype of U. pulchella.
I should interpret these as simply the paired first cover plates as
seen in our plate 10. isa.) eat
Schuchert’s figure seems to show a detached pedicel whose origin
was from the axillary inframarginal in upper right interradius.
We also saw evidence for such a piece in our plate 10. Similar
spinous processes are shown in the interradii of Schuchert’s figure
of U. girvanensis. Here, however, their relation to the
first paired cover pieces is more clearly shown.
‘ Beyond noting the loosely imbricated arrangement of the
ambitals, an adaptation allowing of the opening and closing of the
cover plate columns, we shali in this paper have nothing more to
say concerning the apical skeleton of Urasterella. It may be of
interest, however, to compare briefly our conception of this genus
with Protopalaeaster as known to us through P. narrawayi.
Schuchert includes Protopalaeaster under Hudsonaster and says of
the genus (1915, page 40) “In Hudsonaster we have the most
primitive known starfish.” Spencer, on the other hand (1914),
separates a new genus “ Eoactis” from the Urasterella group and
believes that it shows one of the simplest of mouth frames. ‘We
shall here give only some of the more interesting differences between
these genera. For this purpose we shall accept the interpretation of
136 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Spericer and Schuchert that P. narrawayi presents an apical
instead of an oral aspect.
In U. pulchella, the inner ends of all floor plates meet the
median lines of the rays and are closely joined to those of the
opposite column. The first pair in each ray is greatly increased
in size and forms a very definite radial jaw, the proximal inner
edges of the plates projecting into the oral cavity. The following
floor plates (with the exception perhaps of the second and third
pairs) are thickened apicaily to a remarkable degree and retain
impressions of the surfaces of the radials and supramarginals
against which they developed. The floor plates are set with their
inner edges a little nearer the mouth and form a very thick floor,
flat on the oral side and strongly convex on the apical.
In P. narrawayi the inner ends of the first three pairs of
floor plates can not reach those of the opposite column, but they
run along the curved, apical, inner border of the axillary infra-
marginals and become interradial in position. If we assume that
for every cover plate there was a floor plate, then the first floor
plates form the “secondary jaw” of this species (see my former
papers for quoted terms), the second floor plates form the inter-
radial pairs of “ suboral epineurals’”’ and the third floor plates are
those I formerly designated as “second epineurals.” One may
pass around the inner apical margins of the great axillary infra-
marginals and find no break in the series of floor plates. Though
the first members have moved toward the oral surface, the second
members have joined each other on the interradius and cover
the first pair apically. The axillary inframarginal is excavated
on its inner, apical surface to receive the divorced second pair of
floor plates. This condition is shown in Hudson 1913, figure 1.
The floor plates of the arm are not thickened vertically. Those
preserved in one arm have their inner ends nearer the mouth; in
another arm they are tipped away from the mouth. The floor is
built like a long and steeply angled roof with the ridge placed
apically. There was no marked vertical thickening of the plates,
no evidence for an arm lacking viscera, no convex apical side
of floor with impressions of the radials and inframarginals, though
some deformity may be due to this cause. Orally the floor surface
seems to have lacked the transverse grooves and other complex
features found in Urasterella. Unlike the latter genus, the double
series of floor plates formed the weakest elements in the structure
of the arm. } |
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 137
In Urasterella the cover pieces could be thrown back far
_ enough to hide the inframarginals and the latter could be crowded
over nearer the supramarginals. They were set slightly in advance
of the floor plates to which they belonged and each, viewed orally,
slightly overlapped the next proximal floor plate. The first cover
plates met over the single axillary inframarginal to form an inter-
radial jaw. The members of these “ mouth angle plates” were not
so highly specialized as to hide their origin, but their movement was
in arcs of circles lying in vertical axillary planes. They could
thus very effectively thrust captured material into the mouth.
In Protopalaester the opening and closing movements of the
cover plates was very limited. They were set alternately with the
floor plates but viewed orally, each slightly overlapped the next
distal floor plate. This form of imbrication, save for arm tips in
a few cases, is unique and requires explanation. The interradial
pairs were heavier than the others and also apparently less free in
their movement than in Urasterella.
So far as the peristomial ring and plates of the food groove are
concerned, Urasterella is the more simple and primitive of these
two forms. The floor plates begin where the groove begins and
the cover plates arch over the mouth. The rigid parts of the ring
consist of but fifteen pieces, ten cover plates and five axillary
inframarginals. This ring is strong but allows a small, radial
gliding motion of the floor plates, which enables the first pairs to
function as radial jaws. The first cover plates become slightly
modified mouth angle plates and function as interradial jaws.
Urasterella is then a very generalized form having both types of
oral armature.
In Protopalaeaster there is no oral peristomial ring. The
axillary interradials are braced by the supramarginals and radials.
radials. The first, second and third floor plates are parted from their
opposite members and swung over toward the interradii. The
strong elements of the jaws, visible from the oral face, are the first
cover plates which no longer rise and arch over the opening. On
their apical surfaces rest the paired and weakened first floor plates.
Thrust over these again are the second floor plates. Are these
first and second floor plates vestigial or do they really serve some
important function? On the supposition that he was viewing the
oral faceof P. narrawayi, the author recognized the remark-
able similarity in arrangement between what he took to be epin-
eurals in this genus and the undoubted cover plates of Urasterella.
It was an easy matter also to conceive of a function for these
138 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
“secondary jaws” and “ suboral epineurals.” On the supposition,
however, that P. narrawayi presented an apical aspect, these
plates presented much difficulty, for, so far as known, this type
specimen is the only fossil sea star showing two pairs of floor plates
one over another and with their common faces meeting in the same
interradial vertical plane as those of the first pair of cover plates
or between what is commonly called the “adambulacral jaw ” and
the apical skeleton. The apparent direction of their movements
would seem to aid in thrusting food out of the oral cavity, not into’
it. They may have become double chains of ossicles connecting the
apical surface of the axillary interradial with the first cover plates
and, by means of muscular attachments, serving to draw the latter
apically, but whatever function we assign them (and their form
hardly allows us to regard them as vestigial and functionless) we
must admit that they no longer represent a primitive condition.
Although Schuchert (1915, page 34, figure 1) gives a ventral
view of a “ Theoretic Phylembryo of Stelleroidea. . . . Based
on Hudsonaster,” he pays no attention to the peculiar features noted
above but draws his first floor plates as he finds them in Ura-
sterella girvanensis. If Hudsonaster is at all like Pro-
topalaeaster, only four floor plates could be seen beside the first six
cover pieces drawn. The latter also in both Hudsonaster and
Urasterella are never set exactly opposite the floor plates but slightly
nearer the oral aperture.
References
Bather, F. A. 1900 The Crinoidea in Lancaster’s, “A Treatise
on Zoology’ Adam and Charles Black.
London.
IQI5 Studies in Edrioasteroidea I-IX. The
. author. “ Fabo,” Marryat Road, Wimble-
don, Eng. .
Fisher, W. K. 1911 Asteroidea of the North Pacific and Ad-
jacent Waters, var 1. U>Ss Naty Mus:
Bul. 76. j vis Loa
Gregory, J. S. 1900 The Stelleadides 4 in Lancaster’ Sy aw Treatise
ve on Zoology.” aa
Hudson, G.H. 1911 Studies of Somé Early Siluric Pelmatozoa.
hm Ni. Yi StateMus*Buls 146:
MOr2" ' A Fossil Starfish with Ambulacral Cover-—
2 ing Plates. Ottawa Naturalist, p. 21-
26, 45-52 (May, June-July)
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 139
1913a The Use of the Stereogram in Paleobiology.
N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 164, p. 103-30.
1913b Does the Type of Protopalaeaster narra-
wayi Present an Oral or Aboral Aspect?
Ottawa Naturalist, v. 27 (Oct.)
Raymond, P. E. 1912 On the Nature of the So-called “ Covering-
plates’? in Protopalaeaster narrawayi.
Ottawa Naturalist, v. 26, p. 105-8, pl. 6
(Dees)
Schuchert, €. 1915 Revision of Paleozoic Stelleroidea. U. S.
Nat. Mus. Bul. 88 (March 20)
Spencer, W. K. 1914 A Monograph of the British Palaeozoic
Asteroidea. Pt 1, p. 1-56; pl. 1.
iy ‘ Teetiata!
iy n'
ai
iy
zvl oseg
‘ovinded 107 sjeuueyo ey pue syeyiqure ayy JO JUSWOsURIIe BOOT 9Y} OsTe O10 “SUT]SOI0YUT
Ajremorysed st ‘sqajouids pasroAes [pews JO SUOTPES SSO1O puB seseq ourds J9ynO e]sUIS ‘poLInq IY} pue oimyeqnosnut
JO seoel} SULveq Seoe] IefMorse Tey} YIM ‘omy ey} Jo zed soddn ayy ut ‘sazeTd Jaco Jo Mor eTqnop oy JO MoTA
eyUL ‘AptAvo [eloosta Aue jo pre oy} ynoyyra Sty} pue ‘ule ay} Jo sovjins Teorde xoauoo AjTsuo1ys @ Aressooeu opeur
SeATOSUIIY} JO YOIyM sozetd Jooy poyeorquir ATWYSYS oY4 Jo SuIUSYOTY} Teolde sjqeyrewer oy} sTeoaos z INST
“SOT OUTS [eIPeI B JO JULId UT oY} MOYsS UIE sty} Jo
soze[d Jooy oy} jo b pue © sureq ‘payor TMs ST IF YoryA 0} soyzeid 1004 9y3 jo odeys oy} poouenyur y wre uo
SUIUTeUAS [erIper o[suIs oy} Moy Ajrepnorjred ojou emsy sty, ul ‘eseq yueq AVWYSTs & sMOYS pue uoTyIsod jeuLiou
UP TMS St WV ute jo soe1d JaA09 piryy oy} 0} SuIsu0jeq soutds oy} Jo sug ‘SOSIP O}IYM PU YorTq oyeusoqye jo dn
Yn Used savy 0} Iwadde asoy, ‘uses ore soutds posoyyeos Moy VY “(syed opsue-yynour) soqetd Joaoo yi SU KO)
prourfoes7e JO JOUULI BY} SMOYS YoTYM sAvfMorpuedsed oy} wosy o[3ue ue 4 POMOIA SI G WIY “eTo1oyseIQ
JO} poinsy JO papioces OyJoyyTY you Sur [ermoystied AAvoy ATqeyrewes oy jo 41ed & SMOYS 07e]d SIA JO I oIMsiT
‘vor ased “pE16r ut s0yyne oy} Aq poysassns se posn st edoosoese4s 8
SS9TUN Uses oq 40U T]LM soyeTd osay} Fo Somnjeoy JUe}IOdUt oyy JO slog + “Yowlq UL ore SOTOISSO Jo SoLIos @ JO sIoquIeUt
94} oeUsIsep 0} pesn STOqUMU oY, “OFM UT OST OLB TIpelIoyUI pue pes oyeUsIsop 07 ussoyp AjLredjiqie $19449]
94} PuUe (SoIMSY oY} JO SUISIBUT JOMOT OY} Jvet) stoquMuU oAT}esIU [VUISLIO oY, “JoquIMU oin3y oy} IeoU pue soinsy
94} Jo suorjiod soddn 943 uo oz1yM UT paysreut st soyeyd esoy} SUTUIO; sydeisosorUIojyoYyd ay} Jo uol}eoyTdwe yy,
‘qoodse Jeordy “suryunout ums sopun odAyojoy jo s[teqoq
“AS0TO0Z eatyeredutoD jo umesnypy “A ‘N ‘ST]@q UoJUeLT, ‘ouoysouT uwoZUeLJ,
seloeds MoU BSNPIW V[[a1eyseig
‘SU BeSnpow e{[[aII9}Se1— Fo sdAjOTOY JO sjiejoq
adoos0aI0}8 @ YSNOIY} PoMsiA oq OF,
I 9}¥Id gi ‘IN “SNIT 23¥9S9 “A “N
evi ased
Z ‘aield
VrI aseg
; ‘queqsJodut AOA st ‘uMOYS ory ‘Aeoop uo
sjusutsery oyut dn Suryeesq so 3urred JO GOUSPTAS OY} Inq 5 pue b soyzetd wory samjonns g[qeysewes Ajsurpssoxe
soy} JO ospepmouy s0430q e 403 TTeys 2 M ‘90F TeMolyre sAvouoo e oUO pue xoAUOO & SULMOYS 9U0 ‘Jeorped ve jo
syred omy ore 1044 omy oy) JO JouI0O qystt teddn oy} ut pue uses ST Joorped queq ATWYsys pue poyoryep wv emsy
STY} JO Uldrew yyst1 oy dn spanyq-omy J0A0 IH VY “suorsod exypeeq o7ur dn eyorq pUuUe peyoejep o1OM SaATestOYy
sjeotped ey, ‘sostp oyeredas ojut dn exo1q Asy} Aeoap uo yey} pue jueq oq plnoo szjourtds osoy} yey} sor}0u 03
peo om otoFT “sTBULSIeUTeIZUT 9413 Jo sjeorped ayy uo Std e19M YoryM syopourds jo toqumu e savy am £ eInsy, UT
- “SSBTs JOAO0O 04}
UT Pepoper Uses st sovjins [eorde sayy, *soqeid t00g SIF OY} JO SsouUyory, oy} MOYS 07 peonposyur sem z oIMsiy
“sqzojourds
Om} Teod PU Y1OZ 0} Woes st outds yYSII oYT, ‘oyerd IaA0o Y4U94 oY} WOIT suisseatp Ajyueredde soutds tyes om
Uoes oie Ute SITY} JO UoT}Jod 44st uedo oy UT ‘soyetd Jaaoo oy} pue S[PULSIeUTeITUL OY} UsoAjoq 4rx9 II9q} epeur
qorys oevjnded Joz soqny yews wo; 07 ‘OSTMOYT] WY} JXOU speUIsreUt oY] Jo Soe} oy} pue ‘pafouueyo AT[eor}IEA ore
soyeyd osoy} Jo aqumu e jo spua 1oyno ey ‘ssed oaryemorse oqruyep ou pue JOAN7VeYM ssutuedo yerpod ou moys 04
‘I9Y}O Yows 0} ATEsopO 4 04 uses ore soyeyd Joop eyy, “mel (,, Tetoeinqure ,,) Tetper e oyeur soyeyd 1009 ysiy oy YeY}
"qe, Joddn ut Ajremorysred ojo “MOTA [POT}IOA ATIVOU OIOUI Ut UdeS st SUL [etmo4ystied oy4 jo ysed vr omsy ut
‘qoodse Teordy -Sutunow ums sepun edAy4ojoy Jo sjreyoq
sopeds Mou esnpoeur i] Od aera 19)
‘Su esnpoaw ey [I19}SeI_, JO adAjO[OY Jo s[relaq
adoosoa10}8 @ YSNOIY} PeMelA aq OJ,
% 94¥1d Lgr ‘[Ng “SNIM| 23¥1$ “A “N
SyI oseg
€ oeId
OVI o3eg
‘ostuoid 97341] OU Jo 9UO puUe UOT}eST}SoAUT FO Pig Mou & 04 UoT}UN47e SUTT[eo Jo esodind oy} aasos
[194 Avur oyeyd sty, -mor 4Y8t1 oy Jo sozeyd s007g YqUIU pues YIYsI0 oY} UsoMyoq IoOY ayy (0jUt Jo) Ysnoryy ssed 04
sivadde sotod eseyy Jo 9uo z om3y Ut ‘sourysut Joy “suryzznd st yor sémyons4s osoyy ynoqe Aqire[nso1It Ue ST o19Y}
seqyetd mmo uy -esodind septs e peases saqerd FOO] oY} JO spe Jo4no oy} Jesu sosod sy Jey pure sJopeey; uoyyuETd
Os[e otoM AoY, 4eY} OYLOIPUL POM voprosoyseolpy oy4 JO uol}Isod pexy oy, “Ynour oy} preMo, SuLAOUT TeLIOyeUT
94} UL JU9}U0 SUTAT; OY} JO UOT}eIZUSDUOD MOTTE snyy pue Joyem snidins AeMe uleip 0} poAtes soqny osoyy ‘SIOpoe}
uoyyueld stom Yoryas ‘sdno1s omy 4sey oyy UT “Voplojsele OY} pUe SHULDOpIOysel_ Ul ‘veplosoysvolipy| oy} ut sorod
pooryd Ajrepuns prp se pouorouny oavy Aypeurst10 Kew ssuttiedo asey} 107 sreqs vas o1ozooped JOY4O UL IO pexoo[ oq
Plnoys ‘sourysqns ty} jo yred e ysnoryy sooejd ut 0 ‘soyeyd JOO} 94} JO SeovF JoynNo oy} UMOP 4no sjouueyo ou
"S o7e[d Ut UONwoOyTUseUT Jo}v0I3 JopUN META 04 ore OA YoryM vole ue jo ssulpunosins ay} Juesoid
04 (¢ oInsy UL) pue ‘soye{d 100 Jo spus seqno Jo uorHjerjouUed SnoLMo JeyyINy MoyYs 0} ‘sjeorped JO SSOT 09 onp ‘19}9¥T.
OY} UO SooRy Teorde pousqiyM Moys 03 ‘sTeurssrewesdns pue STeIpes soy Aq soye[d Joop oy} Uo epeut suoIssordut ayy JO
o10UL MoYs 07 -ssutuedo [erpod jo souesqe oy} ozIseyduse 04 O pue Vv sure jo suoljsod yeuorppe smoys 97e]d sty,
‘qoodse yeordy ~“Ssurjunow wns sopun edAyojoy jo syreyoq
Sofeds Mou VESNPIW VI [oO1O4SeIQ
SS U BSNpawW SC{[[ITI}JSeIL) FO adAjo]oy JO sjiejod
9d0d80910}8 & YSNOIY Paola oq OF,
ESL,
|
|
id
€ 931d gt "IN ‘SNIAL 2309S “A ON
= | ‘g L On
; : cee : Lv a8eg
: = | : ea . v eq :
gril oseg
“SIBYS BOS
stozoayed ut oeyrxed jo souesord oy} yrwwpe pue uoTyeyeIds9e4Ut sty ydeooe ysnuT [Te 4eY} S|teJep Syt UT oJeTduIOD Os
QOUSPIAS ‘OUIT} ISI OY} JOF ‘OJOY oALY OM °S}STSOTOJWOeTed SAT}LAIOSUOD Te 0} WOTJOTAUOD Are 07 YSnoue ojeTduI09
40U 910M UMOYS S[lejop oy} ‘SI PUeIS “Q Ut ovpixed ojqeqoid sutmoys seinsy omy oAes (5161) qJOYONYIS pT MA
‘4Qnop 4seeT oY} puokeq poyeIjsuOUIAp osoY ST yore sjoyoutds stqeAow pue poyefMorjzse ‘1opueys ‘suoy veryy poysoddns
YOM sjoorped esoq s[euIsrewl oy} yey, “psy & Jo qUOTIYORIVe OY} JOF OV; JeMoTIJe Ue ‘ootped oy} UO “puR "[rxKe
ay} Wor Aeme yuoq ‘syopouTds sqrt JO OMY SUTEJOI WIE SI} JO [eULs1eW YYINOF OY, “ootped oy} Jo peey y1ep ey}
YUM poyeMoryse ][Ws syojoutds pouedo AyTeprm omy smoys g UIE jo 4 ‘OU [eUTsreUr 4nq sTeotped Mey} Wo poyoey}op
SS] JO SIOW WIEq SAVY 104} OY} JO SOJT “TETLUMIS st syopoutds oy} Jo emjonsj3s oy, *(9-V “ou ‘OD We pue 4 0, ¥
s[euIsreUl ‘gq We) sosIp oyTyM JouUTYyy Aq poyeredas sostp Yep Jo 4sIsuoo ovT]Ixed oy} Jo sjeorped 914 9je]d stIyy UT
‘qoodse jeoldy ‘sulyunow wns Jepun edA4o]oY jo sjrejoq
sotoeds Mou VeSNpoaW e{[ToII94SeIy
¥ 03%Id
‘SU B@snpow e[[I19}SeI FO JdAJOJOY Jo sTIRjI0q
“ edoosoa9}8 & YBNI} PoMolA oq OJ,
Lgr ‘Ng ‘SNI{ 21¥19 “AN:
}
J
S ola
OSI o8eg
speutsreurerdns pue sjerpes 4so] oy} Aq Jo] soye[d 1009 oy} UO suoTsseidum sy, “peoljou Ajsnoracsd Tey1quie pepueq
OY} JO Jo] JOMOT OY} 4 STeJIQUIe oY} UO SIOqTE oJOSNUT Jo $}JN} JO SeoUSpPTAS oY} oINSy sy} UI o}OU OSTe P[Moys a
‘aeyixed o10q soqeyd jeorde oy} ye yey} UoTeordurt oy} Are pynom (amsy oy} UT sIoyyO OsTe ore e193) Sfeorped
porpoeyje JOJ sooueptAs oso, “eos & SIvAq OSTe STI JO YJoT OY} 0} pue cAoe ysnf [eIpeL oy, “Wie sy} JO espe JoMOL
9Y} 0} poyooertp out} sty} xoede s4t ‘rvos & YYIM UUINJOO JoYyZO oY Jo TeUIsieuesdns v st oyeTd JOOY YUSEFITY} oY} 04
poyoezyze TS ‘ure oy Jo espo soddn oy} premoy xode szt YIM Ivos IeTIUMIS eB sued yeutsreurerdns ® ST SITY} Moyaq
TIT] @ pue ISI oy} YYW “UOT}eredas Jo sourld oxtyM oY} JO OU Jo sUTTJNO ONsLISJOVILYO 9} SUTEJor TIS Inq Jeotped
SII 4SO] Sey ey} TeWqurIe ue st sty Mofeq AjeyeIpouNUT “Avoap UO speed OUT soqyeredes Jeotped oY} YOIYM suoye
soured opYM JOULSIP pUS s]UEIYOL}}e oTOSNUT Jo sUOT}eOIpUT SUTUTeJUOD Peay eB SMOYS AT}OUTISIP SHY} JO FJe] OY} Ye
Teyiquie oy, ‘“sostp oxur dn yeerq joorpod sz Sutavy st speqiqure oy} Jo suo o4eTd 00H YJUSSEZITYY OY} OAOde UTsreUL
wie wy} UQ ‘voMoyTdure oy} BuNvoIpuUT om3y oY} Jesu yofouTds Sur}eIS9yUISIp pue queq e smoys oye] SITY
‘qoodse Teordy ~“suryunour wins Jopun odAyojoy jo s[reyoq
. soeds MoU BSHpPIW VI[TXII94YSeI_
‘SU esSnpow e{[{[I19}1Se1_ FO ddA}OJOY Jo s{reJIq
adoosoa1a4s @ YSNOIY} Pamala aq Of,
¢ a1vId Zgr "[Ng “SNJAT 93¥9S “x “N
ZeSI oseq
‘QINZY. STU} JO JUSII JOMOT Ul Uses SI sjeoIped urezJo0 Jo dn sulyeosq oy[prog oy, ‘sjofoutds o10q Aoyy yey} UOT}eO
-IpUL O1ns & ‘speel] II0Y} Ul S}JNJ VJOSNU YIM sjeotped sursteeq ]]14s sTeurssewerdns MOYS 04 peonposzUt st c oMsIy
“qUSII OY} Je SSP]TS JOAOD 9Y}.UL PoJOLITW Uses o1e soyeTd IOOT oY} sins
SIU} Ul ‘siejs vos ul qUoserd AT[esJoatUN ysoue oUO Inq JoJORIeYO oAT}TIUNTId @ ATUO JOU St UOTJOOIIP OWES 9} UT
Spud [elo Iteyy diy 09 pue ATjewrxoid soueape 04 soyeTd JaA00 93 Jo Aouepus4 sIyy, ~“AjoyeureyTe peoejd se wey
jo yeods Ajsodoid yustu om yeu} soze[d J00H YJor}UEM, pUS YJUSOJUSACS OY USeMJoq JUSWASURITE SIY} SI poyseUL
OS ‘WdY} YIM UOTeUIEIe JYSI[S UL OsTe oq 0} puv soqye]d JOOY 944 ysuTese ATeSO]O 44 0} Uses Oe SpUe [IO OTT,
“SIOQIf O[ISNUE Jo s4jny JO SUTEWOL oY} UTeJeI [Ys Ao} Ye VIII] OS posoYyVoM oALY sojze][d JaAOO Vsey} JO sede] Jo4nNO
wuL ‘“esnpow ‘gq ut yuesesd useq savy ppnoo (sofeut “Pq 04 sitpero yseyonyos se yons) oqv]d e 0} OM4 ‘ovtpIxed
jo Moz poovid ATeotde osow ou yey} Joosd Ieejo sJoqo soyetd osoy} JO seovy Jono oy} Jo Jojoereyo ey, ‘“syejeutds
JO Sooevsy UAIM Joolped e[suls e Yoo MoYs (Spue 4JoT OY}) soye{d O44 JO Spue Te10 oY, “SUTIOY}eOAM WOIF 97441] 4SOT
sACY YOIUM soyed 9A00 XIS JO 9deFINS JOyNO 9} JO MOTA e S}tutied sy, “4So] A[JUEDe1 USEq SAY sTeUTsreW oY soyed
JOOP} pstyy-AjUeM} DU YJUEE}UOAS OY} USOMYOg ‘ULE Ue JO 47ed JO MoTA opis v AT[eorjo"Id UMOYs SI I oIMsy UT
‘qoodse Teoidy ‘sulyunow wns Jepun odA4ojoy jo sftejoq
im
| sopeds Mou VSNpPOW viTeteyseIy-
‘SU esSnpaw e{[]I19}4sSeI{) JO sdAjOJOY fo stre}q
adoosoose}s & YSNOIY} PoMalA oq OJ,
9 241d Agr ‘Ing “SN 9381S “A “N
VSI adeg
JO S4Jn4 [[eUWIs JO SUOTYEOIPUL oY} (UIeIs00l0}s JO FTeY Joy Ut Ayremnonred) aInsy SI} Ul Ose oJON ‘ornsy sures oy
UI UMOYS SjefeUTds poze[HoIIe oY} YALA pozeroosse oq 0} Woy} MOT[e 0} oS31L] 00} oFe SJOJOWLIP Mey, “soposoqny
peypeyep sdeysed ore pue (1 omsy ‘21 oye] ur uses oq [[IM se) uotttoeds oy} 04 pesuojeq ATpeyqnopun seSprr ayy
UseMjaq SMOT[OY oY} Ul poxoed squsutsesy JO sseul oy, “sqopoutds om} o10q YortyM Jo yoq ‘oye]d oY} Jo espe sty} uC’
Sjeorped 0M JO} aq 0} pettees soueprAe oy} (2 o4e[d) ‘loAomoy ‘eSnpoew py UT “4t YIM pozeMorse ApouNsIp
oie ‘oinsy jo yo] oddn ut ‘sossooo1d om4 oy} pue Joorped ev oy] 4ow 04 stOES JJoS}I OSpPII poster oy, “MATA oqur
S[PULSTEWIEIJUL OY} SULSULIG ‘JJoT OY} PIEMO}Y O]}}]] B JOAO PoUINy oJoY SI We oY, ‘spuo JOUUL IS} WO speotped OM JO
Sjopoutds OA\} JoY}Ie e10q soyetd Joao oY} Jo sospl [eso “pastes “OyITUIOD yy Vey} MOYS 07 poonpo.rzUt st 2 on3Iy
“U0JoTO4s
[eoide a3 Jo soyetd Aue sutioyUnooUs ynoyyIM yng d snipes Jo pus yeunxord oY} SUOle OpeU SEM UOTZBAPOXE OUIOS
‘Opel sem ozerd oy} Joaooun 0} 4dute97e Ue JT 4SO] Oq 07 AjoAT] xI1yeUI oy Jo woTsod ATeYs e UI pu 41 WoIT sou ISIp
OUOS SBM JUSUUSRIJ [BAO ATOSIOASULIY OY} YEY} OYVoIpUl pynom oye]d oy} Jo UOTTpuoD poring ATJUeredde oy} pue uses
ST [eursreweryur Areyixe oy} JO pus [eysIp oy} g SMipessiequt uy ‘uorTysod oures oy} ButAey soye[d Axossaooe jyeuis
etom Aoyy JO ( snipessoyut ‘I omsy ‘1 oyeyd oes) pozeTMorse soyerd Joaoo 4sIy oy} YOIyM YALA pure sjeursreureszut
Arey[ixe oy} JO Spo [ewrtxoi1d oy} UO poezeNyis sesso poyeAc4je Joy }Ie atom AO], “UOZoTOYS Tes0 oy} 04 Suctaq 07 edoos
-oole4s oy} Aq UMOYs ore JeuTsreULeIzUL AIET[IXe poAsososd oy} Jo pus [ewrxoid oY} YIM ofosIO outes oYy Ut Udes soveId
[eIPe1OJUI [BAO [Tews moj oy, “AvMeE politeo snyy used eAvy soqe[d JoOY pue JoAOD 9} JO YSOP “3IOM 4sOIT JO
UOTZeTOFXO YSNOIY} VoVjAns [eso Tes1yUeo s4t Jo yonur 4soy sey PTTI Yo [nd ‘gq jo oddyoj~oy oy, “esnpoau gq jo
soye[d ut umoys Apeosqe esoy} Wosy Appeyxseut AtOA Joyrp o10y poquesesd susioj oy, *(q SHIpessieqUT yxeU Cc ULI jo 9
0} Y) speursrew ue pure (9 snipesse4zur) Teursreurerzur Are][Ixe Jo WOT MOYS 0} PoonposyUt st (MOTA [et0) I omsty
“‘sulyunOW UMS Jopun odAyojoy jo sjrejoq
e L6O€1 ‘ou
TMASnyA, [VMOWsYy PUOPIA “UBD ‘BME}IO ‘oUOJsoUT UOJUoIT, “2 “sy ‘or ‘Jd ‘64 *d ‘J]]T epeooq ‘sureuoy o1ues1Q ueIprueg
(ssulig) e[]ayornd eyjo194seig
(ssuyfig) @,, 9 yYoTnd eyys193seI_Q Jo adAjoJoY Jo spIeIaq
adoos0e10}8 8 YSNosy} poMelA oq OT,
Z a4eIg AB "[Ng ‘SNIT 93¥1S “x ‘“N
ve
QSI o3eq
‘6 qed Jo Apnys oy} Ut Sty} 0} Joyar 04 UOTS¥D0O oAvY TTeYsS aM “e}e]d JoAOO B UO BSprI oY} Jo Y4.3u9]
oy) enba Ajreau ray plmom sJoyy}e30} uexe, soye|d asoyy JO OA\} Jo SJoJoWeIpP ostoasueI] OY, *(Seyeyd Joaod prryy
-A,10} oY} Jo UoTser oy} Apre~norsed ses) osse] se Ayreou soyeld YATM JoyZOUR SI UUMJOO Sty} JO Jord }ey} pojyou oq
qSnUL I pUe s[eULsreUreryUL Jo UUMMIOO oUO OsTe smoys eyed SIT, ‘SopPseqny jo sespe yuowYeyye Moys Ajqeqosd
pue ‘z omsy ‘4 oye][d Ut Uses S]USUSeIZ ONT]-[JOUS Yep OY} YILM oPeINSUSUTMIOD OTe SYTeUT OsoyL, ‘UISICU St suOTe
poeyoouuoo oq 04 seedde ynq o8ptI oy} sso10 soul] pooeds ATre[IUNIs UUMJOO aqtsoddo 9y} Jo oye]d JOAOO YYor}IOJ O44 JO
UoTJod axI[UI0D oy} Jo VOR] [VIO oy} UG ‘o}"Td JOAOO Y{491]10} 94} 4xOU Opts oy} UO yede UTUT Go OvTI4S YTep [eoTVIOA
{OUTISIP SMOYS UUINTOO qo] 943 Jo oyejd JoACO YAUTU-AZITY} CYT, “4SeseqUT Jo S[lejep Joyo SMoYs osTe 2 oInshy
‘soIn3y osoy} UL UMOYs A]IeETO AJA st soxe[d Joaoo oY} Jo UOTUNJ oy, “dry oy}
premoy paso Ajrenpess pue soqetd 1oaoo jo med 4sry-A,114} oY} Ye Uedo st WIE Oy % OINSy Ul "QA00I18 POO} Oj}
JaAO pasop Ajaqetduroo ore soyejd JoAoco oy sty} Mojeq ynq ‘uorsod seddn ur uedo ATWYSqs st We oy} 1 oInsy UT
‘yoodse TeIQ ‘“SuTyUNOW ums ynoyyM edAjojOY jo s]rejyoq
(ssuqIg) eT]ayot[nd e{jToloqyseig
(ssulig) @[]] 94, nd eyjoa19}SeIPV fo ddAjOJoY jo s{Iejaq
edoos0a10}8 @ YANOLY} POMOIA oq Oj,
8 eI Lgr "Ing “SN 23419 “A “N
—
BSI aeIg
"poarosoid oq [ILM [lejJop suryserequt sty} Jo YonuT yeyy podoy st 41 ‘uorjonposdes
UL }SO] oq [ITAA Sour] eSoy} JO JSOUY oY} SIA ‘SUIO}SAS JOYO PUG TeMOSeA JOVVM 9} JO SUOTIOes 4Jed UT pue souTy
Y}Mo1s red UT oIe SUOTJOES SSOIO 9SeY} UO SOUT] Yep Jouysyy, ‘oelndure peusroqut pue eIeOstA Y0q Jo eouesqe Jo}jn
94} Soyer}sUOUEp UOJ JOYS [Borde oy} YyIM 4OeJUOO yooj1ed Moy} pu soinsy ssey} ut seqe[d Joop eyy Jo odeys oy,
‘oye[d I9A00 043 UO ospLt
poster oY} JO YSueT oY 07 [enbs YyAprM wv Joyy}e30q oAeY soyzeld aac 94} JO aspisjno suuIMjoo omy ysIy oyy ‘g oqveid
jO ¢ OINSY ULSY “WeRIS00I0}S ay} Jo Tey 4J9] PY} UT poyisuoquT Useeq oavy soyeid sey} Jo Jo;feurs oY} JO OMY JO SoUTT
“INQ ‘se}yeyd 1o0H puv soyzeyd 10A00 adzey A[qeyreuter ay} septsoq soyeyd Jo sutmyoo St Moys 04 sutees eloy We WL,
“peorqou 4s1G ou oY} Ue} OUTS Jo[[eUIS pue IoVIOYS B MOYS 0} PUD JoUUT sjt pue oye[d oy] Jo UOTyJ0d a[qesedes sdeysod
PUP JOUTSIP B SB YO poyteut oq 07 sreedde asp sty} Jo y1ed Joyno sy, “UMOYS Mou ore O8pLZ [eTpeU e pue ouods vB
(axed JoA0d 4YsIt WO) UOT40d [ero oy} UI nq ‘poroq{e A]JYSIS ynq st ue 9y} JO uoTy10d jeorde oy} YeYR pedtjou aq
[JIM 4] “e0BJIMS 94} Jo SUTPUTIS 91991] B Joqye poreodde 41 sev I oMBYy UE UMOYS UOTseL OY} JO MATA B SOATS £ ashy
‘[eUBO [PIPSI 94 OJUT MOTA SUTJSorEqUT Ue
SATS OINSY SI, “JOJO YOws YIM 4OezUOD Ut s[eUTSIeUT JO SeLIos o[qnop v Jo soulase1d oY} sysa38ns osye ¢ amr |
‘sxe Arewnd
S}i suOTe Ysep Yep & YIIM yowe “You|q UL pour[yno syPAo [eseze] OMY pue [eIJUD OY} O40U 9ACOIS Poot ay} JO 100].
oy} UO “S[VIPeL oY} 4xoU poyenyzis soqyeyd os1e] Jo SULMIOD OM4 OY} JOJ JOU FT OJOM [eUTSIeUTeIdns B se 1094e] OYY
A}iWUSP! pfhoys of “MOTOG oye] asr1e] v WOIT AOR [eUTSIeUTeIZUT Ue soyeredes YOURI JAMO] S}I pue JYSLI oy} 42
SyIOF ou yured oy, “VW We Jo oze[d 10A00 YJUSEZFY oY} JO WOTSEL dy} UL ope WOT}OES Sso1o v SMOYS I OMB
“SMOTA [PUITXOId 94} YIVUL OJ SOAJOS JI SONS INO UT ‘wetTIOAds sty Jo
SOHINS [VIO OY} JO SSO] B WEIS OS pasn¥eo YOIYA oINsSy WOTzeIO}Xe [e}UOZTIOY ey} OJUT AVM 91941] e possed quired sty,
‘[EAOWOL ILOJod JUSUISeIZ oY} JO pUS TeUTxoId oY} YIU 0} posn seA\ quTed JIM 91941] B OpeUT se yo 94) UOT \\
‘SQOURISIP PSINSeIUT Yv SUTLISOOIE4S JO SoLlos B SULYVU pue UMOP SuTpuLIs Aq podojaAep sJey.ANy oq [LM
quoUseTy Wie oy, “Uouttoods oy} UO 449] SB JNO oY} Jo SpuSe OM oY} MOYS € pues soMBrY “poyeoAes oL0Y We ot} Jo
dINjJONIJS V[QeyLewlos oy} JO aspo[MOUY OY} JOf po}qopul ore 9M Wry 04 pUL YIOIg *\\ “YW 10JOeIIC, jo uOTsstuLed Aq yno
Uoyey Sem oooid [jews y ‘odA,ojoYy ey} Jo VW ULE jo uorjI0d B Jo SUOIJO_S SSOIO MOYS OJOY WOATS SoINsY 9014} OUI,
‘yoodse [e1Q, “SsUTJUNOU wins Japun odA4ojoy Jo s[reyaq
(ssuliq) B@[[9yo[nd ej[jor10q4yseig
(ssulig) @[,]9 yo, nd eyjo19}SeIPV Jo ddAjOJOY Jo s{rIeI0q
adoosoai0}$ @ YSNOIY} POMaIA oq Oj],
6 a1eI1g Lgr ‘Ng “SNIT 23¥3S$ “A “N
; a
= & : L
H .
Bt oh ‘
ce. ae
OOI o3eq
“€ pue z soyeyd mo Aq pearyesou ST O14 Uses UOTYOW JO AqsaqT] yeoIs Jo souRIvodde
YL ‘suorssesdop oyejd 104n0 oy4 Woy JouUT oY} SuNeredes steq pester Ajdums oq Avur ,, sdod ,, oy} pue yueredde os
70U ere sjoxoos ynq ‘ATTewrxo1d Suryoafoid s8od 3uryeMorn.re Tews oq 0} 1vodde yey moys soyeyd 1007 19y40 0413 Jo
Auey “Mel Teureqxe oyy Aq Aq1A¥v0 TeI0 OU} OFUT SHI} OOM SB SUSIUBSIO PoT[oYs 1031] YONs JOJ sIOYsnso se 4oe pfnoo
Ajwuoredde yey} spue 8ur0elo1d Ur peso oJeUrUrie, sited Terper oy} pue Aavey AraA ore SOPOISSO SULIOOL ASI. OU],
‘sotod jou orem szid esey} 34 MOYs 0} Jepso Ut ‘os
Ajo}9[duto0o Jey}0 ay} pue poaouies ATTernzed sem S}id aposnut esoyy Jo auO ‘p snmperiequt 04 4xON ‘SO[OISSO SULIOOL SI
84} UO SUISLIO Tey} pey Yor s1oyonppe Aq PIEMUT UMEIp sea mel sTyT, “(2 snipessoqut ves) mel Joyno Terpessequt
SATE ATOA @ WLIO} 0} 499 07 pu spud [eISIP suljoefoid pue poyose ssessod 03 uses are soyorsso BULIOAOO 4SIY OUT,
“4SE] OY} Sem pojuaseid oroy euo 944 YIM Jo ‘pemoes surer300103$ jo Soles @ pue seeisep Aq UMOp 4nd osTe
Seu P SHIPeIIOWUT “UOJoJayS Tesoqe oy} Jo uorzs0d v sfeoser mow 4t TUN peyeAvoXe Useq Oley sey AAA [eIO OY,
. ; “q ule Ino
St oInsy yyy Ul UTE Ysamo] ey, “f amBy ‘gz eyed ‘5161 ut yroyonyog Aq pomsy usumeds on} SI SIU, ‘SUTyTIM
“PueY SIY Ur [oqey] & siveq 41 ynq ‘sotoeds 94} Jo wor}dtosep sty o401M oy UsYyM Usuttoeds sty} aAeY OU prIp ssuTIG
‘goodse TeI1Q -Suryunow ums sepun adAyoIseyd Jo sjreyoq
Z6£1 ‘ou ‘wnesnyy [EHOW] VHOJIA “UPD “emezO ‘eucjsouIl] uO4UET,
(sdurtg) @1[19qyornd e{jor1sysesg
(ssuyfiqg) @,,xyo,nd eyyarayserg jo adAjorsald fo jiejaq
adoosoalo}s & YSNOIG} PEMeIA oq Oj,
OI 93¥Id Zgr [Ng “SNJT 2981S “A -N
Plate 11
Page 161
ZO ased
‘Iopiog yeoide oy} SUTYOvEL JOU SUOTIVABOXS OSO} “Ops
oyyie UO UOT}BAROXe Ue Aq pesneo puv oyeTd Oy Jo 90K; TeUIXOId oY} Sso.oe Ajpeuosetp suruuns Jeq ev syueserdes ueyy
9Inyesy SI, 032 [d ayy Jo oTpprut oy} 09 ,, sod ,, oy} polszeo sey oovJMS Jo ssoy oy} OI puv aT soyetd yy = oye] 9179 Jo
pus Joyno oy} pseMmoy ,, sod ,, oY} porTys sey Sovzns aye[d JO sso] oy} UNOS yey oY Jo yred soddn oy} uy ‘soyeTd
9} JO SpUd JOUUT ot} YXOU pozENjzIs 9 0} Uses O10 ST, sed ,, [eultxoid oy, ‘“UOTyeATe 914 99S 0} pesn oq ysnut edoos
-oo1038 y ‘uado veya poser soqe{d JoA0o OY} YOTYA JO dV} Jono 91} YsuIese o[sue OY} pUe SeORIINS [eIO 9NIy ITOYy
MOYS UMNO 7YSLI oy} Jo seye[d JOOY ey, “Woes 10}}9q ST SOTIAVOUOD [PISIP OSoy{} JO OUO (JY8It JoMoy) % oInsy UT
‘squid opISNUL o10M ‘UMOYS Jou ore s8od SuLZeTMOTIIE se ‘YOIYA soo} [e4SIpP Joy} UO (1 oInsy ‘6 oyeld utr
Us0s SEM YOTYA Jo duo) szid ssosoe suOTjoes Moys Mor opsoddo ayy Jo saze[d JoAO0D oY, *% oimsy ‘4 oyeTd Ul UMOYS sev
ayT-TJoys eq 0} pereodde Aoyy usdo usxo1q 10 peyoryep Suloq UG ‘Je4jeUT ofUeSIO YON SuruUTeZUOD seposJeqny Aq
poseAoo APPOTYA ofomM WooMjod sooeds ey} pue espe Joyno oy yey} pue oqe[d oy} Jo UOTyI0d MorseU B Aq poysoddns
sem oSpit jeoide oy} yey} SMOYS UUMJOO jo] oY, “woes oq uv seze{d JeACd oY} JO sjoodse snolea 1 oinsy UT
‘yoodse [eiQ) ~“SuTJUNOW wns Jepun sdAjorseyd Jo sprejod
(ssulig) eT Teyotnd e[Toasioysesy
(ssulig) @]Jayotnd ey{{xa19}3se1 qq FO sdAjoOIsaTd Jo siejoq
9d00s0010}8 & YSNOIY} PoMoIA oq OF,
Il 9}eId
Plate 12
Page 163
YoL o3eq
: ‘ oinsy ‘6 o4e[d Ul Uses se
[eUeS TeIPeI OYA JO VY} sol. UY sIOW oT}}T] © oe PoArososd orOY se SiojoweIp Mey, “soyetd Joaoo oy} Aq poyde4
-O1d JoyJIM} 919M PU 9A00IS POO; OY} JO JOOG oyy*ysno1yy surssed JoA YOU SUOT}eAVOXS Ul PoJENyIs osoM JOUTIOF OY,
“erpod jo sdeysed pue ovyndure jo sureutes oy} ore oso, ‘oy eTd yewrxoid 4xeu oY UO sUIpUS pu Sey} WOIT PIeMUt
AyTTeuoserp suruuNsS JouUeYO SULMOT[eYS oY} pue soye[d Joop 9Y4 JO Jopsod 194yno oY} JOAO Sopotto JO sore IO Sefotto ATep
oY} oe UMOYS 910 soimjzeoy yueyodum oy, ‘sseooid aposnut ve Aq soqetd oy} peqoouuoo Avy 0} sreodde yey} ouO
SI o10Y1 soyetd puooas-AyUIEM} pu 4SIy-AJUOM OY} UOOMJoq PU Uses OsTe ae sofnysnd osoyy JO Moz wv ‘ze ONS UT
‘poyluseuL
Ayysry er0ur ore ‘soye]d JeA0o oY} JO sovJINS OY} Jo YON Os JaAOO YoryM ‘sepnysnd oy} oyey[d sty} Jo I oInsy Uy
‘qoodse Te1Q ‘“suTjUNOW wns Jopun odAjorseqd jo srejoq
(ssulig) @[Teayotnd e,Txa194SeI
(ssuypig) e@yyayo~nd ey{joa19}seay fo adAjorsayd fo siejaq
od0ds0010}8 B YsNOry} PaMstA aq OF,
ZI 981d Lgr "[Ng ‘SNJ{ 2331S “XN
——e———————————— ee
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 165
ANCIENT. WATER LEVELS OF THE CROWN POINT
EMBAYMENT
BY ELMER EUGENE BARKER
1 INTRODUCTORY STATEMENT
The observations recounted in this paper are offered in the hope
that the attention of geographers and geologists may be attracted to
a locality whose postglacial physiography is of great interest in con-
nection with any critical study of the general glaciation of the
Champlain region.
The writer has mapped and attempted to describe and interpret
in some detail a part of the phenomena of this locality. He has used
local place names where necessary to insure exact identification to
possible future investigators in this field. It is his purpose here to
show that the evidence they furnish falls in line with the phenomena
observed by other investigators in this region, and tends to sub-
stantiate their theories concerning its postglacial history.
In making these observations a field map was used. It was
enlarged from the United States Geological Survey map of the
Ticonderoga quadrangle. On this map were then charted the |
various moraines, beach terraces, shore lines, wave-beaten cliffs,
and the like, as they were found. These were then correlated along
their proper lines and compared with the theoretical expectation as
to the altitudes and places where such phenomena should be found.
Many observations were made with an aneroid barometer, but it
was found to vary so from day to day and to be so inaccurate that
data taken with it were discarded wherever those on the United
States Geological Survey map could be used.
- The theoretical expectancies for the locality here studied were
calculated on the basis of Prof. J. B. Woodworth’s postulated
altitudes of the postglacial Champlain water bodies? (Woodworth
1905).
2 PREVIOUS WORK IN THIS REGION
Among the first men to study the postglacial physiography of this
region were S. P. Baldwin? (1894), G. K. Gilbert * (1896, p. 59)
and C. E. Peet* (1904). Of these, Peet studied particularly the
1.Citations in parentheses refer to bibliography at end of paper.
2Baldwin, S. P. Pleistocene History of the Champlain Valley. Am.
Geol., 13:170-84. 1894.
3 Gilbert, G. K. U.S. Geol. Survey, 18th Ann. Rep’t, 1:59.
4Peet, C. E. Glacial and Post-glacial History of the Hudson and Cham-
plain Valleys. Jour. of Geol., 12:415-661. 1904.
166 . NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
physiography of the Hudson and Champlain valleys with special _
reference to changes in altitude and drainage since glacial times.
All three men found evidence that bodies of water had occupied
this region just subsequent to the disappearance of the continental
ice sheet, and that the level of these bodies had not remained con-
stant during the whole time of their duration.
The epochs of the several bodies of water which have occupied
this region in the time since the retreat of the ice from the Brooklyn-
Perth Amboy moraine were designated by Peet (1904, p. 661) as
follows:
1 Hudson-Champlain
2 Higher glacial Lake Champlain
3 St Lawrence-Champlain
4 Marine Champlain
5 Present Lake Champlain
All dace believed the earlier and higher bodies of water to have
been glacial lakes, and that the latest and lowest of the ancient
water levels was marine.
G. K. Gilbert in 1896 made observations at the northern end of
the Champlain valley in the vicinity of Covey hill. His unpub-
lished notes were available to Woodworth (1905, p. 67).
Between 1900 and 1903 Prof. J. B. Woodworth of Harvard Uni-
versity, as a member of the New York State Geological Survey,
studied this region and attempted to solve the problems of its
glaciation and subsequent alterations. His conclusions were that,
pari passu with the retreat of the ice sheet in the Hudson-Champlain
valleys, a glacial lake occupied the uncovered portion of the region;
and that when the ice finally left the northern end of the valley the
ocean came in by way of the St Lawrence valley converting the
Champlain valley into an estuary. At different times these waters —
stood at different levels, and these stands are marked by clearly
defined shore line phenomena. Professor Woodworth has corre-
lated these isolated shore line phenomena along continuous lines,
and thus has been able to trace the outlines of the ancient lakes at
each stage of their existence.
More recently (1910-12) Prof. H. L. Fairchild of the University.
of Rochester has revisited the region in the service of the State to
continue the researches of Professor Woodworth. His conclusions
are stated in a preliminary report in the Annual Report of the State
Geologist for 1912 (Fairchild 1913). He believes that all the
ancient shore lines are due to marine waters rather than to waters
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 167
of glacial lakes; that the impounded waters following the retreating
ice front formed a long inlet from New York bay. ‘‘As the ice
front melted back the ocean followed it and flooded the valley. The
waters were at first the Hudson inlet; later, the Hudson-Champlain
inlet ; and finally, the Hudson-Champlain strait (Fairchild, 1913).” 4
The studies of the present writer were based chiefly on the work
of Professor Woodworth (1905). His correlated lines of ancient
levels (as given on his diagram, plate 28 of reference cited) were
accepted as a working basis and the phenomena about Crown Point
were found to accord with them. No evidence has been noticed,
however, either in support or disproof of the marine origin of the
ancient shore lines in this vicinity.
3 SPECIAL CORRELATIONS OF THIS PAPER
AS TO LOCALITY
The topography of Crown Point, N. Y., and its location in rela-
tion to Lake Champlain are shown on the map of the Ticonderoga
quadrangle of the United States Geological Survey.
The locality dealt with in this paper forms an embayment of the
main Champlain valley extending inward in a southwesterly direc-
tion about four miles, and with a width of two to three miles,
roughly speaking. To the north lies the bulk of Bulwagga moun-
tain which presents its steep southern flank to the main valley, and a
precipitous southern face to the embayment. Its western limits are
the slopes of certain hills and Buck mountain, while its southern
boundary is the slope of Breed hill with its lower shoulder, Sugar
hill. :
The writer continued his observations around the eastern face of
Breed hill and Dibble mountain, and southward from the embay-
ment through the pass between Buck and Dibble mountains to
include the Sawyer hill moraine terrace in the Ticonderoga region.
AS TO EVIDENCE
This locality has strongly marked evidence of vigorous glaciation
and subsequent modification by action of static waters. All about
the bases of these mountains lie great moraines of rubble, and just
south of the Vineyard pass is a massive lateral kame terrace of
gravel built up by the marginal torrent that debouched through the
pass (Peet, 1904, p. 463, 622, 623, and Woodworth, 1905, p. 154-
156, 195).
1 Loe. cit.
168 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Into the sides of these moraines, shore lines have been cut at
- definite levels, usually defined by cobble beach terraces. Steep,
exposed eminences have been washed bare of soil at the levels of
the ancient lake, and at such places they present rugged cliffs. In
more sheltered situations the action of the waters formed gentle
lines of sandy beach, or in the lee of reefs and islands built up
shoals and sand bars. The streams, too, at the levels where they
emptied into the ancient water body built deltas great or small,
according to their own size. Bottom deposits, also, were formed
and now give decisive evidence as to the extent and nature of the
water body in which they were laid down.
4 GENERAL FEATURES OF THE CHAMPLAIN GLACIATION
At the end of the Pleistocene Glacial Epoch the latest or Wis-
consin stage was closed by a dwindling of the continental ice cap.
It shrunk from the mountain tops and higher areas where it had
been thinnest and came to occupy only the valleys and lowlands
between them. At that time a tongue of ice occupied the Cham-
plain valley and extended through the defiles of Lake George and
Wood creek and down the Hudson valley to the sea. Its retreat has
been detailed by Professor Woodworth in the paper mentioned
above. During the advancing and maximum stages of this Wis-
consin ice sheet practically all traces of former ice invasions were
obliterated, as well as the marks of its own advance. Thus we have
left at its disappearance only the phenomena made by the most
recent occupation in its waning stage. The scouring, striae and
grooves in the bedrock were usually buried beneath a blanket of
till. Its slow retreat was marked by retreatal and marginal
moraines. In the stagnant lobes at its end, rivulets from the melting
ice fell into crevasses and bored potholes at the bottom of deep
moulins (Barker, 1913 and Woodworth, 1905, p. 228). Where
the rock walls at the sides of the valley reflected the sun’s
insolation the ice melted fastest, and here along the edges
of the ice tongue flowed glacial streams laden heavily with silt and
stones from the melting glacier. These streams flowed partly over
the ice and in part cut their channels into the valley wall leaving
scourways. At favorable places these streams widened out into
marginal lakes whence the impounded waters escaped to the next
lake of the chain at a level slightly lower. These marginal streams
carrying their loads of debris deposited some of it along the edge
of the glacier, which became lateral moraine terraces after the
Plate 1
Upper figure. Looking toward Sugar hill and Breed hill from the top of
Indian ridge. Crown Point village is shown on the 180 foot terrace. The
intervening valley, where lies Bly’s millpond, has been excavated by Put-
nam’s creek in the 180 foot delta plain since the invasion.
Lower figure. Marginal channel at base of Burk mountain (from the breach
in the moraine) showing morainic ridge to the right
Tamed)
‘ely
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 169
disappearance of the ice, and some of it in the beds of the glacial
lakes forming small lacustrine deposits.
In the Champlain valley all these phenomena, till sheet, terraces,
marginal moraines and lake beds, have been modified subsequently
by the wave action of the body ci water that occupied the basin
between the Adirondacks and the Green mountains. This extinct
body of water is known as Glacial Lake Champlain or the Lake
Vermont of Woodworth. At this time the end of the glacier must
have extended right across-the valley, a splendid ice cliff from
which huge bergs were continually breaking off into the great body
of water that it held in as a dam from mountain wall to mountain
wall. Over this expanse floated the bergs, sometimes dropping
scattered boulders from their mass into the bed of the lake.
5 GENERAL FEATURES OF THE LOCAL GLACIATION
The main valley glacier pushed a subsidiary lobe into the Crown
Point embayment. Without sufficient momentum to force itself up
over the western hills, its progress was blocked by their massive
bulk, and retarded here by friction against the mountain barriers,
its load of rock was dumped from the edges in gigantic moraines
that now lie heaped against the mountain sides. The retreatal
moraines that the ice tongue left behind it as it withdrew from the
embayment have been greatly modified by the subsequent action of
waves, -by lacustrine deposits, and by more recent stream erosion.
Into the sides of these moraines the waves of each glacial lake cut
shore lines at the level of its altitude. Between these water levels
the original topography, untouched by movement of the surface
water, remained unaltered by wave action. But it was modified
somewhat by bottom deposits of silt brought in by two drainage
streams from the mountainous region to the west. Although recent
erosion has dissected these bottom deposits, they are still distinctly
recognizable as such.
At the highest stage of the glacial lake Sugar hill. was. entirely.
submerged, and the waters extended to the higher hill behind it
(see map 1). Subsequently, at a lower level of the glacial lake, its
summit formed an island connected with the mainland by a sandpit
in its lee (maps 2 and 5). At this stage of the lake Sugar hill was
not entirely submerged. Only the highest portions rose. above the
surface of the waters, including that portion south of the fork of
the road that runs southward from Crown Point village, and also,
probably, some bare ledges of rock on the extreme eastern end.
170 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Between these outlying reefs and the larger island was a shallow
bottom over which the waves from the north rolled clear to the base
of Breed hill. Wave action truncated and smoothed the till covering
of this portion of the hilltop.t_ In this shoal was a shallow lagoon or
pool. Its location is still marked by two small wet basins in which
cat-tail flags and other aquatic vegetation find habitat.
6 SPECIAL PHENOMENA OF THE CROWN POINT EMBAYMENT
MORAINES
Ground Moraine
The whole valley is probably lined with a ground moraine or till
sheet of blue clay, although it is concealed in many places by later
deposits of alluvium. This clay has become oxidized to brown in
places where it is exposed. It contains great numbers of irregular
boulders which represent all the kinds of rock that occur to the
north in the glacier’s line of flow. This till sheet covers the surface
of Sugar hill from its base just above the loam flat where Crown
Point village stands, up over its top and well over the top of Breed
hill. In the southwestern and western part of the embayment it
is exposed wherever the streams have cut deeply enough through
the overlying alluvial deposits to reach it. It covers also the area
north of Putnam’s creek and east of Bulwagga mountain. In the
lowest part of the valley, west of Bly’s mill pond the creek has
exposed a bed of heavy blue clay along its south bank, and stony
moraine east of the mill.
Lateral Moraines
Morainic deposits are a well-marked feature of the glaciation of
the Crown Point embayment. Marginal moraines mark the outline
of the ice tongue that pushed into the embayment from the main
valley. These. moraines are of coarse material — usually mere
heaps. of rubble — and skirt the bases of the mountains along the
northwest and southwest sides of the embayment at an altitude of
between six and eight hundred feet. None occurs on.the south side,
but here the till sheet lies exposed. In the pass between Buck and
Dibble mountains are morainic heaps of rubble with deep kettle
holes in them (plate 2). They extend well out into the open
1A well bored on the top of Sugar hill passed through about 50 feet of
unmodified till before penetrating bedrock.
Plate 2
Upper figure. A kettle hole in the top of Sawyer hill marginal moraine.
Notice the figure of a man in the apex of the kettle hole.
Lower figure. Portion of a kettle hole in the Sawyer hill marginal moraine
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 171
_ region to the north where tke pass widens out. There they become
obscured by the overlying deposit of alluvium.
Phillips Moraine
At the southern end of Bulwagga mountain there are moraines
on its eastern face. An old and little used road between the George
Gage place and the Phillips house skirts the base of a gigantic
moraine. This moraine consists of erratics of all sizes from
smallest pebbles to immense boulders. It arises from the 340 foot
terrace of sandy loam. At 438 feet (A. T.) there is a wide slanting
terrace covered with small stones. At the back of this terrace the
moraine rises again with a steep, rocky ascent and forms a ridge
extending northeast by southwest at an altitude of 720 feet
(according to the United States Geological Survey map). It lies
against an outlying spur of Bulwagga mountain, for its southwest
aspect shows outcropping ledges of gneiss. Upon this spur as a
core the moraine was built up —a huge pile of transported stones.
West of it lies an open, upland valley. The northern side of this
valley is formed by the precipitous face of Bulwagga mountain.
This valley may well have held a small marginal pond at one time.
Even now, its lowest part is wet and ill drained, but the remainder
of the valley floor is covered with a sheet of sandy till which is
very heavily interspersed with boulders. Many of them are Pots-
dam sandstone, and many are blue Ordovician limestones such as
occur the length of Lake Champlain. There can be no doubt that
the ice pushed up into here from the main valley bearing with it
these erratics, and that it did not come from the Adirondacks to
the north and west. The northern side of this little valley shows
other piles of morainic rubble which slope upward onto the granite
ledges of the mountain itself. Here a little moraine of sand forms
a very pretty crescent on the valley floor, with concave face to the
northeast, and is evidently the terminal moraine of a tiny ice lobe.
Its top is at 655 feet (A. T.). |
Russell Street Road Moraine
On the road known as Russell street between the Port Henry
road and White Church, some great rubble moraines are to be found
(see map 5). They lie just above that part of the road that skirts
the base of Bulwagga’s southern spur. About one-half of a mile
east of White ‘Church, and just west of the house occupied by
Mr Hayford, the moraines on the mountain side show a profile
172 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Se.
———
ier
as outlined in the diagram (figure 1). The moraine presents a series
of five ‘horizontal ridges, most of them small but well marked. ©
Between the fourth and fifth ridges is a ditch about 20 feet deep. (
Behind this, the largest ridge rises with a steep face about 70 feet
above the bottom of the ditch. The top is 758 feet (A. T.) and
here it merges into the general slope of the mountain. A short
—
~~.
Top of Mountain Fidge
>
of Moraine
Zope... _ 20ft.
Ditch first Kadge
Second Fudge
Third Ridge -
fourth Lidge
Fig. t Profile of morainic mountainside above the Russell Street road east
of White Church.
distance farther east, just at the southeast angle of Bulwagga
mountain, is another moraine of boulders. There is a ditch 5 to 20°
feet deep separating it from the mountain wall. Into its side at 520
feet has been cut a flat terrace about 100 yards wide, the surface of
which is composed entirely of cobblestones. Below this again, is a
narrow slanting terrace.
Petty Hill Moraine
On the Petty Hill road above the 520 foot sand terrace the road’
climbs over a large moraine, then descends slightly through what
may have been a marginal channel up again over the slope of the
hill itself. This moraine begins a little to the north of the road but
lies mainly south of it. An outcrop of gneiss on the face of one
of its eastern lobes indicates that it may be founded on a core of
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 173
solid rock. From the northern end it rises and becomes broader
toward the south where it ends abruptly in a very steep face, drop-
ping suddenly to the creek far below. It is highest at the extreme
south end where it takes the form of a crescentic ridge with concave
face to the west, superimposed on a less perfect crescent. The
altitude here is given as 660 feet on the United States Geological
Survey map. The hill presents a steep, sharp-sided lobate face to
the northeast, east and south. Its surface is marked with kamelike
depressions and hummocks, and supports a scant growth of grass
and polytricum moss, with pine trees at the south end. It is too
stony to permit the entry of a soil auger.
To the south, across Putnam’s creek gorge, is another morainic
deposit. A very level-topped terrace extends southward from the
highway called locally the “ Middle road.” Its top is outlined by
the 600 foot contour line and its outer edge is lobate. Below this
level top the surface takes on the rounded, hummocky appearance
characteristic of unmodified morainic topography. This terrace
has at its back two ridges, the more northerly of which is a tectonic
ledge of gneiss. The other is a moraine into the face of which the
terrace has been cut. Both the moraine and terrace are ended
abruptly to the south by the Amy Hill brook. Overlooking the
brook, and about 15 feet lower than the terrace top, is another
terrace. It is about 50 yards wide with a flat stony surface, and
runs northeast by southwest. It was formed, probably, by the brook
as it cut its way down.
Buck Mountain Moraine
On the eastern base of Buck mountain is another moraine. It
is west of the road running west from Crown Point Center to Ticon-
deroga, and opposite the place where this road is joined by the
road coming westward from Sugar hill (see map 5). Just west of
the road is a field of fine sandy loam sloping up to the base of Buck
mountain. It contains pebbles and small stones of smoothly rounded
shapes. At the edge of the woods (500-520 feet altitude according
to the United States Geological Survey map) the ascent becomes
steep, very rough with huge rough boulders, and appears like a
wave-swept shore line. One ascends 4o or 50 feet up this steep,
rocky slope onto a stony, sloping terrace about 50 to 75 feet wide.
This in turn is terminated at 664 feet (A. T.) against the ledges
of the mountain itself. Ao)
Following this terrace northward, it is seen to become level-topped
174 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM (
where it emerges from the woods into an open space. Here at its
north end it is composed of irregular and rounded stones, and is _
unmistakably of morainic nature. The boulders are such rocks as f:
occur in native ledges to the north, gneisses, Paleozoic limestones, p.
and so forth. Angular pieces of Potsdam sandstone were noticed.
Ledge o Fock
G
2 > SS
N Th S
= QB
SRS
NS SS
aa NS
~~\.
S Few
Q ~
inthe \.
Gas oN ——
88 o Nee Modern Gully
v = ee
/ Se
Slope to Lastwarad
Fic. 2. Diagrammatic sketch of the area adjacent to the base of Buck
mountain, showing morainic ridge and terraces and marginal channel -
These do not indicate, necessarily, transportation by berg or pan ice,
since outcrops of this sandstone occur as near as a mile away, about —
Crown Point Center, and if these pieces did come from such nearby |
sources, their transportation in the glacier would not have sufficed —
to wear off their edges and corners. The moraine terrace 1s inter-_
rupted here by a breach about 75 yards wide (figure 2 and plate 1,
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 175
lower figure). North of this breach it is continued as a morainic
ridge distant 100 yards from the mountain wall. Its top is 20 to 30
feet higher than the depression between it and the mountain. This
morainic ridge continues northward rising slightly, and is narrow on
top. At its north end it slopes down again to meet the south end of
a tectonic ledge that continues northward along the same axis at a
like height. Along the outer face of this ledge and moraine is to
be seen a wave-beaten line of large, exposed rocks.
Between the ledge-moraine ridge and Buck mountain is a depres-
sion of varying width, but of unvarying depth (figure 2, and plate 1,
lower figure). Its northern portal is from a terrace of stony loam
at an altitude of between 560 and 580 feet (United States Geological
Survey map) just south of where the old Crown Point Iron Com-
pany’s railroad bed crosses the highway, and a short distance east of
Enos Dudley’s house. Its floor is wet and mucky and is clothed with
sedges, ferns, hummocks of sphagnum moss and other moisture-lov-
ing vegetation. This depression was evidently a marginal channel,
and at the breach mentioned above, it broke through the moraine into
a marginal lake. Prior to this, and while the ice still lay against the
northern portion of the moraine, the marginal stream may have
swept over the southern end of the moraine, which, as we have seen,
is.flat on its top just south of the breach. This portion is slightly
lower than the north end of the channel. When the ice had receded
somewhat from the moraine, the marginal stream broke through it,
and sweeping between the ice and the moraine’s southern end, it
formed a subsidiary terrace there. At this level the marginal stream
may have flowed both sides of the ridge, uniting at the breach with
the portion that flowed in the channel between the ridge and the
mountain. This breach in the moraine lies at the head of a modern
gully that runs eastward and crosses the highway between the
Brooks and Bradford houses. Passing down this gully, the right-
hand bank is seen to be composed of heavy morainic stones, while
on the left is exposed a cut of gravel, evidently unstratified.
Gillette and Factoryville Moraines
In the central part of the embayment occur moraines at a lower
level. The Gillette moraine is a knoll lying to the north of the so-
called “South road” a short distance east from Renne Corners
(see map 5).. It is shown on the contour map with a top rising to
over 500 feet. Its south side is skirted by a gentle shore line at the
450 foot contour. Its northwest face shows no shore line, but
176 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
descends to the bed of Putnam’s creek in a typical, hummocky
kamelike slope. Its western base is composed largely of small,
rounded cobbles in matrix of gravel, and a soil sample from its top
showed coarse sand. To the northwest it drops abruptly to the
Putnam’s creek valley.
Not far to the northwest of this, the road through Crown Poi
Center climbs a hill from a lower to a higher level. The road
ascends by a dugway with Putnam’s creek below on the left-hand
and a bank of gravel and cobblestones overhanging on the right.
This bank is evidently of morainic origin also. It forms the south
end of a ridge of hills that extends northeasterly for almost a mile
overlooking the villages of Crown Point Center and Factoryville.
This whole ridge is probably of morainic origin. Originally, no
doubt, the Gillette moraine formed its southern end. The latter
has been isolated and cut off from it by the creek.
Sawyer Hill Moraine
The Sawyer Hill moraine occupies a critical place among the
localities that have been studied in reference to the ancient water
levels of the Hudson and Champlain valleys. This moraine was
formed against the side of the great valley glacier by the marginal
stream that flowed between the ice and Buck mountain as it issued
from the Vineyard pass. Because of its location, and because of
certain features that it exhibits, it has afforded important data for
the formation of several hypotheses regarding the postglacial history
of this region. These are described and discussed on pages 21-24.
It occupies all that triangular area south of Dibble mountain and
east of Buck mountain that is bounded by the Vineyard road, the
Crown Point-Ticonderoga lake road, and a cross-road that rums
east and west connecting them (see United States Geological Survey
map, Ticonderoga quadrangle). It is composed of sand, gravel
and cobblestones. There seems to be a core of tectonic rock running
for some distance south from Dibble mountain underneath its
highest portion. Its top contains several ice-block or kettle-holes.
The southern portion of the moraine is a wide, flat-topped terrace
rising 200 feet above the plain with steep faces to the east and the
south. It is very level and shows no trace of any marginal channel
across it. The entire width of it formed, probably, the bed of the
marginal stream. On its sides at a later time have been carved
shore lines.
{
i‘.
iy
»
> if
r
%
9
ef 3
Minions)
BULLETIN 187 _
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
More 28 ANH
= ll
MAP 1. CROWN POINT EMBAYMENT
= +
Contour interval
Datum is mean sea
i
Se
—
a
a
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 77)
SHORE-LINE PHENOMENA
Epochs Marked by Impounded Bodies of Water
At the close of glacial times the Champlain region stood much
lower in relation to the sea than at present. It has since risen
625 feet1 at Montreal? The greatest rate of elevation has been
to the north. This has resulted in a tilting of the land as one goes
northward. Consequently, the old shore lines as they exist today
are found to form tilted planes, and along these planes Woodworth
_ has correlated the beaches, terraces and cliffs of the ancient body of
water that occupied the Champlain valley at the close of the Ice Age.
When the Hudson—Champlain glacier retreated it was followed by
a body of water that was held in by the ever retreating wall of ice
to the north. Due to one cause or another, this body of water did
not always stand at the same level, but dropped to successively lower
levels at each of its stages. The marks made in the Crown Point
region at each of these stages will be described first, leaving all
discussion of their significance until later. Professor Woodworth’s
postulated water levels are here accepted provisionally.
LEVELS CORRELATED WITH THE QUAKER SPRINGS OUTLET?
(Map 1)
According to Professor Woodworth’s observations, glacial Lake
Champlain or “ Lake Vermont ”’ was confluent in its incipient stages
through the Wood creek pass with a large body of water, “ Lake
Albany,” that covered the area now constituting the plains about
Fort Edward and southward beyond Albany to the highlands of the
Hudson. This body of water received the discharge of glacial
Lake Iroquois by the Mohawk river, and its waters escaped to the
sea through the Hudson highlands. The northern limit of the lake
was ever coincident pari passu, with the retreating ice front.
At the close of the Lake Albany stage the level of Lake Vermont
may have been determined by a possible outlet just east of Quaker
Springs. Professor Woodworth, in a letter to the writer, regards
this outlet as doubtful, but certain evidence about Crown Point and
Street road may indicate a stand of water as high as this altitude.
1The altitude of upper marine limit on Mount Royal, according to
unpublished opinions of Professor Goldthwaite and Professor Woodworth.
2The evidence of this alteration is discussed on pages 21-24.
3 Woodworth, 1905, p. 194-96, and pl. 28, line T-U.
178 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
When ice still filled the Champlain valley as far south as Street
road (Ticonderoga quadrangle), which is about 5 miles south of ©
Crown Point village, a tongue pushed southward through the defile
between Buck and Dibble mountains (here called the “ Vineyard
pass’), leaving Dibble mountain projecting as a nunatak (map 1).
Beside and around this tongue swept the marginal stream from
a chain of marginal lakes to the north. Where it debouched
from this defile into the lake covering the Ticonderoga plain it
deposited a large kame terrace of gravels between Buck mountain
to the right and the ice mass in the main valley to the left. This
constitutes the Sawyer Hill moraine already described on page 12.
The defile, likewise, is choked with boulder moraines and gravel
deposits, which contain kames and kettle-holes left where detached
ice blocks melted out.
A line inclined at the estimated rate of tilting to the northward,
if drawn through two of the highest beaches found between Port
Kent and Sawyer’s hill at Street road1 on the New York side of
Lake Champlain, will pass through the region of the Crown Point
embayment at approximately 520 feet altitude. Evidence of water
standing at this altitude is afforded by the shore line at 500-520 feet
described above in connection with the Buck Mountain moraine,
and also by the terrace cut into the side of the Russell Street road
moraine at 520 feet. Further evidence is afforded by deposits of
light sandy loams that occur in the southwestern part of the
embayment up to an altitude of 560 feet.
On the western side of Breed hill occurs fine sandy loam at an
altitude of 565 feet (A. T.) in the vicinity of a sugar-house on the
farm of Charles Townsend, and thence southward for some dis-
tance. In the woods above the road east of his residence, the shore
line itself can be discerned at 520 feet (United States Geological
Survey map), and a soil sample taken there showed fine sand. This
locality appears to be at the same elevation as truncated knolls and
flat-topped hills of the same soil type that lie a little farther west
and southwest where the area converges to the Vineyard pass. The
intervening valleys are due to recent dissection. These cuts reveal
an underlying till sheet of blue clay where recently exposed, or
heavy brown oxidized clay where it has weathered. The clay is
overlaid with a covering of light sandy loam.
1 Woodworth, J. B., 1905, p. 191, pl. 28, line A-B.
/
|
|
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
— y > +}
Bridport/-(\)
16507
Buck Mount
i : ayes
lew /
Worcester inl H
J, 8. LYON COMPANY, ALBANY, N.Y.
MAP 2. CROWN POINT EMBAYMENT
Approximate area covered by water at the stage determined by the Coveville outlet.
» Miles
=
5 Mlometers
4 2 4
(ee ee OS = x ———
Contour interval 20 feet
Datum is mean sea level.
Water
f
»
2
)
4
,
a
.
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5
LEVELS CORRELATED WITH THE COVEVILLE OUTLET !
(Map 2)
Professor Woodworth postulates two hypotheses for the death
of Lake Albany: either it was drained off from the Albany—Fort
Edward plains as its outlet through the Hudson highlands became
lowered by stream cutting, or else a downward tilting toward
north at this time (of which he thinks there is some evidenc
accomplished the same effect (Woodworth, 1905, p. 191-93). La
Vermont then came into existence as such, and its outlet was by
spillway at Coveville into the old rock gorge of the Hudson ri
(Woodworth, 1905, pl. 11). With this stage of the waters sho 2
be correlated the shore line phenomena along his line C_D, plate 28 .
This line passes through Crown Point at approximately the 450 fo ot
contour, which shows very marked evidence of a long continu ;
stand of the lake at this level.
The approximate outline of the embayment at this stage is sho
on map 2.
Evidence
house i is to be seen a shore line at 440-460 feet. It is zetecrup ll s
at several places by recent dissection, but from a distance its con-_
tinuous line is apparent. A sample of the soil here showed a
Below this line is a sandy plain which is the old bed of this stage 0
the lake. It is now dissected by streams, and slopes gently to the
east and south. re
In the lee of one of them is a small, sandy shoal deposit consisting _
of coarse sand with pebbles. Farther west, the flat-topped, loam-
covered hills rise to near the same level. ;
_A well-marked terrace was cut into Sugar hill on the highest
portion of its southeast aspect. The summit of the hill rises as ay
1 Woodworth, 1905, p. 196-08 and pl. 11 and 28, line C—D.
12
180 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
_ knoll 10 or 15 feet above this terrace. The altitude here, as given ©
on the contour map, is 450 feet. The terrace is stony. It falls off
on its eastern face with a rocky basement. On it stands Savard’s
sugar-house in a grove of pine trees. At the end of this beach,
in the lee of the island, was formed a little gravel beach in the
sheltered cove. This gravel deposit has been utilized to build high- —
ways nearby. Farther in the cove, and in the lee of the highest
part of the island, is a gravel ridge extending back to the base of
Breed hill. It is a wave-heaped bar composed of gravel and beach
pebbles. On the face of Breed hill across the cove from the terrace
just described is a wide sloping terrace at about 450 feet (plate 4,
upper figure). .
(A: T.) that is about 50 yards wide, very level and flat on top, and
supports a grove of maple trees. At the back of it rise the bare —
ledges of the mountain. Farther to the westward and about 35 feet
below its level appears to be another terrace in the woods. It is
* about 25 yards wide and slopes to a rather abrupt face. This latter
terrace may be correlated with the Fort Edward outlet, possibly.
Not far from here, on the eastern side of the Sawyer Hill
moraine, is a very sharply cut and distinct beach terrace cut into ©
the hillside at this level of the lake. It is nearly level, and on the
face it presents a steep basement slope while at the rear of it is
another steep slope where it is cut into the side of the moraine.
It is composed of earth and cobblestones, as smooth and rounded as
ostrich eggs, which they resemble in shape, although they vary in
size both larger and smaller (plate 3).
LEVELS CORRELATED WITH THE FORT EDWARD OUTLET *
(Map 3)
‘The extent to which the waters filled the embayment during this —
stage is shown on map 3. During the phase of the lake just de-
scribed, its waters were discharging into the old: Hudson gorge at:
Coveville (Woodworth, 1905, pl. 11), over a sloping waterfall
nearly 100 feet high. As the old gorge was re-excavated northward ~
beyond this point, the Coveville scourway was abandoned, and the
next lower stage of the glacial lake was determined by the height
of the divide in the bed of the Wood Creek channel near Fort
Edward. On his diagram on plate 28, Woodworth has correlated
the deltas and beaches along line E—F with this outlet. This line
passes through Crown Point at about 350 feet altitude. “ This
1 Woodworth, 1905, p. 198 and pl. 28, line E-F.
Se ae
=?
ee
2
-
*
-
?
4
Ed
§
4
ce
-
2
i
i
%
3
i,
;
-
Tk AER RY
BULLETIN 187
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
= 7 ee a
(ENG
ce eae
(Qa 6
Ne i
)
4 =
ie
i: amass
J. B. LYON COMPANY, ALBANY, N. ¥.
MAP 3. CROWN POINT EMBAYMENT
Approximate area covered by water at the stage determined by the Fort Edward outlet.
at
Seale «62500
——— se = re Ee See E08 = 3 «Miles
aati —— a 3 a 5 Kilometers
Contour interval 20 feet
- level
rs
(iS eV Ake Netty AINE ENC RR FF
wp , > ere
* nbn sora am ta tei
ey
—e: ”
ere t Sse Saeed ts
n ‘
%e
Plate 3
Upper figure. The 350 foot beach on the Sawyer hill moraine. Looking
southward from the crossroad. The steep, stony descent of its face at
the left is not shown in the picture.
Lower figure. Same beach as shown in the upper figure, a short distance
farther south, showing some of the beach stones scattered about
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 181
was the lowest point of discharge to the south of glacial confined
waters in the Champlain district. The marine limit seems to have
fallen short of this col.” (Woodworth, 1905, p. 198.)
Evidence
At the foot of the great Phillips moraine that lies against the
southeast face of Bulwagga mountain there is a broad, level terrace
at 350 feet altitude (United States Geological Survey). On it stand
J. Phillips’s house and outbuildings. This terrace consists of light
sandy loam. It curves around the hill to the southward almost as
far as the Gage house, which is built on the same level. Below this, ©
to the south, lies a rather extensive plain at 300-350 feet (on the
contour map). It is crossed by the Russell Street road and several
farmhouses stand on it. The soil is a sandy loam, but it is underlaid
by clay. This loam deposit marks the bed of this phase of the glacial
lake.
The road from Factoryville to Port Henry climbs the west end of
Indian ridge at a place known locally as “Leland hill.’ A new
grade cutting on this hill, made in August 1913, between the 200
and 240 foot contours showed an instructive section. The surface
of the hilltop plain at this point is composed of a layer of argillace-
ous sandy loam about 2% feet thick containing a few small, erratic
stones. Underneath this is a layer of stratified clay about 6 feet
thick. It is devoid of stones and lies conformably on top of a
stratum of stratified fine sand. The altitude here (241 feet A. T.)
removes it above the range of the marine occupation. These sands
and clays, then, must have been deposited on the bottom of one of the
higher water bodies, since they are not, evidently, ground moraine.
The till sheet probably lies at a depth of 100 feet or more beneath.
The presence of scattered erratics so far from the ancient shore
can hardly have been due to transportation by stream currents.
They may have dropped from floating icebergs. This must have
occurred, if at all, during the latest, or Fort Edward, stage of the
glacial lake, as the stones lie in the top layer of soil and not in either
the clay or the layers of sand beneath it.
On the hill west of Factoryville a barometric reading was taken
at 331 feet where a terrace has been cut into the hill, apparently by
wave action, just below its top. A sample of soil taken from this
terrace consisted of fine sand; and a few small stones were found
about here in the level field.
182 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
At the foot of this hill to the north the Spring brook has cut down
to bedrock, which here is Potsdam sandstone.
In the central part of the embayment is a wide, level plain of
sandy loam whose top is crossed by the 340-360 foot contour lines.
It stretches along the side of the Brevoort Brook valley. A fill of
the old Crown Point Iron Company’s railroad bed crosses this
valley and continues westward along the south side of the sandy
deposit whose top is at 360 feet altitude (on the contour map).
The drop of the waters to the Fort Edward level left Sugar hill
a promontory in front of Breed hill. Its eastern and northeastern
faces are precipitous, and the bare rock exposed there must have
risen from the water as wave-lapped cliffs. The northern face of
the hill felt the bite of the waves sweeping down the length of the
whole valley when the ice had retreated far to the north. The
evidences are strongly marked here, and extend over a great vertical
distance. Above the limit of the waves rise clay knolls, and again,
below the limit of their action, the uninterrupted slope of till con-
tinues downward to the marine level. |
The face of Sugar hill east of the highway is marked by gneissic
ledges washed bare on top, with low cliffs at their bases (plate 4,
lower figure). Scattered over this slope are boulders of all sizes.
In the lee of an outlying reef or island is a sandy shoal deposit. To
the west of the road behind Colonel Barker’s house (357 feet alti-
tude), is a stony beach (plate 5, upper figure). This rocky beach
line curves around the southwest side of the hill, and here in the
more sheltered situation it merges into a gentle line of light loam
devoid of exposed, wave-washed stones. It skirts the bases of clay
knolls.
On the eastern face of Breed hill are ravines situated so that their
north walls would have afforded a slight protection from the north
winds and currents in the glacial lake. These ravines would thus
have formed tiny coves at the lake level in which sandy deposits
could form. Such deposits, more or less obscure, can be found here,
and correspond with the various lake levels. In two of these ravines
aneroid readings on such deposits gave an altitude of 347 feet. On
the southeast face of Dibble mountain is a sloping terrace at 362
feet (A. T.) that corresponds in altitude with this stand of the
waters. :
Nearby, on Sawyer Hill. is another beach terrace. The aneroid
here read 332 feet. This splendidly developed terrace is in every
way similar to the one described on page 16. It lies 100 feet below
that terrace and parallels it throughout its whole length. The north
Plate 4
Upper figure. Looking westward into the cove between Breed hill and
Sugar hill. The face of Breed hill with the Coveville outlet terrace is
shown to the left, the sand bar and gravel pit to the right of the center.
Lower figure. Scene on Sugar hill east of the highway looking across the
shore line determined by the Fort Edward outlet. The rocks and ledges
have been washed bare by wave action.
Plate 5
Upper figure. A stony beach on Sugar hill along the level determined by
the Fort Edward outlet a short distance west of the place shown on plate
4, lower figure
Lower figure. A modern stony beach on the coast of Maine. Notice simi-
larity to the ancient stony beach shown in upper figure.
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I9QI5 183
end of it can be seen from a distance of one-half of a mile from the
lower Crown Point—Ticonderoga road. It is so striking in appear-
ance that it looks like a railroad bed cut into the hillside (plate 3).
THE MARINE INVASION
(Map 4)
Until this last stage of the glacial lake was inaugurated, the ice
sheet had lain against the northern base of the Adirondack and
Green mountains, choking the northern end of the Champlain valley
and impounding the waters behind it. They drained southward
into the Hudson basin. As long as the glacier filled the basin of the
St Lawrence and choked the northern end of the Champlain valley,
the waters impounded behind it stood at levels relatively higher to
the sea, although the land itself was much lower than now. When,
however, the ice retreated from the northern base of the Green
mountains, the waters were allowed to escape at the north into the
St Lawrence gulf, and the level of the lake was lowered thereby.
Then, when the ice was no longer a barrier, the sea came in at a
lower level. Thus the Champlain valley was converted into an
inlet or estuary opening to the north. The marine waters extended
as far south as Benson’s Landing or Putnam (Leighton, 1905,
p. 629), or to Whitehall according to Baldwin (Baldwin, 1894,
De EI).
This episode is recorded by the presence of marine shells and
other marine fossils in the Champlain clays which were laid on
the valley floor at this. time. The shells of mollusks are very
common (Peet, 1904, p. 461-62). Near Charlotte, Vt., the bones
of a whale were found in clay about 8 feet below the surface. It
was a species of Beluga closely similar to B. leucas or to
B. catodon (Dawson, 1883, and Vermont Geological Survey,
1849), species which live in the north Atlantic ocean at the present
time.
Woodworth has correlated the beaches and terraces attributed
to the marine epoch along his line M-N on plate 28. This line
would pass the latitude of Putnam’s creek at an altitude of approxi-
mately 181.5 feet.1
1 Subsequent to the publication of his paper Woodworth, in company
with General Lamothe and Professor Goldthwaite, found marine shells on
Mount Royal at an elevation of 585 feet. Lamothe and Woodworth placed
the upper marine limit on Mount Royal at 625 feet. This would make
the rate of tilting along line M—N even steeper than given, that is, 4.111 feet
to the mile. But it would still pass through the Crown Point region some-
where between the 180 and 200 foot contours.
184 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
_ The marine occupation played the least part of any of the ancient
stands of the waters in the formation of the topography of Crown
Point for the reason that it was able to flood only the lowest, and
thus the smallest, portion of the embayment. The marine waters
filled a wedge-shaped trough in the axis of the valley now occupied
by Putnam’s creek with the sharp end of the wedge pointing west-
ward. They must have reached as far west as the locality of
_ Factoryville (maps 4 and 5). To the north and to the south of
this wedge-shaped area they were able to cover only a narrow strip
of ground fringing the bases of the mountains. Here was deposited
heavy clay — a part of the Vergennes heavy clay series — that forms
the floor of the main Champlain valley throughout Vermont and a
narrow strip along the New York side of the lake.
Putnam’s creek entered the apex of the bay from the southwest,
and Brevoort brook reached it near the middle of the south side.
Both these streams were given greatly increased force by the lower-
ing of their base level, and must have cut down rapidly through
the soft alluvium of the old lake beds which had been recently
exposed. Reaching the end of their course, and coming to rest
in the waters of the bay, these streams deposited their heavy loads
of silt over the bottom and built it up nearly to the 200 foot contour
line (Peet, 1904, p. 460). This formation flared to the eastward
as a broad, deltalike fan.
Before the close of the marine epoch the bay must have been a
shallow, marshy area, probably largely overgrown with water-
loving vegetation through which the streams meandered in shifting
channels. Two of these channels can still be seen on the northern
portion of this old delta. Where the Port Henry road north of
Crown Point village climbs to the flat top of Indian ridge it
bifurcates, and one branch turns eastward. Just south of this
branch, in the pasture east of Mrs Todd’s barn, is a clean-cut
U-shaped channel deepening to the eastward as it cuts the old
delta (plate 6, lower figure). North of this same road another
ancient channel skirts the base of the clay knolls that form the
higher part of Indian ridge in this locality (plate 6, upper figure).
It continues eastward as far as the present lake and crosses the high-
way between the houses of George Bevins and George Barnett
(map 5).
North of Putnam’s creek this delta forms flat plains of sand
and loam from the 120 foot contour on the east side near the present
lake up to the 200 foot contour. . Across the valley is the southern
portion of this delta deposit, severed now from the northern half
by the creek (plate 1, upper figure). Like it, however, it slopes up
re ee ee ee ee
BULLETIN 187
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
LYTS
See
Shleet Road!
0)\
y ——
A =~
AAdison Jah
i, B, LYON COMPANY, ALBANY, N.Y,
MAP 4. CROWN POINT EMBAYMENT
Approximate area covered by the waters of the marine invasion.
2 emer
7 5 E Seale 2500 . Mi
SSS St Se = = ——— = — ee
9° 1 2 53
(Cy pur interval 20 feet
Datum is mean sua leval.
LEGEND
5 Kilometers
Water
esa
nee
PRR On RS ant era es
Seen ny ret
' mek sles rte
a aii abe
Plate 6
Upper figure. Upper marine limit at Crown Point. Edge of the delta
plain on top of Indian ridge
Lower figure. Ancient stream channel through the marine delta on top of
Indian ridge
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI15 185
from the 120°foot contour near the present lake shore to the 200
foot contour. The village of Crown Point stands on this marine
terrace, at approximately the 180-200 foot contours.
The southern shore line of this bay skirts the base of Sugar hill
near the 200 foot contour. Bare wave-cliffs are exposed behind the
schoolhouse, and a gentle shore line traverses the park near the old
brick store and the soldiers’ monument. The three Hammond
houses stand on clay knolls where the till sheet rises above the
marine level, while the Congregational Church and the parsonage
stand on the sandy delta terrace.
Farther west, the marine shore line can be seen where it crosses
the top of Brevoort hill from north to south by Mr Barney’s house.
Between Sugar hill and Breed hill a tiny brook runs eastward
to the lake down the bottom of the old cove (plate 4, upper figure).
It cuts the strip of marine clay to reach the lake, but between the
160 and 180 foot contours it formed a delta. This is a loamy ter-
race several acres in extent. It lies to the south of the present
course of the brook. The state road crosses it near Joe Ross’s
house as it skirts the northeast base of Breed hill.
7 SUBSEQUENT MODIFICATIONS OF TOPOGRAPHY
TILTING
The shell deposits that have been discussed above give the best
evidence to be had to show the extent and rate at which the land
has risen since glacial times. According to Woodworth (1905,
p. 205) “ The marine limit of this epoch is now tilted more steeply
to the south than the shore lines of the earlier water levels [are
tilted] to the south. It appears to follow from the divergence of
these ancient water plains that before the invasion was established
the land was tilted down to the north, thus determining the extent
of the submergence; since then the land has risen.”
The subsequent elevation of the land to the north has raised these
shell deposits far above the present sea level. At Montreal they
are found at from 540-560 feet above tide, according to Spencer.1
Professor Goldthwaite, General Lamothe and Professor Wood-
worth collected Saxicava rugosa on Mount Royal at an
elevation of 585 feet. At Crown Point (Fort Frederick) they
occur at about 100 feet. Between these two points the shells are
1 Spencer, J. W., 1912, p. 471. “ Dawson’s figure of 560 feet has been corrected
on the recent Canadian Geological Survey map to 572 feet from datum from
Lake St Peter to mean tide at New York.”
186 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
found at successively lower intervals in the Champlain valley, and
- an inclined plain drawn through them passes below the level of the
lake at Ticonderoga (Woodworth, 1905, p. 216 and pl. 28, line
M-N). This indicates a rate of tilting to the south during post-
glacial times of 4.111 feet to the mile.1 These shell fish are supposed
to have lived in from 100 to 300 feet of water (Woodworth, 1905,
p. 215). The present writer has considered the upper marine limit
at Crown Point as about 100 feet above the line of shells.2 It
would be, then, near the 200 foot contour.
This postglacial elevation of the land has affected, likewise, the
other shore lines above this so-called “upper marine limit” of
Woodworth. They now lie at proper intervals above the marine
shore line. Similar inclined planes have been used to correlate
these lake beaches and these are diagrammed by Woodworth on
plate 28 of this bulletin. He used a different set of criteria in
correlating them, however, because the low altitude of the land at
the time of their formation and its differential tilting since the
marine invasion cause them to lie in planes not quite parallel to
the so-called “marine” beaches, and they may have arisen at an
accelerated rate.
The recent conclusions of Professor Fairchild at which he
arrived after a reexamination of all the data afforded, and after a
field consultation with Professor Goldthwaite of the Canadian
Geological Survey, are opposed to the hypothesis that these shore
lines above the so-called “marine” limit were formed by fresh
waters. He believes, as stated above (page 2), that they were
formed by waters of the Hudson-Champlain inlet. Their line of
tilting is less steep than that of the later marine line. This indicates
a faster rate of elevation since the marine episode than previous
to it. The rate of tilting of the higher shore line is about 2 feet
to the mile, while that of the lowest or marine is 4.411 feet to
the. mile (Fairchild, 1913, p. 24 and Woodworth, 1905, p. 191),
while that of the lowest or marine is 4.411 feet to the mile (Wood-
worth, 1905, p. 200).
Woodworth regarded the highest and earliest of these shore lines
as having been formed in a body of water south of a retreating
ice cliff, or possibly in marginal lakes. Fairchild regards them as
1 See footnote, page 19, and Woodworth, 1905, p. 206.
2 Peet, 1904, p. 626. “The level of marine fossils falls below the marine
level 60-80 feet at the north and not far from that amount at the south.
At Montreal the upper marine limit on Mount Royal is 40 feet above the
highest deposit of marine shells yet observed.”
INGHWAVEWH INIOd NMOWHO SS dVW
"A *N ‘ANVE IV SANYdWOO NOAT ‘8 ‘?
\
ae |
adfly 7
iy\Loo
esgeming a
pee |
-
ohh
ou
Ss
fi,
yreg
wards P19 *¢
Wi,
Z8t NILATING WOASNW SLVLS HYOA MAN
Ee ee a ee ee ~ ee a, a ———— — ee ee
BULLETIN 187
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
J :
. {
Ln
iN \
\ Bulwagga
Coof\AHill
ere
FORE
~N
~
=
\ pee
a cae
+= Dibble Mountain
y See
—
ey: \\
4 \
lionscervne N=
\
Sie rei
J. B. LYON COMPANY, ALBANY, Ny Ye
MAP 5. CROWN POINT EMBAYMENT
Principal localities, roads, etc., mentioned in the text, also moraines,
shore-lines, cliffs, beaches, ete., and distribution of soil types.
Seale 62500
eee =} 2 3 == 4 Miles
i
rt a o 1 2 3 fp
Soares = .= e #
_j Kilometers
Contour interval 20 feet
Datun- is mean sea level,
LEGEND e
SES SG, Sir, Sse A
Moraines Cobble Beaches Wave Cliffs Sandy Beach Lines Sandspit GB Railroad Bed
Marginal or Sandy-Loamy Marine _ Loamy Lake Marine Clays Modern Alluyium Grayelly Morainie
Delta Channels Delta Deposits Bottom Deposits Deposits
Uncolored portions of the map indicate areas of unmodified till sheet or exposed bed rock.
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 187
having been formed in an open body of water. As proof of this,
he states that they are found along definitely correlated lines extend-
ing the whole length of the valley on both the New York and
Vermont sides. They are strongly developed at the extreme north
end of the valley in the Dannemora quadrangle.
No evidence of a decisive nature has been observed about Crown
Point by the writer relative to whether these shore lines were
formed in a glacial lake or in a marine inlet. The shore lines here,
however, lie at definite intervals apart; they are found at just the —
altitude expected at this latitude according to the tilted planes
postulated by Woodworth. They are strongly developed, even the
highest ones at over 500 feet located at the bases of Bulwagga and
Buck mountains. They all appear to have been formed along the
margins of large bodies of water where the waves had an uninter-
rupted sweep across long, open stretches.
Still earlier than open-water conditions, however, marginal lake
conditions may well have prevailed in the western and southern
parts of the embayment. There is good evidence for this. About
the White Church and to the south occur sandy loam deposits up to
600 feet. At the base of Buck mountain occurs the marginal
scourway at 560 to 580 feet (on United States Geological Survey
map) that has been described above. This marginal drainage con-
tinued southward through the Vineyard pass and formed the
Sawyer hill marginal moraine with a top at an altitude of 540 feet.
The evidence shows that without doubt this moraine was formed
against the side of the ice mass that elsewhere choked the valley.
Large masses of ice buried in this moraine melted out and left
kettle-holes of indisputable character. The fact that these kettle-
holes have never been filled in by wash which wave action would
have drifted into them is taken by Woodworth to mean that the
postglacial waters never stood here above 540 feet, the altitude
of their rims, since the retreat of the ice (Woodworth, 1905, |
p- 155). The highest stand of the open waters at this locality is
probably marked by the faint shore line (at 487.5 feet A. T.) just
below where the road passes over the edge of the flat terrace. |
The Gillette morainic knoll on the South road was evidently a part
originally of the line of low morainic hills behind Crown Point
Center. Had it been formed separately at an earlier time we should —
find the 450 foot shore line that skirts its southern base continued
around the northern side. Such is not the case. It was continuous
with the rest of the moraine to the north and stood in an open
188 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
body of water at that time. Subsequently, it has been cut off and
isolated by Putnam’s creek. .
Whatever the nature of these inland waters, marine or glacial,
it is certain that they remained at a definite level for a long period
of time, then dropped quickly to a lower level, at which they
remained for another long period, and that this was repeated several
times. Had the region been occupied continuously by an inlet
from the sea, as postulated by Fairchild, and had the surface of this
inlet stood always at sea level, the present altitude of the ancient
shore lines could be accounted for only by subsequent elevation of
the land. This elevation must have occurred, then, at irregular
intervals instead of steadily. The land must have remained sta-
tionary at each period when a well-marked shore line was formed,
and must have risen rapidly during the intervening intervals that are
not marked by well-defined shore line phenomena. Elevation at
the north must have tilted the waters gradually from the north end
of the valley southward. The land must have risen as far south
as New York harbor in order to convert the bottom of the inlet into
dry land. All evidence, however, shows that the reverse of these
conditions prevailed here; and that the lower Hudson has sunken
since glacial times and is still sinking.
Woodworth has adduced good evidence for the continued stand
of a glacial lake at each of these levels. He has shown that the
wearing down of outlets to the south has several times resulted
in lowering the level of the glacial lake; that a final retreat of the
ice from the northern end of the valley allowed marine waters to
enter from the north. This stage, and this stage only, is recorded
by fossil remains. They are all of marine nature.
EROSION
Since the marine waters left the embayment, or rather, since
the land has risen in its relation to the sea, Putnam’s creek has
done a large amount of valley cutting. It has not only continued
with its tributaries to dissect the uplands that form the old lake
beds, and which it had begun to cut through during the marine
occupation, but it has divided the marine delta into two parts and
has removed fully one-third of it from the central portion. It has
excavated here from the 180 foot delta surfacé down to a base level
that was once, probably, below the present level of Lake Champlain,
as will be explained presently. During this process of degradation
the creek meandered from side to side widening and cutting down
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQI5 189
its valley bottom. Especially on the south side it has left terraces
beautifully illustrating this process. They may be seen to good
advantage in a series of four as one ascends from Bly’s mill on the
creek to Crown Point village. Other stream terraces may be seen
along the road between Crown Point and Factoryville.
After the marine waters left the embayment by reason of the land
rising at the north and shutting off their ingress via the St Lawrence
valley, the present Lake Champlain came into existence. It is only
a puny remnant of that splendid body of water that filled the basin
between the Green mountains and the Adirondacks as the glacier
retreated. It occupies now only a long narrow trough at the west
side of the valley where in early times the Silurian limestones were
broken away from the base of the Adirondacks against which they
abutted.
The early settlers regarded Bulwagga bay (Port: Henry quad-
rangle) as the head of Lake Champlain. The true basin of the lake
runs off steeply near the end of Crown Point peninsula. On early
maps that portion of the lake between Crown Point peninsula and
Whitehall is designated as ‘“ Wood creek” or “ River Flowing into
Lake Champlain.” Peet (1904, p. 468) regards this portion as a
river valley drowned by setting back of the lake waters due to the
uplift at the north. He locates the delta of this stream by soundings
on the lake charts about 5 miles northeast of Port Henry. This
delta is now submerged 50 to 75 feet beneath the surface of the lake.
Putnam’s creek, a tributary to this drowned river, is likewise
flooded in its lower reaches. Its recent valley floor — for it had
formerly reached base level — is now being silted up and aggraded.
Degradation has ceased.
8 RESUME AND CONCLUSIONS
1 At the retreat of the Hudson-Champlain valley-glacier, the area
uncovered by the ice was occupied by open waters of wide extent.
2 These open waters extended as far north as the ice mass that
blocked the northern portal of the Champlain valley.
3 They registered their existence at different stages by well-
defined shore line phenomena. These phenomena are all well
developed in the region about Crown Point, and indicate long-
continued stand of waters at each of these stages, with brief or
transitory stands between them.
4 The lowest stage was marked at Crown Point by the forma-
tion of a large delta plain by Putnam’s creek in the lowest part of
I9O NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
the embayment. The middle third of this has since been removed
by stream erosion.
5 Prior to open-water conditions, a marginal lake may have been
impounded in the western end of the embayment. This lake was
drained by the marginal stream that flowed southward between
Breed mountain and Buck mountain. It formed the Sawyer hill
marginal moraine where it issued from the Vineyard pass.
6 The evidence afforded in this locality supports the hypothesis
that all the shore lines were formed in an open body of water at a
time when the ice had retreated to the far north end of the valley.
7 The shore lines about Crown Point correlate with the several
stands postulated by Woodworth. They tend to support his
hypothesis that these stands were conditioned by the wearing down
of certain outlets to the south.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Baldwin, S. P. Pleistocene History of the Champlain Valley.
Am. Geol., 13 :170-84. 1894
Barker, E. E. Glacial Pot-holes at Crown Point, Nj ¥. ote
Geol., 21:459-64. 1913
Dawson, J. W. On Portions of the Skeleton of a Whale from
Gravel on the Line of the Canada Pacific Railway near Smith’s
Falls, Ontario. Am. Jour. Sci., 125:200-2. 1883
Leighton, M. O. Preliminary Report on the Pollution of Lake
Champlain. U. S. Geol. Survey, Water Supply and Irrigation
Paper No. 21, series L. 1905
Peet, C. E. Glacial and Post-glacial History of the Hudson and
Champlain Valleys. Jour. Geol., 12:415-661. 1904
Spencer, J. W. Covey Hill Revisited. Geol. Soc) Amy Pree
22A7 leu TOL
Woodworth, J. B. Ancient Water-levels of the Hudson and
Champlain Valleys. N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 84. 1905
Fairchild, H. L. In Report of the Director of the Science Division.
N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 164, 21-25. 1913
Vermont Geol. Survey, I:162-65. 1849
Gilbert, G. K. In Director’s report. Field work for 1896. U.S
Geol. Survey, 18th annual rep’t, [:58-60. 1896-97
INDEX
Accessions to collections, 62-77
Albany, observations on slides, 97
Albany molding sands, 107-15
Alling, H. L., study of glacial lakes,
28
Apple maggot, 43
Archeological collections,
tion of, 10
Archeologist, report, 52-59
comple-
Archeology, accessions to collections,
75-77
Areal geology, 27
Ausable quadrangle, survey of, 28
Baldwin, S. P., cited, 165, 190
Barker, Elmer Eugene,
embayment, 165-90; cited, 190
Bather, F. A., cited 117, 138
Bird sanctuary of Cayuga Bird Club |
of Ithaca, 21
Birds of New York, memoir on, 24;
paintings by Fuertes, 13
Botanist, State, report, 40-41
Bulletins published during the year,
24
Cayuga Bird Club of Ithaca, 21
Chalmers, cited, 84
Champlain glaciation, general fea- |
tures, 168
Cicada, periodical, 47
Clark reservation, 20-23
Clays, Hudson River, 31
Collections, accessions to, 62-77
Coxsackie, observations on _ slides, |
98-100
Crown Point embayment, ancient.
water levels, 165-90
Cryptozoon ledge, 19
Cushing, H. P., mapping of Gouver-
neur quadrangle, 27
Dawson, G. M., cited, 84
Dawson, J. W., cited, 190
Department publications, 24
Dwight, Rev. W. B., cited, 89, 98,
105
Ancient |
water levels of the Crown Point |
Ells, R. W., cited, &4
Entomologist, State, report, 42-49
Entomology, accessions to collec-
tions, 65-75
Ethnological collection, 10, 54
Exhibit at Panama-Pacific Exposi-
tion, 29
Fairchild, H. L., cited, 166, 100
Fisher, W. K., cited, 138
Flies, 47
Flowers, wild, of New York, illus-
trated monograph, 24, 41
Forest tree pests, 46
Fruit tree insects, 42
Fuertes bird paintings, 13
Fungi, Peck testimonial exhibit of
edible and poisonous, 12
Gall midges, 47
Geological survey, report on, 27
Gilbert, G. K., cited, 165, 190
Gipsy moth, 45
Gouverneur quadrangle, mapping of,
27
Grass and grain pests, 45
Grass webworms, 46
Green fruit worm, 43
Gres, jb Sx Gtieel, wins}, 1Zhs
Haverstraw, observations on slides,
105
Heim, cited, 79
Howe, cited, 79
Hudson, George Henry, On the
Genus Urasterella with descrip-
tion of a new species, 117-39;
cited, 138
Hudson, observations on slides, 101-4
Hudson valley, landslides in, 28, 79-
9G
Hudson valley clays, 31; and their
associates, characters of, 90-92
Hudsonaster, 120
batheri, 120
Hymenaster perissonotus, 130
Indian groups, 10
Indians of the State, relations with,
Sy
[101]
192
Industrial geology, 20-32
‘Iroquois Indian groups, 10
Iroquois wampums, 10
Karr, cited, 114
Kemp, J. F., survey of the Ausable
and Mount Marcy quadrangles, 28
Kerr, cited, 82
Laflamme, P., cited, 84
Lake Placid quadrangle, 27
Landslides in the Hudson valley, 28,
79-90
Leaf roller, 43
Legal status and scope of the State
Museum, 9
Leighton, M. O., cited, 190
Lester Park, 19
Logan, Sir William, cited, 84
McDonald, D. F., cited, 88
Mather, W. W., cited, 86, 95, 104
Mesopalaeaster (?) parviusculus, 119
Miller, W. J., work on Lake Placid
quadrangle, 27
Mineralogy, accessions to collections,
62; report on, 32
Mines and quarries, 30
Molding sands, 31; Albany, 107-15
Mosquitoes, 47
Mount Marcy quadrangle, survey of,
28
Museum, considerations for future
growth of, 26
Mushrooms, Peck testimonial ex-
hibit of edible and poisonous, 12
Newburgh, observations on slides,
104
Newland, David H., Albany molding
sand, 107-15; Landslides in the
Hudson valley, 28, 79-90
Nursery inspection, 49
Oil injuries, 42
Owasco Algonkian Indian site, 58
Palaeaster niagarensis, 119
Paleontology, report on, 33-39
Paleontology collections, 17, 63-65
Panama—Pacific exhibition,
exhibit, 29
13-16; -
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Pear borer, sinuate, 44
Pear psylla, 44
Pear thrips, 44
Peck, Charles H., testimonial exhibit
of edible and poisonous fungi, 12
Peet, C. E., cited, 165, 190
Petraster speciosus, 123
Protopalaester, 137
narrawayi, 119, 135, 136, 137
Publications, Department, 24
Railroad worm, 43
Raymond, P. E., cited, 120, 139
Red bugs, 44
Reservations, condition of, I9
San José scale, 43
Sand, Albany molding, 107-15
Schuchert, C., cited, 117, 118, 123, 139
Shade tree insects, 46
Spencer, J. W., cited, 185, 190
Spencer, W. K., cited, 110, 130
Staff of the Department of Science,
60
Stark’s knob near Schuyierville, 21.
Stenaster salteri, 119
Stockport, observations on
100-1
slides,
Tetraster wyville-thompsoni, 120
Troy, observations on slides, 95-08
Underground waters, 28
Urasterella, 117-39
girvanensis, 123, 125, 135, 138
grandis, 123, 125, 130, 134, 135
medusa, 121
pulchella, 119, 121
ulrichi, 126
Wampums, Iroquois, IG
Waters, underground, 28
White grub, 45
Wild flowers of New York, memoit
on, 24, 41
Woodworth, J. B., cited, oo, 165, 167.
177, 178, 179, 180, 186, 190
Zinc ores, 30
Zoology division, report of, 50-51
Zoology hall, installations in, 17
The Umversity of the State of New York
New York State Museum
JoHN M. CLARKE, Director
PUBLICATIONS
Packages will be sent prepaid except when distance or weight renders the
same impracticable. On 10 or more copies of any one publication 20%
discount will be given. Editions printed are only large enough to meet
special claims and probable sales. When the sale copies are exhausted,
the price for the few reserve copies is advanced to that charged by second-
hand booksellers, in order to limit their distribution to cases of special
need. Such prices are inclosed in [ ]. All publications are in paper covers,
unless binding is specified. Checks or money orders should be addressed
and payable to The University of the State of New York.
Museum annual reports 1847—-date. All in print to 1894, 50c a volume, 75c in
cloth; 1894-daie, sold in sets only; 75c each for octavo volumes; price of
quarto volumes on application.
These reports are made up of the reports of the Director, Geologist, Paleontologist,
Botanist and Entomologist, and museum bulletins and memoirs, issued as advance sections
of the reports.
Director’s annual reports 1904—date.
I904. I138p. 20c. toro. (Bul. 149) 280p. il. 42pl. 5o0c.
I905. 102p. 23pl. 30c. I9gtr. (Bul. 158) 218p. 4opl. 50c.
1906. 186p. 4Ipl. 25c. 1912. (Bul. 164) 214p. 5opl. 50c.
1907. (Bul. 121) 212p. 63pl. 5o0c. 1913. (Bul. 173) 158p. il. 20pl. 4oc.
1908. (Bul. 133) 234p. 39pl. map. 4oc. 1914. (Bul. 177) 174p. il. 33pl. 45c.
1909. (Bul. 140) 230p. 41pl. 2 maps, 4 charts. Ior5. (Bul. 187) toap. il. 58pl. 5 maps. 5o0c-
Out of print
These reports cover the reports of the State Geologist and of the State Paleontologist.
Bound also with the museum reports of which they form a part.
Geologist’s annual reports 1881-date. Rep’ts 1,
14-16, 4to.
In 1898 the paleontologic work of the State was made distinct from the geologic and was
reported separately from 1899-1903. The two departments were reunited in 1904, and are
now reported in the Director’s report.
The annual reports of the original Natural History Survey, 1837-41, are out of print.
Reports 1-4, 1881-84, were published only in separate form. Of the 5th report 4 pages
were reprinted in the 39th museum report, and a supplement to the 6th report was included
in the 4oth museum reports. The 7th and subsequent reports are included in the 41st and
following museum reports, except that certain lithographic plates in the 11th report (1891)
and 13th (1893) are omitted from the 45th and 47th museum reports.
Separate volumes of the following only are available.
3-13, 17-date, 8vo; 2,
Report Price Report Price Report Price
I2 (1892) $.50 17 $.75 21 $.40
I4 -75 18 5u/S 22 -40
I5, 2V 2 19 -40 23 -45
16 I 20 -50 [See Director’s annual reports]
Paleontologist’s annual reports 1899—date.
See first note under Geologist’s annual reports.
Bound also with museum reports of which they form a part.
may be had for 20c each. Those for rt901-3 were issued as bulletins.
with the Director’s report.
Entomologist’s annual reports on the injurious and other insects of the
State of New York 1882-date.
Reports 3-20 bound also with museum reports 40-46, 48-58 of which they form a part.
Since 1898 these reports have been issued as bulletins. Reports 3-4, 17 are out of print,
other reports with prices are:
Reports for 1899 and I900
In 1904 combined
Report Price Report Price Report Price
I $.50 13 Out of print 23 (Bul. 124) $.75
2 .30 14 (Bul. 23) .20 Di (( © ¥ 134) .35
5 +25 Te SD eens 25 ( I41) .35
6 siti mo(( 2 gO) sae oe) (( GS SVG) |) oats
7 .20 Lon (Cu O4) 20) Dy (Cy aS) aA)
8 -25 TOs 76) .25 23) Ga TOs) 40
9 25 20( “ 07) .40 20) (ee tS) ee45
5x0) .35 aa (CS oy) BAS 30 ( I80) .50
II ~25 22( “ I10) .25 31 ( “* 186) .40
I2 .25
\ aie 4
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
_Reports 2, 8-12 may also be obtained bound in cloth at 25c each in addition to the price
given above.
Botanist’s annual reports 1867—date.
Bound also with museum reports 21-date of which they form a part; the first Botanist’s
report appeared in the 21st museum report and is numbered 21. Reports 21-24, 29, 31-41
were not published separately.
Separate reports for 1871-74, 1876, 1888-08 are out of print. Report for 1899 may be had
for 20c; 1900 for 50c. Since r90r these reports have been issued as bulletins.
Descriptions and illustrations of edible, poisonous and unwholesome fungi of New York
have also been published in volumes 1 and 3 of the 48th (1894) museum report and in volume
I of the 49th (1895), 51st (1897), 52d (1898), 54th (1900), 55th (1901), in volume 4 of the
56th (1902), in volume 2 of the 57th (1903), in volume 4 of the 58th (1904), in volume 2
of the 50th (1905), in volume 1 of the 60th (10906), in volume 2 of the 61st (1907), 62d
(1908), 63d (1909), 64th (1910), 65th (1911) reports. The descriptions and illustrations of,
edible and unwholesome species contained in the aoth, 51st and 52d reports have been re-
pie and rearranged, and, combined with others more recently prepared, constitute Museum
emoir 4.
Museum bulletins 1887-date. 8vo. To advance subscribers, $2 a year, or $1
a year for division (1) geology, economic geology, paleontology, mineralogy,
50c each for division (2) general zoology, archeology, miscellaneous, (3) botany,
(4) entomology.
Bulletins are grouped in the list on the following pages according to divisions.
The divisions to which bulletins belong are as follows:
I Zoology 64 Entomology 126 Geology
2 Botany 65 Paleontology 27a
3 Economic Geology 66 Miscellaneous T2607 se
4 Mineralogy 67 Botany 129 Entomology
5 Entomology 68 Entomology 130 Zoology
6 i Aa 69 Paleontology 131 Botany _
7 Economic Geology 70 Mineralogy 132 Economic Geology
8 Botany 71 Zoology ; 133 Director’s report for 1908
9 Zoology _ 72 Entomology 134 Entomology
to Economic Geology 73 Archeology 135 Geology
IL ce 74. Entomology 136 Entomology
I2 iY 75 Botany 137 Geology
13 Entomology 76 Entomology ESS
14 Geology 77 Geology 139 Botany
15 Economic Geology 78 Archeology I40 Director’s report for 1909
16 Archeology 79 Entomology I4t Entomology
17 Economic Geology 80 Paleontology I42 Economic Geology
18 Archeology 81 Geology I43 4
19 Geology 82 7 144 Archeology
20 Entomology 83 « 145 Geology
21 Geology 84 146 &
22 Archeology 85 Economic Geology 147 Entomology
23 Entomology 86 Entomology 148 Geology
24 se 87 Archeology 149 Director’s report for 1910
25 Botany 88 Zoology 150 Botany |
26 Entomology 89 Archeology I5I1 Economic Geology
27 ¢ ; 90: Paleontology 152 Geology
28 Botany 91 Zoology 153 2
29 Zoology | 92 Paleontology 154 e
30 Economic Geology 93 Economic Geology 155 Entomology
31 Entomology 94 Botany 156 €
32 Archeology 95 Geology I57 Botany
33 Zoology 96 fc I58 Director's report for ort
34 Geology 97 Entomology 1590 Geology
35 Economic Geology 98 Mineralogy 160 tale
36 Entomology 99 Paleontology 161 Economic Geology
37 % 100 Economic Geology 162 Geology
38 Zoology ror Paleontology 163 Archeology
39 Paleontology 102 Economic Geology 164 Director’s report for 1912
40 Zoology 103 Entomology 165 Entomology
41 Archeology I04 Ge 166 Economic Geology
42 Geology 105 Botany 167 Botany
43 Zoology 106 Geology 168 Geology
44 Economic Geology 107 Geology and Paleontology 169 2
45 Paleontology 108 Archeology 170 4
46 Entomology tog Entomology 171 -
47 “ IIo «c 172 : “
48 Geology Irtr Geology 173 Director’s report for 1913
49 Paleontology Ir2 Economic Geology 174 Economic Geology
50 Archeology 113. Archeology I75 Entomology
51 Zoology I14 Geology 176 Botany
52 Paleontology II5 ss 177 Director’s report for 1914
53 Entomology 116 Botany 178 Economic Geology
54 Botany r17 Archeology I79 Botany
55 Archeology Irs Geology 180 Entomology
56 Geology I1r9 Economic Geology 18r Economic Geology
57 Entomology 120 « } 182 Geology
58 Mineralogy I21t Director's report for 1907 183 sf
59 Entomology 122 Botany 184 Archeology
60 Zoology p 123 Economic Geology 185 Geology
61 Economic Geology 124 Entomology 186 Entomology
62 Miscellaneous r25 Archeology 187 Director’s report for 1915
63 Geology
MUSEUM PUBLICATIONS
Bulletins are also found with the annual reports of the museum as follows:
Bulletin Report Bulletin Report Bulletin Report Bulletin Report
I2-15 48, v. I 79 57, Vv. 1, pt2 I19-21 6I,v.I 155 65, Vv. 2
16, 17 OmveeL 80 57, V-1I, ptr 122 OUebVen2 5 O 65, v. 2
‘I8, 19 5I,v.1 81, 82 58, v.3 E23 ODsiven tee L577 65, Vv. 2
20-25 52,v.1 83, 84 58, v. 1 I24 6I1,v.2 158 65, v. 1
26-31 53, Vv. 1 85 Sova ce 125 62,v.3 159 65, Vv. I
32-34 54, Vv. I 86 58,V.5 126-28 62,v.I 160 65, Vv. 1
35, 30 54, v. 2 87-89 58, v. 4 129 62,v.2 I61 65, v. 2
37-44 54, Vv. 3 90 58, Vv. 3 130 O2hivash LO2 65, v. I
45-48 54, Vv. 4 Or 58, v. 4 Tigi s CeO 2 hv ae omen OR 66, v. 2
49-54 Sy We Te 92 58, v.3 133 62,v.I 164 66, v. I
55 56, v. 4 93 58, v. 2 I34 62,v.2 165-67 166, Vv. 2
56 56, v. I 94. 58, Vv. 4 135 63,Vv.I 168-70 66,v.1
57 56, v- 3 95, 96 58, v. I 136 OS tVan 2m LOM Or7,
58 56, v. I 07 : 58, Vv. 5 137 63, Vv.I 177-80 68
59, 60 56, v. 3 98, 99 59, V. 2 138 63, Vv. I
6I 56, v. 1 Too 50, v- I I39 63, v. 2 Memoir
62 56,v.4 IOL 50, v. 2 I40 Ostnvenlenn2) 49, Vv. 3
63 56, v. 2 102 50, v. 1 I4t OB Wo 2 Bal 53ycve 2
64 50, v. 3 103-5 59, Vv. 2 142 Gio We 2 8h 57, V- 3
65 56, v. 2 106 59, v. I 143 OZ Wo 4 57,V.4
66, 67 56, v. 4 107 60, v. 2 I44 64,v.2 8, ptr 59, Vv. 3
68 56, v. 3 108 60, v. 3 TA5 Os Wo R35 TIE B 59, Vv. 4
69 56, v. 2 I09, II0 60, v. I 146 64,v.I 9, ptr 60, v. 4
70, 71 IN7/5 No. digg ae | peauae) 60, v. 2 IA7 64, V.2 9, pt2 62,v.4
72 Sievert, pug Li2 60, v. I 148 OAR ven 2eeLO) 60, v. 5
73 57; V. 2 I13 60, v. 3 149 OANVe = LE 6I, v. 3
74 57, Vv.-I,pt2 tI1r4 60, v. I I50 O40 vez) 12) pt eOstaves
75 Big Wo B II5 60, v. 2 I51 ON, oD pie e Cons 3
76 Seva Ly po2) TLO 60, v. I 152 (oY. ee oc) 63, Vv. 4
Gye he Ba We aig oe Ie | Many 60, Vv. 3 153 OM We A Wh WR Oy i 3
78 Bais We Irs 60, v. I I54 OB TW OR, He Al
The figures at the benim of each entry in the following list indicate its number as a
museum bulletin.
Geology and Paleontology. 14 Kemp, J. F. Geology of Moriah and West-
port Townships, Essex Co., N. Y., with notes on the iron mines. 38p.
il. 7pl. 2 maps. Sept. 1895. Free.
to Merrill, F. J. H. Guide to the Study of the Geological Collections of
the New York State Museum. 164p. 119 pl.map. Nov. 1898. Out of print.
21 Kemp, J. F. Geology of the Lake Placid Region. 24p. 1pl. map. Sept.
1898. Free.
34 Cumings, E. R. Lower Silurian System of Eastern Montgomery County;
Prosser, C. S. Notes on the Stratigraphy of Mohawk Valley and Sara-
toga County, N. Y. 74p. 14pl.map. May 1900. 15c.
39 Clarke, J. M.; Simpson, G. B. & Loomis, F. B. Paleontologic Papers 1.
72p. il. 16pl. Oct. 1900. 15¢c.
Contents: Clarke, J. M. A Remarkable Occurrence of Orthoceras in the Oneonta Beds of
the Chenango Valley, N. Y.
Paropsonema cryptophya; a Peculiar Echinoderm from the Intumescens-zone
(Portage Beds) of Western New York.
— Dictyonine Hexactinellid Sponges from the Upper Devonic of New York.
The Water Biscuit of Squaw Island, Canandaigua Lake, N. Y.
Simpson, G. B. Preliminary Descriptions of New Genera of Paleozoic Rugose Corals.
Loomis, F. B. Siluric Fungi from Western New York.
42 Ruedemann, Rudolf. Hudson River Beds near Albany and their Taxo-
nomic Equivalents. 116p.2pl.map. Apr. 1901. 25c.
45 Grabau, A. W. Geology and Paleontology of Niagara Falls and Vicinity.
286p. il. 1i8pl. map. Apr. 1901. 65c; cloth, 90c.
48 Woodworth, J. B. Pleistocene Geology of Nassau County and Borough
of Queens. 58p. il. 8pl.map. Dec. 1901. Out of print.
49 Ruedemann, Rudolf; Clarke, J.M. & Wood, Elvira. Paleontologic
Papers 2. 240p. 13pl. Dec. 1901. Out of print.
Contents: Ruedemann, Rudolf. Trenton Conglomerate of Rysedorph Hill.
Clarke, J. M. Limestones of Central and Western New York Interbedded with Bitumie
nous Shales of the Marcellus Stage.
Wood, Elvira. Marcellus Limestones of Lancaster, Erie Come Nenys
Clarke, J. M. New Agelacrinites.
Value of Amnigenia as an Indicator of Fresh-water Deposits during the Devonic of
New York, Ireland and the Rhineland.
52 Clarke, J. M. Report of the State Paleontologist 1901. 280p. il.
map, I tab. July 1902. 4o0c.
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
56 Merrill, F. J. H. Description of the State Geologic Map of 1901. 4a2p.
2 maps, tab. - Nov. 1902. Free.
63 Clarke, J. M. & Luther, D. D. Stratigraphy of Canandaigua and Naples
Quadrangles. 78p. map. June 1904. 25c.
65 Clarke, J. M. Catalogue of Type Specimens of Paleozoic Fossils in the
New York State Museum. 848p. May 1903. $1.20 cloth.
69 Report of the State Paleontologist 1902. 464p. 52pl. 7 maps. Nov.
1903. $1, cloth.
77 Cushing, H. P. Geology of the Vicinity of Little Falls, Herkimer Co.
o8p. il. 15pl.2 maps. Jan. 1905. 30c.
80 Clarke, J. M. Report of the State Paleontologist 1903. 396p. 2gpl.
2maps. Feb. 1905. 85c, cloth.
81 Clarke, J. M. & Luther, D. D. Watkins and Elmira Quadrangles. 32p.
map. Mar. 1905. 25¢c.
82 Geologic Map of the Tully Quadrangle. 4op. map. Apr. 1905. 20c.
83 Woodworth, J. B. Pleistocene Geology of the Mooers Quadrangle. 62p.
25pl. map. June 1905. 25c.
84 —— Ancient Water Levels of the Champlain and Hudson Valleys. 206p.
il. rm1pl. 18 maps. July 1905. 45c.
90 Ruedemann, Rudolf. Cephalopoda of Beekmantown and Chazy For-
mations of Champlain Basin. 224p. il. 38pl. May 1906. 75¢, cloth.
92 Grabau, A. W. Guide to the Geology and Paleontology of the Schoharie
Region. 314p. il. 26pl.map. Apr. 1906. 75c, cloth.
95 Cushing, H. P. Geology of the Northern Adirondack Region. 188p.
I5pl. 3 maps. Sept. 1905. 30c.
96 Ogilvie, I. H. Geology of the Paradox Lake Quadrangle. 54p. il. 17pl.
map. Dec. 1905. 30c.
99 Luther, D. D. Cae of the Buffalo Quadrangle. 32p. map. May
1906. 20c.
tor —— Geology of the Penn Yan-Hammondsport Quadrangles. 28p.
map. July 1906. Out of print.
106 Fairchild, H. L. Glacial Waters in the Erie Basin. 88p. I4pl. 9 maps.
Feb. 1907. Out of print.
107 Woodworth, J. B.; Hartnagel, C. A.; Whitlock, H. P.; Hudson, G. H.;
’ Clarke, J. M.; White, David & Berkey, C. P. Geological Papers. 388p.
54pl. map. May 1907. 90¢, cloth.
Contents: Woodworth, J. B. Postglacial Faults of Eastern New York.
Hartnagel, C. A. Stratigraphic Relations of the Oneida Bone lomenats.
Upper Siluric and Lower Devonic Formations of the Skunnemunk Mountain Region.
Whitlock, H. P. Minerals from Lyon Mountain, Clinton Co.
Hudson, G. H. On Some Pelmatozoa from the Chazy Limestone of New York.
Clarke, J. M. Some New Devonic Fossils.
An Interesting Style of Sand-filled Vein.
Eurypterus Shales of the Shawangunk Mountains in Eastern New York.
White, David. A Remarkable Fossil Tree Trunk from the Middle Devonic of New York.
Boon: P. Structural and Stratigraphic Features of the Basal Gneisses of the High-
anas
111 Fairchild, H. L. Drumlins of New York. 6op. 28pl. 19 maps. July
1907. Out ‘of print.
114 Hartnagel, C. A. Geologic Map of the Rochester and Ontario Beach
Quadrangles. 36p.map. Aug. 1907. 20c.
115 Cushing, H. P. Geology of the- Long Lake Quadrangle. 88p. 2opl.
map. Sept. 1907. 25c.
118 Clarke, J. M. & Luther, D. D. Geologic Maps and Descriptions of the
Portage and Nunda Quadrangles including a map of Letchworth Park.
50p. r6pl. qnabe. Jan. 1908. 35c.
126 Miller, W. J. Geology of the Remsen Quadrangle. 54p. il. 11pl. map.
Jan. 1909. 250,
127 Fairchild, H. L. Glacial Waters in Central New York. 64p. 27pl. 15
maps. Mar. 1909. 40c.
128 Luther, D. D. Geology of the Geneva-Ovid Quadrangles. 44p. map.
Apr. 1909. 20c.
135 Miller, W. J. Geology of the Port Leyden Quadrangle, Lewis County,
N.Y. 62p.il. ripl.map. Jan. 1910. 25c.
MUSEUM PUBLICATIONS
137 Luther, D. D. Geology of the Auburn-Genoa Quadrangles. 36p. map.
Mar. 1910. 20c.
138 Kemp, J. F. & Ruedemann, Rudolf. Geology of the Elizabethtown
and Port Henry Quadrangles. 176p. il. 20pl. 3 maps. Apr. 1910. Out
of print.
145 Cushing, H. P.; Fairchild, H. L.; Ruedemann, Rudolf & Smyth, C. H.
Geology of the Thousand Islands Region. 194p. il. 62pl. 6 maps. Dec.
1910. $1.00, cloth.
146 Berkey, Ep) Geologic Features and Problems of the New York City
(Catskill) Aqueduct. 286p. il. 38pl. maps. Feb. 1911. 75c; cloth, $1.
148 Gordon, C. E. Geology of the Poughkeepsie Quadrangle. 122p. il.
26pl. map. Apr. I9II. 30c.
152 Luther, D. D. Geology of the Honeoye-Wayland Quadrangles. 3op.
map. Oct. 1911. 20c.
153 Miller, William J. Geology of the Broadalbin Quadrangle, Fulton-
Saratoga Counties, New York. 66p. il. 8pl. map. Dec. 1911. 25¢.
154 Stoller, James H. Glacial Geology of the Schenectady Quadrangle. 44p.
gpl. map: Dec. 1911. 20c
159 Kemp, James I’. The Mineral Springs of Saratoga. 8op. il. 3pl. Apr.
ROT 9) 5C:
160 Fairchild, H. L. Glacial Waters in the Black and Mohawk Valleys. 48p.
il. 8pl. 14 maps. May 1912. 5o0c.
162 Ruedemann, Rudolf. The Lower Siluric Shales of the Mohawk Valley.
52p. il. r5pl. Aug. 1912. 35¢c.
168 Miller, William J. Geological History of New York State. 130p. 43pl.
io maps. Dec. 1913. 40c.
169 Cushing, H. P. & Ruedemann, Rudolf. Geology of Saratoga Springs and
Vicinity. 178p. il. 20pl. map. Feb. 1914. 40c.
170 Miller, William J. Geology of the North Creek Quadrangle. gop. il. 14pl
Feb. 1914. 25c.
171 Hopkins, T. C. The Geology of the Syracuse Quadrangle. 8op. il. 2opl.
map. July 1914. 25c.
172 Luther, D. D. Geology of the Attica and Depew Quadrangles. 32p. map.
August 1914. 15c.
182 Miller, William J. The Geology of the Lake Pleasant Quadrangle. 56p.
il. topl. map. Feb. 1916. 25c.
183 Stoller, James H. Glacial Geology of the Saratoga Quadrangle. 5op. il.
I2pl. map. Mar. 1, 1916. 25c.
185 Martin, James C. The Precambrian Rocks of the Canton Quadrangle.
112p. il. 20pl. map. May 1, 1916. 30c.
Luther, D. D. Geology of the Phelps Quadrangle. In preparation.
Miller, William J. Geology of the Blue Mountain Quadrangle. In press.
Whitnall, H.O. Geology of the Morrisville Quadrangle. Prepared.
Hudson, G. H. Geology of Valcour Island. In preparation.
Cushing, H. P. Geology of Vicinity of Ogdensburg. In press.
Ruedemann, Rudolf. Paleontologic Contributions. Jn press.
Economic Geology. 3 Smock, J.C. Building Stone in the State of New York.
154p. Mar. 1888. 30c.
First Report on the Iron Mines and Iron Ore Districts in the State
of New York. 78p. map. June 1889. Out of print.
Io Building Stone in New York. 210p. map, tab. Sept. 1890.
tr Merrill, F. J. H. Salt and Gypsum Industries of New York. 94p. t12pl.
2 maps, 11 tab. Apr. 1893. Not available.
I2 Ries, Heinrich. Clay Industries of New York. 174p. il. ipl. map. Mar.
1895. 30c.
15 Merrill, F. J. H. Mineral Resources of New York. 240p. 2 maps.
Sept. 1895. [50c]
Road Materials and Road Building in New York. 52p. t4pl.
2maps. Oct. 1897. I5¢.
30 Orton, Edward. Petroleum and Natural Gas in New York. 136p. il.
3 maps. Nov. 1899. I5c.
35 Ries, Heinrich. Clays of New York; Their Properties and Uses. 456p.
140pl.map. June 1900. $1.00 cloth.
17
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
44 Lime and Cement Industries of New York; Eckel, E. C. Chapters
on the Cement Industry. 332p. 1o1pl. 2 maps. Dec. tgot. 5c, cloth.
61 Dickinson, H. T. Quarries of Bluestone and Other Sandstones in New
York. 114p. 18pl.2 maps. Mar. 1903. 35c.
85 Rafter, G. W. Hydrology of New York State. go2p. il. g4pl. 5 maps.
May 1905. $1.50, cloth
93 Newland, D. H. Mining and Quarry Industry of New York. 78p.
July 1905. Out of print.
too McCourt, W. E. Fire Tests of Some New York Building Stones. op.
26pl. Feb. 1906. 5c.
to2 Newland, D. H. Mining and Quarry Industry of New York 1905.
162p. June 1906. 25c.
I12 Mining and Quarry Industry of New York 1906. 82p. July
1907. Out of print. :
119 —— & Kemp, J. F. Geology of the Adirondack Magnetic Iron Ores
with a Report on the Mineville-Port Henry Mine Group. 184p. 14pl.
8 maps. Apr. 1908. 35c.
120 Newland, D. H. Mining and Quarry Industry of New York 1907. 82p.
July 1908. 15c.
123 & Hartnagel, C. A. Iron Ores of the Clinton Formation in New
York State. 76p.il. 14pl.3 maps. Nov. 1908. 25¢c. ;
132 Newland, D. H. Mining and Quarry Industry of New York 1908. 98p.
July 1909. I65¢c.
142 —— Mining and Quarry Industry of New York for 1909. 98p. Aug.
1910. 15¢.
143 —— Gypsum Deposits of New York. 94p.20pl.4 maps. Oct. 1910. 35¢.
I51 Mining and Quarry Industry of New York 1910. 82p. June Iori. I5c.
161 —— Mining and Quarry Industry of New York 1911. 114p. July 1912. 20c.
166 Mining and Quarry Industry of New York 1912. 114p. August 1913.
20.
174 —— Mining and Quarry Industry of New York 1913. 11Ip. Dec. 1914
20C.
178 Mining and Quarry Industry of New York 1914. 88p. Novy. 1915. 1I5c.
181 The Quarry Materials of New York. 212p. 34pl. Jan. 1916. 40c.
Mining and Quarry Industry of New York 1915. In press.
Mineralogy. 4 Nason, F. L. Some New York Minerals and Their Localities.
22p. Ipl. Aug. 1888. Free.
58 Whitlock, H. P. Guide to the Mineralogic Collections of the New York
State Museum. 150p. il. 39pl. 11 models. Sept. 1902. 4oc.
70 New York Mineral Localities. 1I10p. Oct. 1903. 20c.
98 —— Contributions from the Mineralogic Laboratory. 38p. 7pl. Dec.
1905. Out of print.
Zoology. 1 Marshall, W. B. Preliminary List of New York Unionidae.
20p. Mar. 1892. Free.
9 —— Beaks of Unionidae Inhabiting the Vicinity of Albany, N. Y. 3op.
ipl. Aug. 1890. Free.
29 Miller, G. S., jr. Preliminary List of New York Mammals. 124p. Oct.
1899. 15c¢. :
33 Farr, M.S. Check List of New York Birds. 224p. Apr. 1900. 25¢c.
38 Miller, G. S., jr. Key to the Land Mammals of Northeastern North
America. 106p. Oct. 1900. I5¢.
40 Simpson, G. B. Anatomy and Physiology of Polygyra albolabris and
Limax maximus and Embryology of Limax maximus. 82p. 28pl. Oct.
TOOK esc:
43 Kellogg, J. L. Clam and Scallop Industries of New York. 36p. 2pl.
map. Apr. 1901. Free.
51 Eckel, E. C. & Paulmier, F. C. Catalogue of Reptiles and Batrachians
of New York. 64p.il. tpl. Apr. 1902. Out of print.
Eckel, E. C. Serpents of Northeastern United States.
Paulmier, F. C. Lizards, Tortoises and Batrachians of New York.
area H. Catalogue of the Fishes of New York. 784p. Feb. 1903.
1, clot
MUSEUM PUBLICATIONS
71 Kellogg, J. L. Heeding Habits and Growth of Venus mercenaria. 30p.
4pl. Sept. 1903. Free
88 ee ea Elizabeth J. Check List of the Mollusca of New York. tI16p.
May 1905. 20c
or Paulmier, F. @ Higher Crustacea of New York City. 78p. il. June
1905. 20¢c.
130 Shufeldt, R. W. Osteology of Birds. 382p. il. 26pl. May 1909. 50c.
Entomology. 5 Lintner, J. A. White Grub of the May Beetle. 34p. il.
Nov. 1888. Out of prant.
6 Cut-worms. 38p.il. Nov. 1888. Out of print.
13 San José Scale and Some Destructive Insects of New York State.
54p. 7pl. Apr. 1895. 15c. 9 ;
20 Felt, E. P. Elm Leaf Beetle in New York State. 46p. il 5pl. June
1898. Free.
See 57.
23
14th Report of the State Entomologist 1898. 150p. il. gpl. Dec.
1898. 20c.
24 Memorial of the Life and Entomologic Work of J. A. Lintner Ph.D.
State Entomologist 1874-98; Index to Entomologist’ s Reports 1- 13. 316p.
tpl. Oct. 1899. 35¢c.
Supplement to 14th report of the State Entomologist.
26 Collection, Preservation and Distribution of New York Insects.
36p. il. Apr. 1899. Out of print.
27 Shade Tree Pestsin New York State. 26p. il. 5pl. May 1899. Free.
31 —— 15th Report of the State Entomologist 1899. 128p. June 1900.
15c.
36 —— 16th Report of the State Entomologist 1900. 1118p. 16pl. Mar.
IQOI. 25¢.
Catalogue of Some of the More Important Injurious and Beneficial
Insects of New York State. 54p.il. Sept. 1900. Free.
46 Scale Insects of Importance and a List of the Species in New York
' State. o4p.il. 15pl. June 1901. 25c.
47 Needham, J. G. & Betten, Cornelius. Aquatic Insects in the Adiron-
dacks. 234p.il. 36pl. Sept. 1901. 45¢c.
53 Felt, E. P. 17th Report of the State Entomologist 1901. 232p. il. 6pl.
Aug. 1902. Out of print.
Elm Leaf Beetle in New York State. 46p. il. 8pl. Aug. 1902.
Out of print.
This is a revision of Bulletin 20 containing the more essential facts observed since that
was prepared.
57
59 Grapevine Root Worm. 4op. 6pl. Dec. 1902. 15c.
See 72.
64 18th Report of the State Entomologist 1902. t110p. 6pl. May
1903. 20c.
68 Needham, J. G. & others. Aquatic Insects in New York. 322p. 52pl.
Aug. 1903. 80c, cloth.
72 Felt, E. P. Grapevine Root Worm. 58p.13pl. Nov. 1903. 20c.
This is a revision of Bulletin 59 containing the more essential facts observed since that
was prepared.
74 —— & Joutel, L. H. Monograph of the Genus Saperda. 88p. r14pl.
June 1904. 25¢c.
76 Felt, E. P. 19th Report of the State Entomologist 1903. 150p. 4pl.
1904. I5¢.
79 —— Mosquitos or Culicidae of New York. 164p. il. 57pl. tab. Oct.
1904. 40C
86 Needham, J. G. & others. May Flies and Midges of New York. 352p.
il. 37pl. June 1905. 80c, cloth.
97 Felt, E. P. 20th Report of the State Entomologist 1904. 246p. il. rgpl.
Noy. 1905. 40c.
103 —— Gipsy and Brown Tail Moths. 44p.1opl. July 1906. 15c.
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
104 —— 21st Report of the State Entomologist 1905. 1344p. ropl. Aug.
1906. 25c.
10g —— Tussock Moth and Elm Leaf Beetle. 34p. 8pl. Mar. 1907. 20¢.
‘I10 22d Report of the State Entomologist 1906. 152p. 3pl. June
1907.| 25e:
124 —— 23d Report of the State Entomologist 1907. 542p. il. 44pl. Oct.
1908. 75¢.
129 —— Control of Household Insects. 48p.il. May 1909. Free.
134 24th Report of the State Entomologist 1908. 208p. il. 17pl.
Sept. 1909. 35¢.
136 —— Control of Flies and Other Household Insects. 56p. il. Feb.
I9IO. I5¢.
This is a revision of Bulletin 129 containing the more essential facts observed since
that was prepared.
141 Felt, E. P. 25th Report of the State Entomologist 1909. 178p. il. 22pl.
July 1910. 35c.
147 26th Report of the State Entomologist 1910. 182p. il. 35pl. Mar.
LOLA ¢35C:
E55) ees 27th Report of the State Entomologist 1911. 198p. il. 27pl. Jan.
I9I2. 40c.
156 Elm Leaf Beetle and White-Marked Tussock Moth. 35p. 8pl. Jan.
Torl2) 20c
165 28th Report of the State Entomologist 1912. 266p.14pl. July 1913.
Pate 29th Report of the State Entomologist 1913. 258p. 16pl. April
gad se Report of the State Entomologist 1914. 336p. il. 19pl. Jan.
es ae Report of the State Entomologist 1915. 216p. il. 18 pl. June
UOMO OC:
Needham, J. G. Monograph on Stone Flies. In preparation.
Botany. 2 Peck, C. H. Contributions to the Botany of the State of New
York. 72p. 2pl. May 1887. 20c.
8 Boleti of the United States. 98p. Sept. 1889. Out of print.
25 —— Report of the State Botanist 1898. 76p. 5pl. Oct. 1899. Out of print.
28 Plants of North Elba. 206p. map. June 1899. 20c.
54 —— Report of the State Botanist 1901. 58p.7pl. Nov. 1902. 4oc.
67 —— Report of the State Botanist 1902. 196p. 5pl. May 1903. 50c.
75 —— Report of the State Botanist 1903. 7op. 4pl. 1904. 40c.
94 —— Report of the State Botanist 1904. 60p.1opl. July 1905. 4o0c.
105 —— Report of the State Botanist 1905. 108p. 12pl. Aug. 1906. 50c.
116 —— Report of the State Botanist 1906. 120p.6pl. July 1907. 35¢c.
122 —— Report of the State Botanist 1907. 178p. 5pl. Aug. 1908. 4oc.
I31 —— Report of the State Botanist 1908. zo2p. 4pl. July 1909. 4oc.
139 —— Report of the State Botanist 1909. 116p. 1opl. May 1910. 45c.
150 —— Report of the State Botanist 1910. Ioop. 5pl. May 1911. 30c.
157 —— Report of the State Botanist 1911. 140p.9pl. Mar. 1912. 35c.
167 —— Report of the State Botanist 1912. 138p. 4pl. Sept. 1913. 30c.
176 —— Report of the State Botanist 1913. 78p.17pl. June 1915. 20c.
179 —— Report of the State Botanist 1914. 108p.i1pl. Dec. 1915. 20c.
—— Report of the State Botanist 1915. In press.
Archeology. 16 Beauchamp, W. M. Aboriginal Chipped Stone Implements |
of New York. 86p.23pl. Oct. 1897. 25c.
18 Polished Stone Articles Used by the New York Aborigines. 104p.
35pl. Nov. 1897. 25c.
22
25¢.
32 Aboriginal Occupation of New York. t19o0p. 16pl. 2 maps. Mar.
1900. 30c. :
4t —— Wampum and Shell Articles Used by New York Indians. 166p.
28pl. Mar. 1901. Out of print.
Horn and Bone Implements of the New York Indiaris. t12p. 43pl.
Mar. 1902. Out of print.
50
-Earthenware of the New York Aborigines. 78p. 33pl. Oct. 1898.
MUSEUM PUBLICATIONS
55 —— Metallic Implements of the New York Indians. g4p. 38pl. June
1902. 25¢.
73 —— Metallic Ornaments of the New York Indians. 122p. 37pl. Dec.
1903. 30C. :
78 History of the New York Iroquois. 340p. 17pl. map. Feb. 1905.
75¢.
87 Perch Lake Mounds. 84p.12pl. Apr. 1905. 20c.
89 Aboriginal Use of Wood in New York. tgop. 35pl. June 1905.
Nat available.
108 Aboriginal Place Names of New York. 336p. May 1907. 4oc.
I13 —— Civil, Religious and Mourning Gone and Ceremonies of Adop-
tion. I18p. 7pl. June 1907. 25c.
1r7 Parker, A. C. An Erie Indian Village and Burial Site. 102p. 38pl.
Dec. 1907. 30c.
25 Converse, H. M. & Parker, A. C. Iroquois Myths and Legends. 196p.
il. t1pl. Dec. 1908. 50c.
144 Parker, A. C. Iroquois Uses of Maize and Other Food Plants. 120p.
il. 31pl. Nov. 1910. Out of print.
163 —— The Code of Handsome Lake. 144p. 23pl. Nov. 1912. 25c.
184 The Constitution of the Five Nations. 158p. 8pi. April 1, 1916.
30¢.
Miscellaneous. 62 Merrill, F. J. H. Directory of Natural History Museums
in United States and Canada. 236p. Apr. 1903. 30c.
66 Ellis, Mary. Index to Publications of the New York State Natural
History Survey and New York State Museum 1837- 1902, 418p. June
1903. 75¢, cloth.
Museum memoirs 1889-date. 4to.
I Beecher, C. E. & Clarke, J. M. Development of Some Silurian Brachi-
opoda. 96p. 8pl. Oct. 1889. $1.
2 Hall, James & Clarke, J. M. Paleozoic Reticulate Sponges. 35o0p. il. 7opl.
1898. $2, cloth.
3 Clarke, J. M. The Oriskany Fauna of Becraft Mountain, Columbia Co.,
N.Y. 128p.g9pl. Oct. 1900. 80c.
4 Peck, C. H. N. Y. Edible Fungi, 1895-99. 1I06p. 25pl. Nov. 1900. 75¢
This includes revised descriptions and illustrations of fungi reported in the 4oth, 51st and
52d reports of the State Botanist.
5 Clarke, J. M. & Ruedemann, Rudolf. Guelph Formation and Fauna of
New York State. 196p. 21pl. July 1903. $1.50, cloth.
6 Clarke, J. M. Naples Fauna in Western New York. 268p. 26pl. map.
1904. $2, cloth.
7 Ruedemann, Rudolf. Graptolites of New York. Pt 1 Graptolites of the
Lower Beds. 350p. 17pl. Feb. 1905. $1.50, cloth.
8 Felt, E. P. Insects Affecting Park and Woodland Trees. v.1. 460p.
il. 48pl. Feb. 1906. $2.50, cloth; v. 2. 548p. il. 22pl. Feb. 1907. $2, cloth.
$4. for the two volumes.
9 Clarke, J. M. Early Devonic of New York and Eastern North America.
Pt 1. 366p. il. 7opl. 5 maps. Mar. 1908. $2.50, cloth; Pt 2. 250p. il. 36pl.
4 maps. Sept. 1909. $2, cloth.
io Eastman, C. R. The Devonic Fishes of the New York Formations.
236p. 15pl. 1907. $1.25, cloth.
tz Ruedemann, Rudolf. Graptolites of New York. Pt 2 Graptolites of
the Higher Beds. 584p. il. 31pl. 2 tab. Apr. 1908. $2.50, cloth.
Psaton, Boi Birds of New York. v. 1. 5orp. il. 4epl:. Apr- 1910.
$3, cloth; v. 2, 719p. il. 6apl. July 1914. $4, cloth. $6. for the two volumes.
106 colored plates in portfolio $1.
13 Whitlock, H.P. Calcites of New York. t1gop.il.27pl. Oct.1910. $1, cloth.
14 Clarke, ie M. & Ruedemann, Rudolf. The Eurypterida of New York. v. I.
Text. 440p. il. v.2 Plates. 188p. 88pl. Dec. 1912. $4, cloth.
_ Natural History of New York. 30 v. il. pl. maps. 4to. Albany 1842-94.
DIVISION I zooLoGy. De Kay, James E. Zoology of New York; or, The
New York Fauna; comprising detailed descriptions of all the animals
hitherto observed within the State of New York with brief notices of
those occasionally found near its borders, and accompanied by appropri-
ate illustrations. 5v. il. pl. maps. sq. 4to. Albany 1842-44. Out of print.
Historical introduction to the series by Gov. W. H. Seward. 178p.
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
v. I ptt Mammalia. 131 + 46p. 33pl. 1842.
’ 300 copies with hand-colored plates.
v. 2 pt2 Birds. 12 + 380p. 141pl. 1844.
Colored plates. :
v. 3 pt3 Reptiles and Amphibia. 7 + 98p. pt 4 Fishes. 15 + 415p. 1842.
pt3—-4 bound together.
v. 4 Plates to accompany v. 3. Reptiles and Amphibia. 23pl. Fishes.
7opl. 1842.
300 copies with hand-colored plates.
v. 5 pt5 Mollusca. 4 + 271p. 4gopl. pt 6 Crustacea. 7op. 13pl. 1843-44.
Hand-colored plates; pt5—6 bound together.
DIVISION 2 BOTANY. Torrey, John. Flora of the State of New York; com-
prising full descriptions of all the indigenous and naturalized plants hith-
erto discovered in the State, with remarks on their economical and medical
properties. 2v. il. pl. sq. 4to. Albany 1843. Out of print.
v. 1 Flora of the State of New York. 12 + 484p. 72pl. 1843.
300 copies with hand-colored plates.
v. 2 Flora of the State of New York. 572p. 89pl. 1843.
300 copies with hand-colored plates.
DIVISION 3 MINERALOGY. Beck, Lewis C. Mineralogy of New York; com-
prising detailed descriptions of the minerals hitherto found in the State
of New York, and notices of their uses in the arts and agriculture. il. pl.
sq. 4to. Albany 1842. Out of print.
v. I ptt Economical Mineralogy. ptz2 Descriptive Mineralogy. 24 + 536p.
1842.
8 plates additional to those printed as part of the text.
DIVISION 4 GEOLOGY. Mather, W. W.; Emmons, Ebenezer; Vanuxem, Lard-
ner & Hall, James. Geology of New York. 4qv. il. pl. sq. 4to. Albany
1842-43. Out of print. ‘
v. I ptr Mather, W. W. First Geological District. 37 + 653p. 46pl. 1843.
v. 2 pt2 Emmons, Ebenezer. Second Geological District. 10 -+ 437p.
17pl. 1842.
v. 3 pt3 Vanuxem, Lardner. Third Geological District. 306p. 1842.
v. 4 pt4 Hall, James. Fourth Geological District. 22 + 683p. t19pl.
map. 1843.
DIVISION 5 AGRICULTURE. Emmons, Ebenezer. Agriculture of New York;
comprising an account of the classification, composition and distribution
of the soils and rocks and the natural waters of the different geological
formations, together with a condensed view of the meteorology and agri-
cultural productions of the State. 5v. il. pl. sq. 4to. Albany 1846-54.
Out of print.
v. 1 Soils of the State, Their Composition and Distribution. 11 + 371p. 2Ipl.
1846.
v. 2 Analysis of Soils, Plants, Cereals, etc. 8 + 343 + 46p. 4a2pl. 1849.
With hand-colored plates.
V. 3) Puts ete. 1S o G40py Los 1.
v. 4 Plates to accompany v. 3. 95pl. 1851.
Hand-colored.
v. 5 Insects Injurious to Agriculture. 8 + 272p. 5opl. 1854.
With hand-colored plates.
DIVISION 6 PALEONTOLOGY. Hall, James. Paleontology of New York. 8v.
il. pl. sq. 4to. Albany 1847-94. Bound in cloth.
v. 1 Organic Remains of the Lower Division of the New York System.
23 + 338p. 99pl. 1847. Out of print.
v. 2 Organic Remains of Lower Middle Division of the New York System.
8 + 362p. r10gpl. 1852. Out of print.
v. 3 Organic Remains of the Lower Helderberg Group and the Oriskany
Sandstone. pti, text. 12 + 532p. 1859. [$3.50]
pt2. 142pl. 1861. [$2.50]
MUSEUM PUBLICATIONS
v. 4 Fossil Brachiopoda of the Upper Helderberg, Hamilton, Portage and
Chemung Groups. 11 + 1+ 428p. 69pl. 1867. $2.50.
v. 5 pt 1 Lamellibranchiata 1. Monomyaria of the Upper Helderberg,
Hamilton and Chemung Groups. 18 + 268p. 45pl. 1884. $2.50.
Lamellibranchiata 2. Dimyaria of the Upper Helderberg, Ham-
ilton, Portage and Chemung Groups. 62 + 2903p. 51pl. 1885. $2.50.
pt 2 Gasteropoda, Pteropoda and Cephalopoda of the Upper Helder-
berg, Hamilton, Portage and Chemung Groups. 2v. 1879. v. 1, text.
‘15 + 492p.; v.2. I20pl. $2.50 for 2 v.
& Simpson, George B. v. 6 Corals and Bryozoa of the Lower and Up-
per Helderberg and Hamilton Groups. 24 + 2098p. 67pl. 1887. $2.50.
—— & Clarke, John M. v. 7 Trilobites and Other Crustacea of the Oris-
kany, Upper Helderberg, Hamilton, Portage, Chemung and Catskill
Groups. 64 + 236p. 46pl. 1888. Cont. supplement to v. 5, pt 2. Ptero-
poda, Cephalopoda and Annelida. 42p.18pl. 1888. $2.50.
& Clarke, John M. v.8 pti. Introduction to the Study of the Genera
of the Paleozoic Brachiopoda. 16 + 367p. 44pl. 1892. $2.50.
— & Clarke, John M. v. 8 pt 2 Paleozoic Brachiopoda. 16 + 394p. 64pl.
1894. $2.50.
Catalogue of the Cabinet of Natural History of the State of New York and
of the Historical and Antiquarian Collection annexed thereto. 242p. 8vo.
1853. Out of print.
Handbooks 1893-date.
New York State Museum. 52p. il. 1902. Free.
Outlines history and work of the museum with list of staff 1902.
Paleontology. 12p. 1899. Out of print.
Brief outline of State Museum work in paleontology under heads: Definition; Relation to
biology; Relation to stratigraphy; History of paleontology in New York. :
Guide to Excursions in the Fossiliferous Rocks of New York. 124p. 1899.
Free.
Itineraries of 32 trips covering nearly the entire series of Paleozoic rocks, prepared specially
for the use of teachers and students desiring to acquaint themselves more intimately with the
classic rocks of this State.
Entomology. 16p. 1899. Out of print.
Economic Geology. 44p. 1904. Free.
Insecticides and Fungicides. 20p. 1909. Free.
Classification of New York Series of Geologic Formations. 32p. 1903. Out
of print. Revised edition. 96p. t1912. Free.
Geologic maps. Merrill, F. J. H. Economic and Geologic Map of the
State of New York; issued as part of Museum Bulletin 15 and 48th Museum
Report, v.I. 59x67 cm. 1894. Scale 14 milestor inch. 15c.
Map of the State of New York Showing the Location of Quarries of
Stone Used for Building and Road Metal. 1897. Out of print.
Map of the State of New York Showing the Distribution of the Rocks
Most Useful for Road Metal. 1897. Out of print.
Geologic Map of New York. t1go1. Scale 5 miles to 1 inch. In ailas
form $2. Lower Hudson sheet 60c.
The lower Hudson sheet, geologically colored, comprises Rockland, Orange, Dutchess,
Putnam, Westchester, New York, Richmond, Kings, Queens and Nassau counties, and parts
oe Sullivan, Ulster and Suffolk counties; also northeastern New Jersey and part of western
onnecticut.
Map of New York Showing the Surface Configuration and Water Sheds
1901. Scale 12 milestotinch. 15c.
Map of the State of New York Showing the Location of Its Economic
Deposits. 1904. Scale 12 miles to I inch. I5c.
Geologic maps on the United States Geological Survey topographic base.
Scale I in. = 1m. Those marked with an asterisk have also been pub-
lished separately.
*Albany county. 1898. Out of print.
Area around Lake Placid. 1898.
Vicinity of Frankfort Hill [parts of Herkimer and Oneida counties]. 1899.
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
Rockland county. 1899.
Amsterdam quadrangle. 1900.
*Parts of Albany and Rensselaer counties. 1901. Out of print.
*Niagara river. IQOI. 25¢.
Part of Clinton county. 1901.
Oyster Bay and Hempstead quadrangles on Long Island. 1gor.
Portions of Clinton and Essex counties. . 1902.
Part of town of Northumberland, Saratoga co. 1903.
Union Springs, Cayuga county and vicinity. 1903.
*Olean quadrangle. 1903. Free.
*Becraft Mt with 2 sheets of sections. (Scale 1 in. ==4m.) 1903.
*Canandaigua-Naples quadrangles. 1904. 20c.
*Little Falls quadrangle. 1905. Free.
*Watkins-Elmira quadrangles. 1905. 20c.
*Tully quadrangle. 1905. Free.
*Salamanca quadrangle. 1905. Out of print.
*Mooers quadrangle. 1905. Free.
Paradox Lake quadrangle. 1905.
*Buffalo quadrangle. 1906. Free.
*Penn Yan-Hammondsport quadrangles. 1906. 20c.
*Rochester and Ontario Beach quadrangles. 20c.
*Long Lake quadrangle. Free.
*Nunda-Portage quadrangles. 20c.
*Remsen quadrangle. 1908. Free.
*Geneva-Ovid quadrangles. 1909. 20c.
*Port Leyden quadrangle. 1910. Free.
*Auburn-Genoa quadrangles. 1910. 20c.
*Elizabethtown and Port Henry quadrangles. 1910. I65¢c.
*Alexandria Bay quadrangle. i910. Free.
*Cape Vincent quadrangle. i910. Free.
*Clayton quadrangle. 1910. Free.
*Grindstone quadrangle. 1910. Free.
*Theresa quadrangle. i910. Free.
*Poughkeepsie quadrangle. 1911. Free.
*Honeoye-Wayland quadrangles. 1911. 20c.
*Broadalbin quadrangle. i911. Free.
*Schenectady quadrang’e I911. Free.
*Saratoga-Schuylerville quadrangles. 1914. 20¢.
*North Creek quadrangle. 1914. Free.
*Syracuse quadrangle. 1914. Free.
*Attica-Depew quadrangles. I914. 20c.
*Lake Pleasant quadrangle. 1916. Free.
*Saratoga quadrangle. 1916. Free.
*Canton quadrangle. 1916. Free. ~
20C.
ee eS ee
ak iM
i Aw iy
Yee
ay
hile
My ‘
hie
th
Baier sit
Det
gah ae". 1 fos 1
i aharasaponrtics AmAbnaarabaysArynneae. ceaaponnel tnannnerAanunt®®™ AANA app
fv q Saka Se pereeeningyie K
fief peehRaprrtnee \aPh Ana
AN Tae vyt Ania A AAAAAA ry AAPA, ptt
La Par > Fidga pA a ia} lal} A ay Waa
spot et Ye i alae AeapPhhl anni on77 ey MAN Aa Ahan “ WAAAa,, fot yer pr
Bella mie eke AM pepe NAN | angen NAN a wes Paaner.
; peri” ; PP a “*" uae aa aan hay LAVVVT Vet Te i a *A A ANas- ay *\ 9) ti £bce rae
ae bas per erl aes ny Move Abia SAAR annnn ox ee an, A 72 a PPA Weak pr
Aaa, Ae a 71. al TY f sa” en % rT cr A pants Ripper hte pelle A per wht a
Oh BAYT atte aprnenen | parr ppp aa teeth ee nen W
AA a ey a papa An*® | a > las Saf
;
Phthcaran:, paanh Par | laynal” Ann aa Vaan? AAMAS Af Pha
saab” | “i NA” Net aro aananPhast hea Kn ay ere Cn pal’ Aectnenrhn yy oA ante
waren (1 (1 ness rears 9 Baa a a A VER DESI OO) 0
habbeanaeel WrAany Loy aeiean ak aahpin 5" ft ge eb
sneclghPaancpeet Fee tts Betrone seca ssnsesQh
Ds apace MAMMA Sem ae ce ARR
Fr ia, Na Vvqny. ie
AA , { ‘aa ‘g jaa ike ae & Bs 8 A! 5 ef Asher I
i AA pnhen yeh” Pte pAaha wer | tt) y patragpnbrnt tener orig phah sh
rar apr eat AA’ | pan, pl f aA nash A teh mee
apni ah real gfenr..: 728 prrepaarc ola. ayaa Ysa annad. - Ng wAAA 4 aan Aa’ aprM-— ary rR
i AA gaan, ASaA Ape ean ten ony Ne aa cecsahaagnn waste all Tok | WAAR gaa
oy AnRA nenne 27 eRe Rehiee 3 cs seccpenatt, it Ne: , ~ AS
5 § a S a Sa aec an = ie Be a : ree \\ARaA 44 j BS ok
Pet Td Oye ihe rree F 4 ode bee SPiais ee eae
eel Eri Hidltg lad AMaaan, Nett Me safer Be Gs pert | jh ‘ph
u - ij
, ie Ay aa sero hashae a: 3 VA aA4's
.
A eae a? ae: On anh ater lanhs so aces
Mt nA ASsass ase Waste “Was” ena
ee ea Ae ee 0 eam Ay op AAAA Adee aut AAAPPPAPAS
i ARTA Se aa oS if me tani meer ane ere ae he 8 BS eee = ea
nn sk Raf es Wr gh a! PY phacechtun peer’. et rae \- a a he | ae aA
prhiranar: para? ob gig pA pA a tttt ay Vaan (| leben et abhi Aaa ry
an \> Kar. per \ say 4, apeh ee anna nelle ph ppl rece.peenre > tennph) A an ‘i pee
pepe nanan Rene ate ean ners ACN TTT ONE fay MeSH aad 1) A
| x eS ee E Jar. = | aeeaf y . oe Bet
| naraa’’, rely ai Mocehanian niblatbesieen” DAR AR (6H PAH ‘paaas ott
anne eA A prt | | nue AAA ) AT RURGAAAAN' a ot ad
earl tT) ene il aris h ALE PEL Eee ween ere xn roan nance ial a
: we! ans 3 } ‘fs - y
\ ‘a : = fa ya, an ale Z ' ; 1
pr® PO rene VA IT Aer ey erry ye A
gan’ rn” wwe pe ca, yh emannerren (tt) ppapteapert 24 phen Bane rie Ah oat al
yf aAAs aya’ Wa <> ptensearetergtt aya veto’: epee ti anita
apr re ; LT 1] ! 207 mies ant nt i DOC ANDAR RAD ates _ ssp AsaQa naa of pp 44 |
Aiyptitte WeeEeehenron Lh tA ABBADAAA een
Betmty ble ) Ayala
MUM Me
: v7
raw ~ A ‘ 3 4 4 ra Are, AABARP ARS, ne am A
a 7 PY» ‘ae & Fla Ne ml aA VV VICE Am KG , ]
r re aan Sm aaa ¥) is f f , r - phe
ant pir Fa a ae : ~PAARA.. aerie Se Aaa oe f vry 3 | ' A ‘iAakd -AAanaa’ ‘- Anant tint!
An £ tot nan btit ghar vy eer aa PAE % A A * A nN | We
Ary a7" amp PP Me ye eat NAAa CY A,
Were ah hae anAar’ WA Ae 2 (goer e Ca ppaanerece ne AA cee Ah Z Manny rane pg ra f A anAM
A ry M ey ale ae Vy. % ane td riya. i 2 \a4 Eas I | f aA na a tae A }
; a r 1 r P
viele ailaa Penal fi ¥ an’. WAAC, Mats Pir, APARAPPAPA, Pee itn arin’
Arr “yy cana ape pPrn., par
A 0's 4 ) “ a] 4 napapoeh
Vy WANnyanney an Pe Pagan mM a ik
WY AAS
nah: na; aA nye Yanae AAA
rena age Cocco Re
pphah’ aut stan f pPAaBAreretntnnrie’ ALANA. Poe Ann
er Ma. -atPAb RINT AA W Ha A
? pl hs AAPA, Wah ; Aye re
AAsRe» phase neon i Dee cap ANAAMARARDAME SAAD oem. Preah hes porndatintran has
a
} Am aA i
ae Matyof VEMAPAM AAR AR Ap ARR PRP aL PAP Mra apenee ee an ie
eS en +) i ek 2 aa is a IN wc ae r
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES
“TAMARA
3 9088 01300 8198
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11